Proposed Text
Part I
Construction
13VAC5-63-10. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.
A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide
Building Code, Part I, Construction, may be cited as the Virginia Construction
Code or as the VCC. The term "USBC" shall mean the VCC unless the
context in which the term is used clearly indicates it to be an abbreviation
for the entire Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code or for a different part
of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code.
Note: This code is also known as the 2012 2015
edition of the USBC due to the use of the 2012 2015 editions of
the model codes.
B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 35
of the 2012 2015 International Building Code, published by the
International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by reference to
be an enforceable part of the USBC. The term "IBC" means the 2012
2015 International Building Code, published by the International Code
Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IBC are also considered
to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and
standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference. In
addition, any provisions of the appendices of the IBC specifically identified
to be part of the USBC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by
reference.
Note 1: The IBC references other International Codes and
standards including the following major codes:
2012 2015 International Plumbing Code (IPC)
2012 2015 International Mechanical Code (IMC)
2011 2014 NFPA 70
2012 2015 International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC)
2012 2015 International Energy Conservation Code
(IECC)
2012 2015 International Residential Code (IRC)
Note 2: The IRC is applicable to the construction of detached
one-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses as set out in Section
310.
C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is
used in the USBC to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia
Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IBC. IBC numbering system
designations are provided in the catchlines of the Virginia Administrative Code
sections. Cross references between sections or chapters of the USBC use only the
IBC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is used in the
context of the numbering system of the IBC and may mean a chapter in the USBC,
a chapter in the IBC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending
on the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used
to designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly
indicated.
D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The USBC is
comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1, Administration,
which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC, which are
incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text
of the incorporated chapters of the IBC that are specifically identified. The
terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the IBC
that are specifically identified" shall also be referred to as the
"state amendments to the IBC." Such state amendments to the IBC are
set out using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IBC numbering
system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IBC is not incorporated as part of
the USBC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of the IBC in the
provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC is generally invalid. However, where
the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a provision of
Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed to be a valid
reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision.
E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The provisions
of this code shall be used as follows:
1. The term "this code," or "the
code," where used in the provisions of Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 35 of
the IBC or in the state amendments to the IBC means the USBC, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
2. The term "this code" or "the
code" where used in a code or standard referenced in the IBC means that
code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
3. The use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide
information only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code
provision.
4. Notes in the IBC, in the codes and standards
referenced in the IBC and in the state amendments to the IBC may modify the
content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of
the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
F. Section 101.6 Order of
precedence. The provisions of this code shall be used as follows:
1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC that address the same subject matter
and impose differing requirements.
2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
3. The state amendments to the IBC supersede any provisions of
Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC that address the same subject matter and impose
differing requirements.
4. The state amendments to the IBC supersede any provisions of
the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the same subject
matter and impose differing requirements.
5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of
Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not limited
to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees, permits,
inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements are deleted and replaced
by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements
contained in the state amendments to the IBC shall be given the same precedence
as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where administrative
requirements of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or of the codes and standards
referenced in the IBC are specifically identified as valid administrative
requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state amendments to the IBC,
then such requirements are not deleted and replaced.
Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,
conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,
procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.
H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used
in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions
addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or
provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.
Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6 may
be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IBC and in
the referenced codes and standards.
13VAC5-63-20. Section 102 Purpose and scope.
A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-99 of the
Code of Virginia, the purpose of the USBC is to protect the health, safety and
welfare of the residents of the Commonwealth of Virginia, provided that
buildings and structures should be permitted to be constructed at the least
possible cost consistent with recognized standards of health, safety, energy
conservation and water conservation, including provisions necessary to prevent
overcrowding, rodent or insect infestation, and garbage accumulation; and
barrier-free provisions for the physically handicapped and aged.
B. Section 102.2 Scope. This section establishes the scope of
the USBC in accordance with § 36-98 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC
shall supersede the building codes and regulations of the counties, municipalities
and other political subdivisions and state agencies. This code also shall
supersede the provisions of local ordinances applicable to single-family
residential construction that (i) regulate dwelling foundations or crawl
spaces, (ii) require the use of specific building materials or finishes in
construction, or (iii) require minimum surface area or numbers of windows;
however, this code shall not supersede proffered conditions accepted as a part
of a rezoning application, conditions imposed upon the grant of special
exceptions, special or conditional use permits or variances, conditions imposed
upon a clustering of single-family homes and preservation of open space
development through standards, conditions, and criteria established by a
locality pursuant to subdivision 8 of § 15.2-2242 of the Code of Virginia
or subdivision A 12 of § 15.2-2286 § 15.2-2286.1 of the Code
of Virginia, or land use requirements in airport or highway overlay districts,
or historic districts created pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia,
or local flood plain regulations adopted as a condition of participation in the
National Flood Insurance Program.
Note: Requirements relating to functional design are
contained in Section 103.10 of this code.
C. Section 102.2.1 Invalidity of provisions. To the extent
that any provisions of this code are in conflict with Chapter 6 (§ 36-97
et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia or in conflict with the scope of
the USBC, those provisions are considered to be invalid to the extent of such
conflict.
D. Section 102.3 Exemptions. The following are exempt from
this code:
1. Equipment, related wiring, and poles and towers
supporting the related structures used for providing wired utility,
telecommunications, information, or cable television service in accordance with
all of the following conditions:
1.1. The equipment, wiring installed, and
supporting structures are owned and controlled by a provider of publicly
regulated utility service or a franchised cable television operator and
electrical or its affiliates.
1.2. The equipment and related, wiring used
for radio, broadcast or cable television, telecommunications or information
service transmission. The exemption shall apply only if under applicable
federal and state law the ownership and control of the equipment and wiring is
by the service provider or its affiliates. Such exempt equipment and wiring
shall be, and supporting structures are located on either
rights-of-way or property for which the service provider has rights of
occupancy and entry; however, the structures, including their service
equipment,.
1.3. Buildings housing or supporting such exempt
equipment and wiring shall be subject to the USBC.
1.4. The installation of equipment and,
wiring, and supporting structures exempted by this section shall not
create an unsafe condition prohibited by the USBC.
2. Electrical equipment, transmission equipment, and
related wiring used for wireless transmission of radio, broadcast,
telecommunications, or information service in accordance with all of the
following conditions:
2.1. Buildings housing exempt equipment and wiring and
structures supporting exempt equipment and wiring shall be subject to the USBC.
2.2. The equipment and wiring exempted by this section
shall not create an unsafe condition prohibited by the USBC.
2. 3. Manufacturing and,
processing, and product handling machines and equipment that do
not produce or process hazardous materials regulated by this code, including those
portions of conveyor systems used exclusively for the transport of associated
materials or products, and all of the following service equipment associated
with the manufacturing or processing machines.:
2.1. 3.1. Electrical equipment connected after
the last disconnecting means.
2.2. 3.2. Plumbing piping and equipment
connected after the last shutoff valve or backflow device and before the
equipment drain trap.
2.3. 3.3. Gas piping and equipment connected
after the outlet shutoff valve.
Manufacturing and processing machines that produce or process
hazardous materials regulated by this code are only required to comply with the
code provisions regulating the hazardous materials.
3. 4. Parking lots and sidewalks that are not
part of an accessible route.
4. 5. Nonmechanized playground or recreational
equipment such as swing sets, sliding boards, climbing bars, jungle gyms,
skateboard ramps, and similar equipment where no admission fee is charged for
its use or for admittance to areas where the equipment is located.
5. 6. Industrialized buildings subject to the
Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91) and
manufactured homes subject to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations
(13VAC5-95); except as provided for in Section 425 427 and in the
case of demolition of such industrialized buildings or manufactured homes.
6. 7. Farm buildings and structures, except for
a building or a portion of a building located on a farm that is operated as a
restaurant as defined in § 35.1-1 of the Code of Virginia and licensed as such
by the Virginia Board of Health pursuant to Chapter 2 (§ 35.1-11 et seq.) of
Title 35.1 of the Code of Virginia. However, farm buildings and structures
lying within a flood plain or in a mudslide-prone area shall be subject to
flood-proofing regulations or mudslide regulations, as applicable.
7. 8. Federally owned buildings and structures
unless federal law specifically requires a permit from the locality.
Underground storage tank installations, modifications and removals shall comply
with this code in accordance with federal law.
8. 9. Off-site manufactured intermodal freight
containers, moving containers, and storage containers placed on site
temporarily or permanently for use as a storage container.
9. 10. Automotive lifts.
13VAC5-63-30. Section 103 Application of code.
A. Section 103.1 General. In accordance with § 36-99 of the
Code of Virginia, the USBC shall prescribe building regulations to be complied
with in the construction and rehabilitation of buildings and structures, and
the equipment therein.
B. Section 103.2 When applicable to new construction.
Construction for which a permit application is submitted to the local building
department on or after the effective date of the 2012 2015
edition of the code shall comply with the provisions of this code, except for
permit applications submitted during a one-year period beginning on the
effective date of the 2012 2015 edition of the code. The
applicant for a permit during such one-year period shall be permitted to choose
whether to comply with the provisions of this code or the provisions of the
edition of the code in effect immediately prior to the 2012 2015
edition. This provision shall also apply to subsequent amendments to this code
based on the effective date of such amendments. In addition, when a permit has
been properly issued under a previous edition of this code, this code shall not
require changes to the approved construction documents, design or construction
of such a building or structure, provided the permit has not been suspended or
revoked.
C. Section 103.3 Change of occupancy. No change of occupancy
shall be made in any structure when the current USBC requires a greater degree
of accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of egress,
ventilation or sanitation. When such a greater degree is required, the owner or
the owner's agent shall comply with the following:
1. When involving Group I-2 or I-3, written application shall
be made to the local building department for a new certificate of occupancy and
the new certificate of occupancy shall be obtained prior to the new use of the
structure. When impractical to achieve compliance with this code for the new
occupancy classification, the building official shall consider modifications
upon application and as provided for in Section 106.3. In addition, the
applicable accessibility provisions of Section 1012.8 of Part II of the Virginia
Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Rehabilitation
Existing Building Code," or the "VRC" "VEBC"
shall be met.
Exception: This section shall not be construed to permit
noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction
requirements of this code.
2. In other than Group I-2 or I-3, the provisions of the VRC
VEBC for change of occupancy shall be met.
D. Section 103.3.1 Group B teaching and research
laboratories. Where the use of new or different hazardous materials or a change
in the amount of hazardous materials in existing Group B teaching and research
laboratories in educational occupancies above the 12th grade would constitute a
change of occupancy, Section 302.6 of the VEBC shall be permitted to be used as
an acceptable alternative to compliance with change of occupancy requirements
to permit the increased amounts of hazardous materials stipulated without the
laboratories being classified as Group H.
E. Section 103.4 Additions. Additions to buildings and
structures shall comply with the requirements of this code for new construction
or shall comply with the VRC VEBC. An existing building or
structure plus additions shall comply with the height and area provisions of
Chapter 5 and the applicable provisions of Chapter 9. Further, this code shall
not require changes to the design or construction of any portions of the
building or structure not altered or affected by an addition, unless the
addition has the effect of lowering the current level of safety.
Exceptions:
1. This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance
with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of
this code.
2. When this code is used for compliance, existing structural
elements carrying gravity loads shall be permitted to comply with Section 1103
of the International Existing Building Code VEBC.
E. F. Section 103.5 Reconstruction, alteration
or repair in Group R-5 occupancies. The following criteria is applicable to
reconstruction, alteration or repair of Group R-5 buildings or structures:
1. Any reconstruction, alteration or repair shall not
adversely affect the performance of the building or structure, or cause the
building or structure to become unsafe or lower existing levels of health and
safety.
2. Parts of the building or structure not being reconstructed,
altered or repaired shall not be required to comply with the requirements of
this code applicable to newly constructed buildings or structures.
3. The installation of material or equipment, or both, that is
neither required nor prohibited shall only be required to comply with the
provisions of this code relating to the safe installation of such material or
equipment.
4. Material or equipment, or both, may be replaced in the same
location with material or equipment of a similar kind or capacity.
Exceptions:
1. This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance
with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of
this code.
2. Reconstructed decks, balconies, porches and similar
structures located 30 inches (762 mm) or more above grade shall meet the
current code provisions for structural loading capacity, connections and
structural attachment. This requirement excludes the configuration and height
of handrails and guardrails.
3. Compliance with the VRC VEBC shall be an
acceptable alternative to compliance with this section at the discretion of the
owner or owner's agent.
F. G. Section 103.5.1 Equipment changes. Upon
the replacement or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment
in existing Group R-5 occupancies, an inspection or inspections shall be
conducted to ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the
following:
1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with the
IRC.
2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction
or blockages, defects, or deterioration, and are in operable condition. Where
not inspected by the local building department, persons performing such changes
or installations shall certify to the building official that the requirements
of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.
G. H. Section 103.6 Reconstruction, alteration,
and repair in other occupancies. Reconstruction, alteration, and repair in
occupancies other than Group R-5 shall comply with the VRC VEBC.
H. I. Section 103.7 Retrofit requirements. The
local building department shall enforce the provisions of Section 1701 of the VRC,
which require certain existing buildings to be retrofitted with fire protection
systems and other safety equipment. Retroactive fire protection system
requirements contained in the International Fire Code (IFC) shall not be
applicable unless required for compliance with the provisions of Section 1701
of the VRC VEBC.
I. J. Section 103.8 Nonrequired equipment. The
following criteria for nonrequired equipment is in accordance with § 36-103 of
the Code of Virginia. Building owners may elect to install partial or full fire
alarms or other safety equipment that was not required by the edition of the
USBC in effect at the time a building was constructed without meeting current
requirements of the code, provided the installation does not create a hazardous
condition. Permits for installation shall be obtained in accordance with this
code. In addition, as a requirement of this code, when such nonrequired
equipment is to be installed, the building official shall notify the
appropriate fire official or fire chief.
J. K. Section 103.8.1 Reduction in function or
discontinuance of nonrequired fire protection systems. When a nonrequired fire
protection system is to be reduced in function or discontinued, it shall be
done in such a manner so as not to create a false sense of protection.
Generally, in such cases, any features visible from interior areas shall be
removed, such as sprinkler heads, smoke detectors or alarm panels or devices,
but any wiring or piping hidden within the construction of the building may
remain. Approval of the proposed method of reduction or discontinuance shall be
obtained from the building official.
K. L. Section 103.9 Use of certain provisions
of referenced codes. The following provisions of the IBC and of other indicated
codes or standards are to be considered valid provisions of this code. Where
any such provisions have been modified by the state amendments to the IBC, then
the modified provisions apply.
1. Special inspection requirements in Chapters 2 - 35.
2. Testing requirements and requirements for the submittal of
construction documents in any of the ICC codes referenced in Chapter 35 and in
the IRC.
3. Section R301.2 of the IRC authorizing localities to
determine climatic and geographic design criteria.
4. Flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements in
the IBC or the IRC, including, but not limited to, any such provisions
pertaining to flood elevation certificates that are located in Chapter 1 of
those codes. Any required flood elevation certificate pursuant to such
provisions shall be prepared by a land surveyor licensed in Virginia or an RDP.
5. Section R101.2 of the IRC.
6. Section N1101.6 N1102.1 of the IRC and
Sections C101.5.2 C402.1.1 and R101.5.2 R402.1 of
the IECC.
L. M. Section 103.10 Functional design. The
following criteria for functional design is in accordance with § 36-98 of
the Code of Virginia. The USBC shall not supersede the regulations of other
state agencies that require and govern the functional design and operation of
building related activities not covered by the USBC, including but not limited
to (i) public water supply systems, (ii) waste water treatment and disposal
systems, and (iii) solid waste facilities. Nor shall state agencies be
prohibited from requiring, pursuant to other state law, that buildings and
equipment be maintained in accordance with provisions of this code. In
addition, as established by this code, the building official may refuse to
issue a permit until the applicant has supplied certificates of functional
design approval from the appropriate state agency or agencies. For purposes of
coordination, the locality may require reports to the building official by
other departments or agencies indicating compliance with their regulations
applicable to the functional design of a building or structure as a condition
for issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy. Such reports
shall be based upon review of the plans or inspection of the project as
determined by the locality. All enforcement of these conditions shall not be
the responsibility of the building official, but rather the agency imposing the
condition.
Note: Identified state agencies with functional design
approval are listed in the "Related Laws Package," which is available
from DHCD.
M. N. Section 103.11 Amusement devices and
inspections. In accordance with § 36-98.3 of the Code of Virginia, to the
extent they are not superseded by the provisions of § 36-98.3 of the Code
of Virginia and the VADR, the provisions of the USBC shall apply to amusement
devices. In addition, as a requirement of this code, inspections for compliance
with the VADR shall be conducted either by local building department personnel
or private inspectors provided such persons are certified as amusement device
inspectors under the VCS.
N. O. Section 103.12 State buildings and
structures. This section establishes the application of the USBC to state-owned
buildings and structures in accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia.
The USBC shall be applicable to all state-owned buildings and structures, with
the exception that §§ 2.2-1159 through 2.2-1161 of the Code of Virginia
shall provide the standards for ready access to and use of state-owned
buildings by the physically handicapped.
Any state-owned building or structure or building built on
state-owned property for which preliminary plans were prepared or on which
construction commenced after the initial effective date of the USBC, shall
remain subject to the provisions of the USBC that were in effect at the time
such plans were completed or such construction commenced. Subsequent
reconstruction, renovation or demolition of such building or structure shall be
subject to the pertinent provisions of this code.
Acting through the Division of Engineering and Buildings, the
Virginia Department of General Services shall function as the building official
for state-owned buildings. The department shall review and approve plans and
specifications, grant modifications, and establish such rules and regulations
as may be necessary to implement this section. It shall provide for the inspection
of state-owned buildings and enforcement of the USBC and standards for access
by the physically handicapped by delegating inspection and USBC enforcement
duties to the State Fire Marshal's Office, to other appropriate state agencies
having needed expertise, and to local building departments, all of which shall
provide such assistance within a reasonable time and in the manner requested.
State agencies and institutions occupying buildings shall pay to the local
building department the same fees as would be paid by a private citizen for the
services rendered when such services are requested by the department. The
department may alter or overrule any decision of the local building department
after having first considered the local building department's report or other
rationale given for its decision. When altering or overruling any decision of a
local building department, the department shall provide the local building
department with a written summary of its reasons for doing so.
Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary,
roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation
shall be exempt from this code. The Virginia Department of General Services
shall not have jurisdiction over such roadway tunnels, bridges and other
limited access highways; provided, however, that the Department of General
Services shall have jurisdiction over any occupied buildings within any
Department of Transportation rights-of-way that are subject to this code.
Except as provided in subsection D E of § 23-38.109
23.1-1016 of the Code of Virginia, and notwithstanding any provision of
this code to the contrary, at the request of a public institution of higher
education, the Virginia Department of General Services, as further set forth in
this provision, shall authorize that institution of higher education to
contract with a building official of the locality in which the construction is
taking place to perform any inspection and certifications required for the
purpose of complying with this code. The department shall publish
administrative procedures that shall be followed in contracting with a building
official of the locality. The authority granted to a public institution of
higher education under this provision to contract with a building official of
the locality shall be subject to the institution meeting the conditions
prescribed in subsection B A of § 23-38.88 23.1-1002
of the Code of Virginia.
Note: In accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia,
roadway tunnels and bridges shall be designed, constructed and operated to
comply with fire safety standards based on nationally recognized model codes
and standards to be developed by the Virginia Department of Transportation in
consultation with the State Fire Marshal and approved by the Virginia
Commonwealth Transportation Board. Emergency response planning and
activities related to the standards approved by the Commonwealth
Transportation Board shall be developed by the Department of Transportation
and coordinated with the appropriate local officials and emergency service
providers. On an annual basis, the Department of Transportation shall provide a
report on the maintenance and operability of installed fire protection and
detection systems in roadway tunnels and bridges to the State Fire Marshal.
O. P. Section 103.12.1 Certification of state
enforcement personnel. State enforcement personnel shall comply with the
applicable requirements of Section 105 for certification, periodic
maintenance training, and continuing education.
13VAC5-63-40. Section 104 Enforcement, generally.
A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. This section
establishes the requirements for enforcement of the USBC in accordance with §
36-105 of the Code of Virginia. Enforcement of the provisions of the USBC for
construction and rehabilitation shall be the responsibility of the local
building department. Whenever a county or municipality does not have such a
building department, the local governing body shall enter into an agreement
with the local governing body of another county or municipality or with some
other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such enforcement. For the
purposes of this section, towns with a population of less than 3,500 may elect
to administer and enforce the USBC; however, where the town does not elect to
administer and enforce the code, the county in which the town is situated shall
administer and enforce the code for the town. In the event such town is
situated in two or more counties, those counties shall administer and enforce
the USBC for that portion of the town situated within their respective
boundaries.
However, upon a finding by the local building department,
following a complaint by a tenant of a residential dwelling unit that is the
subject of such complaint, that there may be a violation of the unsafe
structures provisions of Part III of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building
Code, also known as the "Virginia Maintenance Code," or the
"VMC," the local building department shall enforce such provisions.
If the local building department receives a complaint that a
violation of the VMC exists that is an immediate and imminent threat to the
health or safety of the owner, tenant, or occupants of any building or
structure, or the owner, occupant, or tenant of any nearby building or
structure, and the owner, occupant, or tenant of the building or structure that
is the subject of the complaint has refused to allow the local building official
or his agent to have access to the subject building or structure, the local
building official or his agent may present sworn testimony to make an
affidavit under oath before a magistrate or a court of competent
jurisdiction and request that the magistrate or court grant the local building
official or his agent an inspection warrant to enable the building official or
his agent to enter the subject building or structure for the purpose of
determining whether violations of the VMC exist. After issuing a warrant
under this section, the magistrate or judge shall file the affidavit in the
manner prescribed by § 19.2-54 of the Code of Virginia. After
executing the warrant, the local building official or his agents shall return
the warrant to the clerk of the circuit court of the city or county wherein the
inspection was made. The local building official or his agent shall make a
reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner, occupant, or tenant of the
subject building or structure prior to seeking the issuance of an inspection
warrant under this section.
The local governing body shall, however, inspect and enforce
the provisions of the VMC for elevators, escalators, and related conveyances,
except for elevators in single-family and two-family homes and townhouses. Such
inspection and enforcement shall be carried out by an agency or department
designated by the local governing body.
B. Section 104.2 Interagency coordination. When any
inspection functions under this code are assigned to a local agency other than
the local building department, such agency shall coordinate its reports of
inspection with the local building department.
13VAC5-63-50. Section 105 Local building department.
A. Section 105.1 Appointment of building official. Every
local building department shall have a building official as the executive
official in charge of the department. The building official shall be appointed
in a manner selected by the local governing body. After permanent appointment,
the building official shall not be removed from office except for cause after
having been afforded a full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant
charges by and before the appointing authority. DHCD shall be notified by the
appointing authority within 30 days of the appointment or release of a permanent
or acting building official.
Note: Building officials are subject to sanctions in
accordance with the VCS.
B. Section 105.1.1 Qualifications of building official. The
building official shall have at least five years of building experience as a licensed
professional engineer or architect, building, fire or trade inspector,
contractor, housing inspector or superintendent of building, fire or trade
construction or at least five years of building experience after obtaining a
degree in architecture or engineering, with at least three years in responsible
charge of work. Any combination of education and experience that would confer
equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement.
The building official shall have general knowledge of sound engineering
practice in respect to the design and construction of structures, the basic
principles of fire prevention, the accepted requirements for means of egress
and the installation of elevators and other service equipment necessary for the
health, safety and general welfare of the occupants and the public. The local
governing body may establish additional qualification requirements.
C. Section 105.1.2 Certification of building official. An
acting or permanent building official shall be certified as a building official
in accordance with the VCS within one year after being appointed as acting or
permanent building official.
Exception: A building official in place prior to April 1,
1983, shall not be required to meet the certification requirements in this
section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in the same locality.
D. Section 105.1.3 Noncertified building official. Except for
a building official exempt from certification under the exception to Section
105.1.2, any acting or permanent building official who is not certified as a
building official in accordance with the VCS shall attend the core module of
the Virginia Building Code Academy or an equivalent course in an individual or
regional code academy accredited by DHCD within 180 days of appointment. This
requirement is in addition to meeting the certification requirement in Section
105.1.2.
E. Section 105.1.4 Requirements for periodic maintenance
and continuing education. Building officials shall attend periodic maintenance
training as designated by DHCD. In addition to the periodic maintenance
training required above, building officials shall attend 16 hours of continuing
education every two years as approved by DHCD. If a building official possesses
more than one BHCD certificate, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing
education requirement for all BHCD certificates.
Note: Continuing education and periodic training
requirements for DHCD certifications are set out in the VCS.
F. E. Section 105.2 Technical assistants. The
building official, subject to any limitations imposed by the locality, shall be
permitted to utilize technical assistants to assist the building official in
the enforcement of the USBC. DHCD shall be notified by the building official
within 60 days of the employment of, contracting with or termination of all
technical assistants.
Note: Technical assistants are subject to sanctions in
accordance with the VCS.
G. F. Section 105.2.1 Qualifications of
technical assistants. A technical assistant shall have at least three years of
experience and general knowledge in at least one of the following areas:
building construction; building, fire or housing inspections; plumbing,
electrical or mechanical trades; or fire protection, elevator or property
maintenance work. Any combination of education and experience that would confer
equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement.
The locality may establish additional qualification requirements.
H. G. Section 105.2.2 Certification of technical
assistants. A technical assistant shall be certified in the appropriate subject
area within 18 months after becoming a technical assistant. When required by
local policy to have two or more certifications, a technical assistant shall
obtain the additional certifications within three years from the date of such
requirement.
Exception: A technical assistant in place prior to March 1,
1988, shall not be required to meet the certification requirements in this
section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in the same locality.
I. Section 105.2.3 Requirements for periodic maintenance
and continuing education. Technical assistants shall attend periodic
maintenance training as designated by DHCD. In addition to the periodic
maintenance training required above, technical assistants shall attend 16 hours
of continuing education every two years as approved by DHCD. If a technical
assistant possesses more than one BHCD certificate, the 16 hours shall satisfy
the continuing education requirement for all BHCD certificates.
Note: Continuing education and periodic training
requirements for DHCD certifications are set out in the VCS.
J. H. Section 105.3 Conflict of interest. The
standards of conduct for building officials and technical assistants shall be
in accordance with the provisions of the State and Local Government Conflict of
Interests Act, Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of
Virginia.
K. I. Section 105.4 Records. The local building
department shall retain a record of applications received, permits,
certificates, notices and orders issued, fees collected and reports of
inspection in accordance with The Library of Virginia's General Schedule Number
Six.
13VAC5-63-70. Section 107 Fees.
A. Section 107.1 Authority for charging fees. In accordance
with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local
governing body in order to defray the cost of enforcement of the USBC.
Note: See subsection D of § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia
for rules for permit fees involving property with easements or liens.
B. Section 107.1.1 Fee schedule. The local governing body
shall establish a fee schedule incorporating unit rates, which may be based on
square footage, cubic footage, estimated cost of construction or other
appropriate criteria. A permit or any amendments to an existing permit shall
not be issued until the designated fees have been paid, except that the
building official may authorize the delayed payment of fees.
C. Section 107.1.2 Refunds. When requested in writing by a permit
holder, the locality shall provide a fee refund in the case of the revocation
of a permit or the abandonment or discontinuance of a building project. The
refund shall not be required to exceed an amount which correlates to work not
completed.
D. Section 107.1.3 Fees for generators used with amusement
devices. Fees for generators and associated wiring used with amusement devices
shall only be charged under the Virginia Amusement Device Regulations
(13VAC5-31).
E. Section 107.2 Code academy fee levy. In accordance with
subdivision 7 of § 36-137 of the Code of Virginia, the local building
department shall collect a 2.0% levy of fees charged for permits issued under
this code and transmit it quarterly to DHCD to support training programs of the
Virginia Building Code Academy. Localities that maintain individual or regional
training academies accredited by DHCD shall retain such levy.
13VAC5-63-80. Section 108 Application for permit.
A. Section 108.1 When applications are required. Application
for a permit shall be made to the building official and a permit shall be
obtained prior to the commencement of any of the following activities, except
that applications for emergency construction, alterations or equipment
replacement shall be submitted by the end of the first working day that follows
the day such work commences. In addition, the building official may authorize
work to commence pending the receipt of an application or the issuance of a
permit.
1. Construction or demolition of a building or structure.
Installations or alterations involving (i) the removal or addition of any wall,
partition or portion thereof, (ii) any structural component, (iii) the repair
or replacement of any required component of a fire or smoke rated assembly,
(iv) the alteration of any required means of egress system, (v) water supply
and distribution system, sanitary drainage system or vent system, (vi) electric
wiring, (vii) fire protection system, mechanical systems, or fuel supply
systems, or (viii) any equipment regulated by the USBC.
2. For change of occupancy, application for a permit shall be
made when a new certificate of occupancy is required under Section 103.3.
3. Movement of a lot line that increases the hazard to or
decreases the level of safety of an existing building or structure in
comparison to the building code under which such building or structure was
constructed.
4. Removal or disturbing of any asbestos containing materials
during the construction or demolition of a building or structure, including
additions.
B. Section 108.2 Exemptions from application for permit.
Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 108.1, application for a permit and
any related inspections shall not be required for the following; however, this
section shall not be construed to exempt such activities from other applicable
requirements of this code. In addition, when an owner or an owner's agent
requests that a permit be issued for any of the following, then a permit shall
be issued and any related inspections shall be required.
1. Installation of wiring and equipment that (i) operates at
less than 50 volts, (ii) is for network powered broadband communications
systems, or (iii) is exempt under Section 102.3(1) or 102.3(2), except
when any such installations are located in a plenum, penetrate fire rated or
smoke protected construction or are a component of any of the following:
1.1. Fire alarm system.
1.2. Fire detection system.
1.3. Fire suppression system.
1.4. Smoke control system.
1.5. Fire protection supervisory system.
1.6. Elevator fire safety control system.
1.7. Access or egress control system or delayed egress locking
or latching system.
1.8. Fire damper.
1.9. Door control system.
2. One story detached structures used as tool and storage
sheds, playhouses or similar uses, provided the building area does not exceed
256 square feet (23.78 m2) and the structures are not classified as
a Group F-1 or H occupancy.
3. Detached prefabricated buildings housing the equipment of a
publicly regulated utility service, provided the floor area does not exceed 150
square feet (14 m2).
4. Tents or air-supported structures, or both, that cover an
area of 900 square feet (84 m2) or less, including within that area
all connecting areas or spaces with a common means of egress or entrance,
provided such tents or structures have an occupant load of 50 or less persons.
5. Fences of any height unless required for pedestrian safety
as provided for by Section 3306, or used for the barrier for a swimming pool.
6. Concrete or masonry walls, provided such walls do not
exceed six feet in height above the finished grade. Ornamental column caps
shall not be considered to contribute to the height of the wall and shall be
permitted to extend above the six feet height measurement.
7. Retaining walls supporting less than three feet of
unbalanced fill that are not constructed for the purpose of impounding Class I,
II or III-A liquids or supporting a surcharge other than ordinary unbalanced
fill.
8. Swimming pools that have a surface area not greater than
150 square feet (13.95 m2), do not exceed 5,000 gallons (19 000 L)
and are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep.
9. Signs under the conditions in Section H101.2 of Appendix H.
10. Replacement of above-ground existing LP-gas containers of
the same capacity in the same location and associated regulators when installed
by the serving gas supplier.
11. Flagpoles 30 feet (9144 mm) or less in height.
12. Temporary ramps serving dwelling units in Group R-3 and
R-5 occupancies where the height of the entrance served by the ramp is no more
than 30 inches (762 mm) above grade.
13. Construction work deemed by the building official to be
minor and ordinary and which does not adversely affect public health or general
safety.
14. Ordinary repairs that include the following:
14.1. Replacement of windows and doors with windows and doors
of similar operation and opening dimensions that do not require changes to the
existing framed opening and that are not required to be fire rated in Group R-2
where serving a single dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.
14.2. Replacement of plumbing fixtures and well pumps in all
groups without alteration of the water supply and distribution systems,
sanitary drainage systems or vent systems.
14.3. Replacement of general use snap switches, dimmer and
control switches, 125 volt-15 or 20 ampere receptacles, luminaires (lighting
fixtures) and ceiling (paddle) fans in Group R-2 where serving a single
dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.
14.4. Replacement of mechanical appliances provided such
equipment is not fueled by gas or oil in Group R-2 where serving a
single-family dwelling and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.
14.5. Replacement of an unlimited amount of roof covering or
siding in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 provided the building or structure is not in
an area where the nominal design (3 second gust) wind speed is
greater than 100 miles per hour (160 km/hr) (44.7 meters per second)
and replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or less of roof
covering in all groups and all wind zones.
14.6. Replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or
less of roof decking in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 unless the decking to be
replaced was required at the time of original construction to be
fire-retardant-treated or protected in some other way to form a fire-rated wall
termination.
14.7. Installation or replacement of floor finishes in all
occupancies.
14.8. Replacement of Class C interior wall or ceiling finishes
installed in Groups A, E and I and replacement of all classes of interior wall
or ceiling finishes in other groups.
14.9. Installation or replacement of cabinetry or trim.
14.10. Application of paint or wallpaper.
14.11. Other repair work deemed by the building official to be
minor and ordinary which does not adversely affect public health or general
safety.
15. Crypts, mausoleums, and columbaria structures not
exceeding 1500 square feet (139.35 m2) in area if the building or
structure is not for occupancy and used solely for the interment of human or
animal remains and is not subject to special inspections.
16. Billboard safety upgrades to add or replace steel
catwalks, steel ladders, or steel safety cable.
Exception: Application for a permit may be required by the
building official for the installation of replacement siding, roofing and
windows in buildings within a historic district designated by a locality
pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia.
C. Section 108.3 Applicant information, processing by mail.
Application for a permit shall be made by the owner or lessee of the relevant
property or the agent of either or by the RDP, contractor or subcontractor
associated with the work or any of their agents. The full name and address of
the owner, lessee and applicant shall be provided in the application. If the
owner or lessee is a corporate body, when and to the extent determined
necessary by the building official, the full name and address of the
responsible officers shall also be provided.
A permit application may be submitted by mail and such permit
applications shall be processed by mail, unless the permit applicant
voluntarily chooses otherwise. In no case shall an applicant be required to
appear in person.
The building official may accept applications for a permit
through electronic submissions provided the information required by this
section is obtained.
D. Section 108.4 Prerequisites to obtaining permit. In
accordance with § 54.1-1111 of the Code of Virginia, any person applying to the
building department for the construction, removal or improvement of any structure
shall furnish prior to the issuance of the permit either (i) satisfactory proof
to the building official that he is duly licensed or certified under the terms
or Chapter 11 (§ 54.1-1000 et seq.) of Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia to
carry out or superintend the same or (ii) file a written statement, supported
by an affidavit, that he is not subject to licensure or certification as a
contractor or subcontractor pursuant to Chapter 11 of Title 54.1 of the Code of
Virginia. The applicant shall also furnish satisfactory proof that the taxes or
license fees required by any county, city, or town have been paid so as to be
qualified to bid upon or contract for the work for which the permit has been
applied.
E. Section 108.5 Mechanics' lien agent designation. In
accordance with § 36-98.01 of the Code of Virginia, a building permit
issued for any one-family or two-family residential dwelling shall at the time
of issuance contain, at the request of the applicant, the name, mailing
address, and telephone number of the mechanics' lien agent as defined in § 43-1
of the Code of Virginia. If the designation of a mechanics' lien agent is not
so requested by the applicant, the building permit shall at the time of
issuance state that none has been designated with the words "None
Designated."
Note: In accordance with § 43-4.01A of the Code of Virginia,
a permit may be amended after it has been initially issued to name a mechanics'
lien agent or a new mechanics' lien agent.
F. Section 108.6 Application form, description of work. The
application for a permit shall be submitted on a form or forms supplied by the
local building department. The application shall contain a general description
and location of the proposed work and such other information as determined
necessary by the building official.
G. Section 108.7 Amendments to application. An application
for a permit may be amended at any time prior to the completion of the work
governed by the permit. Additional construction documents or other records may
also be submitted in a like manner. All such submittals shall have the same
effect as if filed with the original application for a permit and shall be
retained in a like manner as the original filings.
H. Section 108.8 Time limitation of application. An
application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been
abandoned six months after the date of filing unless such application has been
pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued, except that the building
official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time if a justifiable
cause is demonstrated.
13VAC5-63-170. Section 117 Temporary and moved buildings and
structures; demolition.
A. Section 117.1 Temporary buildings and structures. The building
official is authorized to issue a permit for temporary buildings or structures.
Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be permitted
for more than one year, except that upon the permit holder's written request,
the building official may grant one or more extensions of time, not to exceed
one year per extension. The building official is authorized to terminate the
approval and order the demolition or removal of temporary buildings or
structures during the period authorized by the permit when determined
necessary.
B. Section 117.1.1 Temporary uses within existing buildings
and structures. The building official shall review and may approve conditions
or modifications for temporary uses, including hypothermia and hyperthermia shelters,
that may be necessary as long as the use meets the spirit and functional intent
intended by this code. The building official is authorized to terminate the
approval and order the discontinuance of the temporary use during the period
authorized by the permit when determined necessary. The building official shall
notify the appropriate fire official or fire chief of the approved temporary
use.
C. Section 117.2 Moved buildings and structures. Any building
or structure moved into a locality or moved to a new location within a locality
shall not be occupied or used until a certification certificate
of occupancy is issued for the new location. Such moved buildings or structures
shall be required to comply with the requirements of this code for a newly
constructed building or structure unless meeting all of the following
requirements relative to the new location:
1. There is no change in the occupancy classification from
its previous location.
2. The building or structure was in compliance with all
state and local requirements applicable to it in its previous location and is
in compliance with all state and local requirements applicable if originally
constructed in the new location.
3. The building or structure did not become unsafe during
the moving process due to structural damage or for other reasons.
4. Any alterations, reconstruction, renovations or repairs
made pursuant to the move are in compliance with applicable requirements of
the VRC VEBC.
D. Section 117.3 Demolition of buildings and structures.
Prior to the issuance of a permit for the demolition of any building or
structure, the owner or the owner's agent shall provide certification to the
building official that all service connections of utilities have been removed,
sealed or plugged satisfactorily and a release has been obtained from the
associated utility company. The certification shall further provide that
written notice has been given to the owners of adjoining lots and any other
lots that may be affected by the temporary removal of utility wires or the
temporary disconnection or termination of other services or facilities relative
to the demolition. In addition, the requirements of Chapter 33 of the IBC for
any necessary retaining walls or fences during demolition shall be applicable
and when a building or structure is demolished or removed, the established
grades shall be restored.
13VAC5-63-200. Chapter 2 Definitions.
A. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the IBC to
read:
Aboveground liquid fertilizer storage tank (ALFST). A device
that contains an accumulation of liquid fertilizer (i) constructed of
nonearthen materials, such as concrete, steel or plastic, that provide
structural support; (ii) having a capacity of 100,000 gallons (378 500 L) or
greater; and (iii) the volume of which is more than 90% above the surface of
the ground. The term does not include any wastewater treatment or wastewater
storage tank, utility or industry pollution control equipment.
Building regulations. Any law, rule, resolution, regulation,
ordinance or code, general or special, or compilation thereof, heretofore or
hereafter enacted or adopted by the Commonwealth or any county or municipality,
including departments, boards, bureaus, commissions, or other agencies thereof,
relating to construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, repair,
maintenance, or use of structures and buildings and installation of equipment
therein. The term does not include zoning ordinances or other land use controls
that do not affect the manner of construction or materials to be used in the
erection, alteration or repair of a building or structure.
Change of occupancy. A change in the use or occupancy of
any building or structure that would place the building or structure in a
different division of the same group of occupancies or in a different group of
occupancies; or a change in the purpose or level of activity within a building
or structure that involves a change in application of the requirements of this
code.
Chemical fume hood. A ventilated enclosure designed to
contain and exhaust fumes, gases, vapors, mists, and particulate matter
generated within the hood.
Construction. The construction, reconstruction, alteration,
repair, or conversion of buildings and structures.
Day-night average sound level (Ldn). A 24-hour energy average
sound level expressed in dBA, with a 10 decibel penalty applied to noise
occurring between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m.
DHCD. The Virginia Department of Housing and Community
Development.
Emergency communication equipment. Emergency communication
equipment, includes but is not limited to two-way radio communications, signal
booster, bi-directional amplifiers, radiating cable systems, or internal
multiple antenna, or a combination of the foregoing.
Emergency public safety personnel. Emergency public safety
personnel includes firefighters, emergency medical personnel, law-enforcement
officers, and other emergency public safety personnel routinely called upon to
provide emergency assistance to members of the public in a wide variety of
emergency situations, including but not limited to fires, medical emergencies,
violent crimes, and terrorist attacks.
Equipment. Plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating,
air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment, elevators, dumbwaiters,
escalators, and other mechanical additions or installations.
Farm building or structure. A building or structure not used
for residential purposes, located on property where farming operations take
place, and used primarily for any of the following uses or combination thereof:
1. Storage, handling, production, display, sampling or sale of
agricultural, horticultural, floricultural or silvicultural products produced
in the farm.
2. Sheltering, raising, handling, processing or sale of
agricultural animals or agricultural animal products.
3. Business or office uses relating to the farm operations.
4. Use of farm machinery or equipment or maintenance or
storage of vehicles, machinery or equipment on the farm.
5. Storage or use of supplies and materials used on the farm.
6. Implementation of best management practices associated with
farm operations.
Hospice facility. An institution, place, or building owned or
operated by a hospice provider and licensed by the Virginia Department of
Health as a hospice facility to provide room, board, and palliative and
supportive medical and other health services to terminally ill patients and
their families, including respite and symptom management, on a 24-hour basis to
individuals requiring such care pursuant to the orders of a physician.
Industrialized building. A combination of one or more sections
or modules, subject to state regulations and including the necessary
electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and other service systems,
manufactured off-site and transported to the point of use for installation or
erection, with or without other specified components, to comprise a finished
building. Manufactured homes shall not be considered industrialized buildings
for the purpose of this code.
Laboratory suite. A fire-rated enclosed laboratory area
that will provide one or more laboratory spaces, within a Group B educational
occupancy, that are permitted to include ancillary uses such as offices,
bathrooms, and corridors that are contiguous with the laboratory area and are
constructed in accordance with Section 430.3.
LBBCA. Local board of building code appeals.
Liquid fertilizer. A fluid in which a fertilizer is in true
solution. This term does not include anhydrous ammonia or a solution used in
pollution control.
Local building department. The agency or agencies of any local
governing body charged with the administration, supervision, or enforcement of
this code, approval of construction documents, inspection of buildings or
structures, or issuance of permits, licenses, certificates or similar
documents.
Local governing body. The governing body of any city, county
or town in this Commonwealth.
Locality. A city, county or town in this Commonwealth.
Manufactured home. A structure subject to federal regulation,
which is transportable in one or more sections; is eight body feet or more in
width and 40 body feet or more in length in the traveling mode, or is 320 or
more square feet when erected on site; is built on a permanent chassis; is
designed to be used as a single-family dwelling, with or without a permanent
foundation, when connected to the required utilities; and includes the
plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems contained in the
structure.
Marina. Any installation, operating under public or private
ownership, that has a structure providing dockage or moorage for boats, other
than paddleboats or rowboats, and provides, through sale, rental, fee, or on a
free basis, any equipment, supply, or service, including fuel, electricity, or
water, for the convenience of the public or its lessees, renters, or users of
its facilities. A dock or pier with or without slips that exclusively serves a
single-family residential lot for the use of the owner of the lot is not a
marina.
Night club. Any building in which the main use is a place of
public assembly that provides exhibition, performance or other forms of
entertainment; serves alcoholic beverages; and provides music and space for
dancing.
Permissible fireworks. Any sparklers, fountains, Pharaoh's
serpents, caps for pistols, or pinwheels commonly known as whirligigs or
spinning jennies.
Short-term holding area. An area containing a holding cell or
cells, or a holding room or rooms, including associated rooms or spaces where
the occupants are restrained or detained by the use of security measures not
under the occupant's control for less than 24 hours.
Skirting. A weather-resistant material used to enclose the
space from the bottom of the manufactured home to grade.
Slip. A berth or space where a boat may be secured to a fixed
or floating structure, including a dock, finger pier, boat lift, or mooring
buoy.
Sound transmission class (STC) rating. A single number
characterizing the sound reduction performance of a material tested in
accordance with ASTM E90-90, "Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions."
State regulated care facility (SRCF). A building with an
occupancy in Group R-2, R-3, R-4 or R-5 occupied by persons in the care of
others where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social
Services, the Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental
Services, the Virginia Department of Education or the Virginia Department of
Juvenile Justice.
State Review Board. The Virginia State Building Code Technical
Review Board as established under § 36-108 of the Code of Virginia.
Teaching and research laboratory. A building or portion of
a building where hazardous materials are stored, used, and handled for the
purpose of testing, analysis, teaching, research, or developmental activities
on a nonproduction basis rather than in a manufacturing process.
Technical assistant. Any person employed by or under an
extended contract to a local building department or local enforcing agency for
enforcing the USBC, including but not limited to inspectors and plans
reviewers. For the purpose of this definition, an extended contract shall be a
contract with an aggregate term of 18 months or longer.
Tenable environmental. An environment in which the products of
combustion, including smoke, toxic gases, particulates, and heat, are limited
or otherwise restricted in order to maintain the impact on occupants, including
those in the area of fire origin, to a level that is not life threatening and
permits the rescue of occupants for a limited time.
Unsafe building or structure. Any building or structure that
is under construction and has not received a permanent certificate of
occupancy, final inspection, or for which a permit was never issued or has
expired and has been determined by the building official to be of faulty
construction that is so damaged, decayed, dilapidated, structurally unsafe, or
of such faulty construction or unstable foundation that partial or complete
collapse is likely, or any unfinished construction that does not have a valid
permit, or the permit has been revoked, and the condition of the unfinished
construction presents an immediate serious and imminent threat to the life and
safety of the occupants or the public.
VADR. The Virginia Amusement Device Regulations (13VAC5-31).
VCS. The Virginia Certification Standards (13VAC5-21).
Working day. A day other than Saturday, Sunday or a legal
local, state or national holiday.
B. Change the following definitions in Section 202 of the IBC
to read:
24-hour basis. The actual time that a person is an occupant
within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It shall not include a
facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable of providing care to someone
visiting the facility during any segment of the 24 hours.
Addition. An extension or increase in floor area, number of
stories, or height of a building or structure.
Ambulatory health care facility. Buildings or portions
thereof used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis that
are licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as outpatient surgical
hospitals.
Automatic fire-extinguishing system. An approved system of
devices and equipment that automatically detects a fire and discharges an
approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire and includes
among other systems an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise expressly
stated.
Building. A combination of materials, whether portable or
fixed, having a roof to form a structure for the use or occupancy by persons, or
property. The word "building" shall be construed as though followed
by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the context clearly
requires a different meaning. "Building" shall not include roadway
tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation, which
shall be governed by construction and design standards approved by the Virginia
Commonwealth Transportation Board.
For application of this code, each portion of a building that
is completely separated from other portions by fire walls complying with
Section 706 shall be considered as a separate building (see Section 503.1).
Change of occupancy. A change in the use or occupancy of
any building or structure that would place the building or structure in a
different division of the same group of occupancies or in a different group of
occupancies or a change in the purpose or level of activity within a building
or structure that involves a change in application of the requirements of this
code.
Clinic, outpatient. Buildings or portions thereof used to
provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis that are not licensed by the
Virginia Department of Health as outpatient surgical hospitals.
Custodial care. Assistance with day-to-day living tasks, such
as assistance with cooking, taking medication, bathing, using toilet
facilities, and other tasks of daily living. In other than in hospice
facilities, custodial care includes occupants that have the ability to respond
to emergency situations and evacuate at a slower rate or who have mental and
psychiatric complications, or both.
Group home. A facility for social rehabilitation or
substance abuse or mental health problems that contains a group housing
arrangement that provides custodial care but does not provide medical care.
Existing structure. A structure (i) for which a legal
building permit has been issued under any edition of the USBC, (ii) which has
been previously approved, or (iii) which was built prior to the initial edition
of the USBC. For application of provisions in flood hazard areas, an existing
structure is any building or structure for which the start of construction
commenced before the effective date of the community's first flood plain
management code, ordinance, or standard.
Owner. The owner or owners of the freehold of the premises or
lesser estate therein, a mortgagee or vendee in possession, assignee of rents,
receiver, executor, trustee or lessee in control of a building or structure.
Registered Design Professional (RDP). An architect or
professional engineer, licensed to practice architecture or engineering, as
defined under § 54.1-400 of the Code of Virginia.
Substantial damage. For the purpose of determining
compliance with the flood provisions of this code, damage of any origin
sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its
before-damaged condition would equal or exceed 50% of the market value of the
structure before the damage occurred.
Substantial improvement. For the purpose of determining
compliance with the flood provisions of this code, any improvement, including
repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, or addition, or other
improvement of a building or structure or a portion thereof the cost of which
equals or exceeds 50% of the market value of the building or structure before
the improvement or repair is started. If the building or structure or portion
thereof has sustained substantial damage, any improvements are considered
substantial improvements regardless of the actual improvement performed. The
term does not, however, include either:
1. Any project for improvement of a building or a structure
or portion thereof required to correct existing health, sanitary, or safety
code violations identified by the building official and that is the minimum
necessary to assure safe living conditions; or
2. Any alteration of a historic structure, provided that
the alteration will not preclude the building or structure's continued
designation as a historic building or structure.
Swimming pool. An aquatic vessel A pool or spa
as defined in the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code (ISPSC).
Structure. An assembly of materials forming a construction for
occupancy or use including stadiums, gospel and circus tents, reviewing stands,
platforms, stagings, observation towers, radio towers, water tanks, storage
tanks (underground and aboveground), trestles, piers, wharves, swimming pools,
amusement devices, storage bins, and other structures of this general nature
but excluding water wells. The word "structure" shall be construed as
though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the
context clearly requires a different meaning. "Structure" shall not
include roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of
Transportation, which shall be governed by construction and design standards
approved by the Virginia Commonwealth Transportation Board.
C. Delete the following definitions from Section 202 of the
IBC:
Agricultural, building
Existing structure (For Chapter 34)
Approved
Historic buildings
13VAC5-63-210. Chapter 3 Use and occupancy classification.
A. Change Sections 303.1.1 and 303.1.2 of the IBC to read:
303.1.1 Small buildings and tenant spaces. A building or
tenant space used for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 50
persons shall be permitted to be classified as a Group B occupancy.
303.1.2 Small assembly spaces. The following rooms and
spaces shall be permitted to be classified as Group B occupancies or as part of
the assembly occupancy:
1. A room or space used for assembly purposes with an
occupant load of less than 50 persons and ancillary to another occupancy.
2. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is less
than 750 square feet (70 m2) in area and ancillary to another
occupancy.
B. Change Section 303.6 of the IBC to read:
303.6 Assembly Group A-5. Assembly uses intended for
participation in or viewing outdoor activities including, but not limited to:
Amusement park structures
Bleachers
Grandstands
Stadiums
Swimming pools
C. Add Section 304.1.1 to
the IBC to read:
304.1.1 Day support and day treatment facilities. Day
support and day treatment facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of
Behavioral Health and Developmental Services shall be permitted to be
classified as Group B occupancies provided all of the following conditions are
met:
1. Participants who may require physical assistance from
staff to respond to an emergency situation shall be located on the level of
exit discharge.
2. Any change in elevation within the exit access on the
level of exit discharge shall be made by means of a ramp or sloped walkway.
3. Where the facilities are located more than two stories
above grade, an automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the
building in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
B. D. Change exception 13 14 of
Section 307.1 307.1.1 of the IBC and add exception 15 to
Section 307.1.1 of the IBC to read:
13. 14. The storage of black powder, smokeless
propellant and small arms primers in Groups M, R-3 and R-5 and special
industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F, M and S, provided such storage
conforms to the quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the IFC, as
amended in Section 307.9.
15. The storage of distilled spirits and wines in wooden
barrels and casks. Distillation, blending, bottling, and other hazardous
materials storage or processing shall be in separate control areas complying
with Section 414.2.
C. E. Change the "Consumer
fireworks" row in and "Flammable liquid, combination (IA, IB,
IC)" row in Table 307.1(1), add a new "Permissible
fireworks" row to Table 307.1(1) of the IBC, and add footnote
"r" to Table 307.1(1) of the IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flammable liquid, combination (IA, IB, IC) |
NA |
H-2 or H-3 |
NA |
120d,e,h |
NA |
NA |
120d,h |
NA |
NA |
30d,h,r |
Permissible fireworks |
1.4G |
H-3 |
125d,e,l |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
r. The tabular value for distilled spirit distillation
and blending rooms is 120 gallons. |
D. F. Add Section 307.9 to the IBC to read:
307.9 Amendments. The following changes shall be made to the
IFC for the use of Exception 13 14 in Section 307.1 307.1.1:
1. Change the following definition in Section 202 of the IFC
to read:
Smokeless propellants. Solid propellants, commonly referred to
as smokeless powders, or any propellants classified by DOTn as smokeless
propellants in accordance with NA3178 (Smokeless Powder for Small Arms), used
in small arms ammunition, firearms, cannons, rockets, propellant-actuated
devices, and similar articles.
2. Change Section 314.1 of the IFC to read as follows:
314.1 General. Indoor displays constructed within any building
or structure shall comply with Sections 314.2 through 314.5.
3. Add new Section 314.5 to the IFC to read as follows:
314.5 Smokeless powder and small arms primers. Vendors shall
not store, display or sell smokeless powder or small arms primers during trade
shows inside exhibition halls except as follows:
1. The amount of smokeless powder each vender may store is
limited to the storage arrangements and storage amounts established in Section
5606.5.2.1.
2. Smokeless powder shall remain in the manufacturer's
original sealed container and the container shall remain sealed while inside
the building. The repackaging of smokeless powder shall not be performed inside
the building. Damaged containers shall not be repackaged inside the building
and shall be immediately removed from the building in such manner to avoid
spilling any powder.
3. There shall be at least 50 feet separation between vendors
and 20 feet from any exit.
4. Small arms primers shall be displayed and stored in the manufacturer's
original packaging and in accordance with the requirements of Section
5606.5.2.3.
4. Change Exception 4 and add Exceptions 10 and 11 to Section
5601.1 of the IFC as follows:
4. The possession, storage and use of not more than 15 pounds
(6.75 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 20 pounds (9 kg)
of smokeless powder and any amount of small arms primers for hand loading of
small arms ammunition for personal consumption.
10. The display of small arms primers in Group M when in the
original manufacturer's packaging.
11. The possession, storage and use of not more than 50 pounds
(23 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 100 pounds (45 kg)
of smokeless powder, and small arms primers for hand loading of small arms
ammunition for personal consumption in Group R-3 or R-5, or 200 pounds (91 kg)
of smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in
detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings
and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5.
5. Change Section 5606.4 of the IFC to read as follows:
5606.4 Storage in residences. Propellants for personal use in
quantities not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) of black powder or 100 pounds (45
kg) of smokeless powder shall be stored in original containers in occupancies
limited to Group R-3 and R-5 or 200 pounds (91 kg) of smokeless powder when
stored in the manufacturer's original containers in detached Group U structures
at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings and are accessory to Group
R-3 or R-5. In other than Group R-3 or R-5, smokeless powder in quantities
exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) shall be kept in
a wooden box or cabinet having walls of at least one inch (25 mm) nominal
thickness or equivalent.
6. Delete Sections 5606.4.1 and
5606.4.2 of the IFC.
7. Change Section 5606.5.1.1 of the IFC to read as follows:
5606.5.1.1 Smokeless propellant. No more than 100 pounds (45
kg) of smokeless propellants in containers of eight pounds (3.6 kg) or less
capacity shall be displayed in Group M occupancies.
8. Delete Section 5606.5.1.3 of the IFC.
9. Change Section 5606.5.2.1 of the IFC as follows:
5606.5.2.1 Smokeless propellant. Commercial stocks of
smokeless propellants shall be stored as follows:
1. Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg), but not exceeding
100 pounds (45 kg) shall be stored in portable wooden boxes having walls of at
least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent.
2. Quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg), but not exceeding
800 pounds (363 kg), shall be stored in storage cabinets having walls at least
one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. Not more than 400 pounds (182
kg) shall be stored in any one cabinet, and cabinets shall be separated by a
distance of at least 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a
fire-resistance rating of at least one hour.
3. Storage of quantities exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), but
not exceeding 5,000 pounds (2270 kg) in a building shall comply with all of the
following:
3.1. The storage is inaccessible to unauthorized personnel.
3.2. Smokeless propellant shall be stored in nonportable
storage cabinets having wood walls at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness
or equivalent and having shelves with no more than 3 feet (914 mm) of vertical
separation between shelves.
3.3. No more than 400 pounds (182 kg) is stored in any one
cabinet.
3.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls with at least 40
feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. The minimum required separation between
cabinets may be reduced to 20 feet (6096 mm) provided that barricades twice the
height of the cabinets are attached to the wall, midway between each cabinet.
The barricades must extend a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) outward, be firmly
attached to the wall, and be constructed of steel not less than 0.25 inch thick
(6.4 mm), 2-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness wood, brick, or concrete block.
3.5. Smokeless propellant shall be separated from materials
classified as combustible liquids, flammable liquids, flammable solids, or
oxidizing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition
having a fire-resistance rating of 1 hour.
3.6. The building shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
4. Smokeless propellants not stored according to Item 1, 2, or
3 above shall be stored in a Type 2 or 4 magazine in accordance with Section
5604 and NFPA 495.
E. G. Add the following to the list of terms in
Section 308.2 of the IBC:
Hospice facility
F. H. Change Section 308.3 of the IBC to read:
308.3 Institutional Group I-1. This occupancy shall include
buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than 16 persons, excluding
staff, who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised environment and receive
custodial care. Buildings of Group I-1, other than assisted living facilities
licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services, shall be classified as
the occupancy condition indicated in Section 308.3.1. Assisted living
facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be
classified as one of the occupancy conditions indicated in Section 308.3.1 or
308.3.2. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
G. I. Change Sections 308.3.1 and 308.3.2 of
the IBC to read:
308.3.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include
buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any
assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete
building evacuation. Not more than five of the residents may require physical
assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation when all residents
who may require the physical assistance reside on a single level of exit
discharge.
308.3.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include buildings
in which there are persons receiving custodial care who require assistance by
not more than one staff member while responding to an emergency situation to
complete building evacuation. Five of the residents may require physical
assistance from more than one staff member to respond to an emergency.
H. Add Sections 308.3.3 and 308.3.4 to the IBC to read:
308.3.3 Six to 16 persons receiving custodial care. A
facility housing not fewer than six and not more than 16 persons receiving
custodial care shall be classified as Group R-4.
308.3.4 Five or fewer persons receiving custodial care. A
facility with five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be
classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the IRC provided an automatic
sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or with
Section P2904 of the IRC.
I. J. Change Section 308.4 of the IBC to read:
308.4 Group I-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and
structures used for medical care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons
who are incapable of self-preservation. This group shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:
Convalescent facilities
Detoxification facilities
Foster care facilities
Hospice facilities
Hospitals
Nursing homes
Psychiatric hospitals
Exception: Hospice facilities occupied by 16 or less
occupants, excluding staff, are permitted to be classified as Group R-4.
J. K. Add an exception to Section 308.6 of the
IBC to read:
Exception: Family day homes under Section 310.9.
K. L. Change Section 310.3 of the IBC to read:
310.3 Residential Group R-1. Residential occupancies
containing sleeping units where the occupants are primarily transient in
nature, including:
Boarding houses (transient) with more than 10 occupants
Congregate living facilities (transient) with more than 10
occupants
Hotels (transient)
Motels (transient)
Exceptions:
1. Nonproprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other
transient boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in
height with a maximum of 10 occupants total are permitted to be classified as
either Group R-3 or R-5 provided that smoke alarms are installed in compliance
with Section 907.2.11.2 for Group R-3 or Section R314 of the IRC for Group R-5.
2. Proprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other transient
boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in height,
that are also occupied as the residence of the proprietor, with a maximum of
five guest room sleeping units provided for the transient occupants are
permitted to be classified as either Group R-3 or R-5 provided that smoke
alarms are installed in compliance with Section 907.2.11.2 for Group R-3 or
Section R314 of the IRC for Group R-5.
L. M. Change Section 310.6 of the IBC to read:
310.6 Residential Group R-4. This occupancy shall include
buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than five but not more than
16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised
environment and receive custodial care. Buildings of Group R-4, other than
assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social
Services, shall be classified as the occupancy condition indicated in Section
310.6.1. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of
Social Services shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions
indicated in Section 310.6.1 or 310.6.2. This group shall include, but not be
limited to the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
This occupancy shall also include hospice facilities with not
more than 16 occupants, excluding staff.
Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for
construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this
code.
Exceptions:
1. Group homes licensed by the Virginia Department of
Behavioral Health and Developmental Services that house no more than eight
persons with one or more resident counselors shall be classified as Group R-2,
R-3, R-4 or R-5. Not more than five of the persons may require physical
assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation.
2. In Group R-4 occupancies classified as the occupancy
condition indicated in Section 310.6.1, other than in hospice facilities, not
more than five of the residents may require physical assistance from staff to
respond to an emergency situation when all residents who may require the
physical assistance from staff reside on a single level of exit discharge and
other than using a ramp, a change of elevation using steps or stairs is not
within the path of egress to an exit door.
3. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia
Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one
or more resident counselors, and all of the residents are capable of responding
to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff, may be
classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5.
4. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia
Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one
or more resident counselors, may be classified as Group R-5 when in compliance
with all of the following:
4.1. The building is protected by an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 or Section P2904 of the IRC.
4.2. Not more than five of the residents may require physical
assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation.
4.3. All residents who may require physical assistance from
staff to respond to an emergency situation reside on a single level of exit
discharge and other than using a ramp, a change in elevation using steps or
stairs is not within the path of egress to an exit door.
5. Hospice facilities with five or fewer occupants are
permitted to comply with the IRC provided the building is protected by an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with IRC Section P2904 or IBC Section
903.3.
M. N. Add Sections 310.6.1 and 310.6.2 to the
IBC to read:
310.6.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include
buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any
assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete
building evacuation and hospice facilities.
310.6.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include
buildings in which there are persons receiving custodial care who require
assistance by not more than one staff member while responding to an emergency
situation to complete building evacuation.
N. O. Add Section 310.7 to the IBC to read:
310.7 Residential Group R-5. Residential occupancies in
detached single-family and two-family dwellings, townhouses and accessory
structures within the scope of the IRC.
O. P. Add Section 310.8 to the IBC to read:
310.8 Group R-5. The construction of Group R-5 structures
shall comply with the IRC. The amendments to the IRC set out in Section 310.11
shall be made to the IRC for its use as part of this code. In addition, all
references to the IRC in the IBC shall be considered to be references to this
section.
P. Q. Add Section 310.8.1 to the IBC to read:
310.8.1 Additional requirements. Methods of construction,
materials, systems, equipment or components for Group R-5 structures not
addressed by prescriptive or performance provisions of the IRC shall comply
with applicable IBC requirements.
Q. R. Add Section 310.9 to the IBC to read:
310.9 Family day homes. Family day homes where program
oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be
classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5.
Note: Family day homes may generally care for up to 12 children.
See the DHCD Related Laws Package for additional information.
R. S. Add Section 310.10 to the IBC to read:
310.10 Radon-resistant construction in Groups R-3 and R-4
structures. Groups R-3 and R-4 structures shall be subject to the radon-resistant
construction requirements in Appendix F of the IRC in localities enforcing such
requirements pursuant to Section R324 of the IRC.
S. T. Add Section 310.11 to the IBC to read:
310.11 Amendments to the IRC. The following changes shall be
made to the IRC for its use as part of this code:
1. Add the following definitions to read:
Living area. Space within a dwelling unit utilized for
living and entertainment, including family rooms, great rooms, living rooms,
dens, media rooms, and similar spaces.
Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Fixtures and outlets that are
not dependent on potable water for the safe operation to perform their intended
use. Such fixtures and outlets may include, but are not limited to water
closets, urinals, irrigation, mechanical equipment, and hose connections to
perform operations, such as vehicle washing and lawn maintenance.
Nonpotable water systems. Water systems for the collection,
treatment, storage, distribution, and use or reuse of nonpotable water.
Nonpotable systems include reclaimed water, rainwater, and gray water systems.
Rainwater. Natural precipitation, including snow melt, from
roof surfaces only.
Stormwater. Precipitation that is discharged across the land
surface or through conveyances to one or more waterways and that may include
stormwater runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage.
2. Change the following definitions to read:
Attic, habitable. A finished or unfinished area, not
considered a story, complying with all of the following requirements:
1. The occupiable floor area is at least 70 square feet (17 m2),
in accordance with Section R304,
2. The occupiable floor area has a ceiling height in
accordance with Section R305, and
3. The occupiable space is enclosed by the roof assembly
above, knee walls (if applicable) on the sides and the floor-ceiling assembly
below.
Habitable attics greater than two-thirds of the area of the
story below or over 400 square feet (37.16 m2) shall not be
permitted in dwellings or townhouses that are three stories above grade plane
in height.
Gray water. Water discharged from lavatories, bathtubs,
showers, clothes washers, and laundry trays.
3. Change Section R301.2.1 to read:
R301.2.1 Wind design criteria. Buildings and portions thereof
shall be constructed in accordance with the wind provisions of this code using
the basic ultimate design wind speed in Table R301.2(1) as
determined from Figure R301.2(4)A. The structural provisions of this code for
wind loads are not permitted where wind design is required as specified in
Section R301.2.1.1. Where different construction methods and structural
materials are used for various portions of a building, the applicable
requirements of this section for each portion shall apply. Where not otherwise
specified, the wind loads listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for height and
exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design load
performance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings,
exterior windows, skylights, garage doors, and exterior doors. Asphalt shingles
shall be designed for wind speeds in accordance with Section R905.2.4. A
continuous load path shall be provided to transmit the applicable uplift forces
in Section R802.11.1 from the roof assembly to the foundation. Wind speeds for
localities in special wind regions, near mountainous terrain, and near gorges
shall be based on elevation. Areas at 4,000 feet in elevation or higher shall
use the nominal design wind speed of 110 V mph (48.4 m/s) and
areas under 4,000 feet in elevation shall use nominal design wind speed of
90 V mph (39.6 m/s). Gorge areas shall be based on the highest recorded
speed per locality or in accordance with local jurisdiction requirements
determined in accordance with Section 26.5.1 of ASCE 7.
4. Add Exception Exceptions 6 and 7 to
Section R302.1 to read:
6. Decks and open porches.
7. Walls of dwellings and accessory structures located on
lots in subdivisions or zoning districts where building setbacks established by
local ordinance prohibit the walls of the structures on adjacent lots from
being closer than 10 feet (3048 mm) to each other at any point along the
exterior walls.
5. Change the exception in Section R302.2 to require a
common two-hour fire-resistance-rated wall instead of a one-hour
fire-resistance-rated wall, unless the townhouse development is fully
sprinklered as provided for in Section R313.1, in which case a common one-hour
fire-resistive-rated wall shall be permitted between townhouses.
6. 5. Add the following sentence to the end of
Section R302.3 to read:
Dwelling unit separation wall assemblies that are constructed
on a lot line shall be constructed as required in Section R302.2 for
townhouses.
7. 6. Change Section R302.5.1 to read:
R302.5.1 Opening protection. Openings from a private garage directly
into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted. Other openings
between the garage and residence shall be equipped with solid wood doors not
less than 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) thickness, solid or honeycomb-core steel doors
not less than 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) thick, or 20-minute fire-rated doors.
7. Change Section R303.4 to read:
R303.4 Mechanical ventilation. Dwelling units shall be
provided with mechanical ventilation in accordance with Section M1507.
8. Add an exception to Section R303.9 to read:
Exception: Seasonal structures not used as a primary residence
for more than 90 days per year, unless rented, leased or let on terms expressed
or implied to furnish heat, shall not be required to comply with this section.
9. Add Section R303.9.1 to read:
R303.9.1 Nonowner occupied required heating. Every dwelling
unit or portion thereof which is to be rented, leased or let on terms either
expressed or implied to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall be provided
with facilities in accordance with Section R303.9 during the period from
October 15 to May 1.
10. Add Section R303.10 to read:
R303.10 Insect screens. Every door, window and other outside
opening required for ventilation purposes shall be supplied with approved
tightly fitted screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm)
and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device.
11. Add Section R306.5 to read:
R306.5 Water supply sources and sewage disposal systems. The
water and drainage system of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures
are installed shall be connected to a public or private water supply and a
public or private sewer system. As provided for in Section 103.10 of Part I of
the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (13VAC5-63), for functional
design, water supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and
approved by the Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of
Environmental Quality.
Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the "Related
Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia Department of Housing
and Community Development.
12. Change Section R310.1 to read:
R310.1 Emergency escape and rescue opening required.
Basements, habitable attics, and every sleeping room designated on the
construction documents shall have at least not less than one
operable emergency escape and rescue opening. Where basements contain one or
more sleeping rooms, an emergency egress and rescue openings opening
shall be required in each sleeping room. Where emergency escape and rescue
openings are provided, they shall have a sill height of not more than 44 inches
(1118 mm) measured from the finished floor to the bottom of the clear opening.
Where a door opening having a threshold below the adjacent ground elevation
serves as an emergency escape and rescue opening and is provided with a
bulkhead enclosure, the bulkhead enclosure shall comply with Section R310.3.
The net clear opening dimensions required by this section shall be obtained by
the normal operation of the emergency escape and rescue opening from the
inside, except that tilt-out or removable sash designed windows shall be
permitted to be used. Emergency escape and rescue openings with a finished
height below the adjacent ground elevation shall be provided with a window well
in accordance with Section R310.2. Emergency escape and rescue openings
shall open directly into a public way, or to a yard or court that opens to a
public way.
Exceptions:
1. Dwelling units equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 13R, or 13D or
Section P2904.
2. Basements Storm shelters and basements used
only to house mechanical equipment and not exceeding total floor area of 200
square feet (18.58 m2).
13. Change Section R310.1.1 R310.2.1 to read:
R310.1.1 R310.2.1 Minimum opening area. All
emergency Emergency and escape and rescue openings shall have
a minimum net clear opening of not less than 5.7 square feet
(0.530 m2). The net clear opening dimensions required by this
section shall be obtained by the normal operation of the emergency escape and
rescue opening from the inside, including the tilting or removal of the
sash as the normal operation to comply with Sections R310.1.2 and R310.1.3.
The net clear height opening shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm), and
the net clear width shall be not less than 20 inches (508 mm).
Exception: Grade floor or below grade openings shall
have a minimum net clear opening of not less than 5 square feet
(0.465 m2).
14. Add Section R311.2.1 to read:
R311.2.1 Interior passage. Where a dwelling unit has both a
kitchen and a living or entertainment area on the same level as the egress door
required by Section R311.2, an interior passage route shall be provided from
such egress door to the kitchen and the living or entertainment area and to at
least one bedroom and at least one bathroom containing a water closet, lavatory
and bathtub or shower, where such rooms are provided on that same level. Any
doors or cased openings along such interior passage route providing access to
the areas identified above shall comply with the following.
1. Cased openings shall provide a minimum 34-inch clear
width.
2. Doors shall be, at a minimum, nominal 34-inch doors.
Exceptions:
1. Where a door or cased opening, and its associated
molding or trim, is at the end and facing the length of a hallway and the width
of the hallway is not wide enough to accommodate such doors or cased openings.
2. Closet doors or cased openings.
3. Pantry door or cased openings.
4. Bathrooms accessed directly from a bedroom that is not
required to comply with this section.
15. 14. Change
the exception in Section R311.3.1 to read:
Exception: The landing or floor on the exterior side shall not
be more than 8-1/4 inches (210 mm) below the top of the threshold provided the
door does not swing over the landing or floor.
16. 15. Change Section R311.7.5.1 to read:
R311.7.5.1 Risers. The maximum riser height shall be not
more than 8-1/4 inches (210 mm). The riser shall be measured vertically
between the leading edges of the adjacent treads. The greatest riser height
within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than 3/8 inch
(9.5 mm). Risers shall be vertical or sloped from the underside of the nosing
of the tread above at an angle not more than 30 degrees (0.51 rad) from the
vertical. Open risers are permitted provided that the opening between treads
does openings located more than 30 inches (763 mm), as measured
vertically, to the floor or grade below do not permit the passage of a
4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere.
Exception Exceptions:
1. The opening between adjacent treads is not limited
on stairs with a total rise of 30 inches (762 mm) or less spiral
stairways.
2. The riser height of spiral stairways shall be in
accordance with Section R311.7.10.1.
17. 16. Change Section R311.7.5.2 to read:
R311.7.5.2 Treads. The minimum tread depth shall be not
less than 9 inches (229 mm). The tread depth shall be measured horizontally
between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and
at a right angle to the tread's leading edge. The greatest tread depth within
any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than 3/8 inch (9.5
mm).
18. 17. Change Section R311.7.7 to read:
R311.7.7 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface of
treads and landings of stairways shall be level or sloped no steeper than one
unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2.0% slope).
19. 18. Change Section R312.2.1 to read:
R312.2.1 Window sills. In dwelling units, where the opening
top of the sill of an operable window opening is located more
less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor and greater than
72 inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below on
the exterior of the building, the lowest part of the clear opening of
the window shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor of
the room in which the window is located. Operable sections of windows shall not
permit openings that allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere where
such openings are located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the finished floor.
Exceptions: operable window shall comply with one of the following:
1. Windows whose Operable windows with openings that
will not allow a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when
where the opening is in its largest opened position.
2. Openings Operable windows that are provided
with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F 2090.
3. Windows Operable windows that are provided
with window opening control devices that comply with Section R312.2.2.
20. 19. Replace Section R313 with the following:
Section R313.
Automatic Fire Sprinkler Systems.
R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire sprinkler systems.
Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8, where installed, an
automatic residential fire sprinkler system for townhouses shall be designed
and installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904.
Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system
shall not be required when additions or alterations are made to existing
townhouses that do not have an automatic residential fire sprinkler system
installed.
R313.2 One-family and two-family dwellings automatic fire
sprinkler systems. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8, where
installed, an automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904.
Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system
shall not be required for additions or alterations to existing buildings that
are not already provided with an automatic residential fire sprinkler system.
21. Change 20. Delete Section R314.2 to read:
R314.2.2.
314.2 Smoke detection systems. Household fire alarm systems
installed in accordance with NFPA 72 that include smoke alarms, or a
combination of smoke detector and audible notification device installed as
required by this section for smoke alarms, shall be permitted. The household
fire alarm system shall provide the same level of smoke detection and alarm as
required by this section for smoke alarms. Where a household fire warning
system is installed using a combination of smoke detector and audible notification
device(s), the system shall become a permanent fixture of the dwelling unit.
Exception: Where smoke alarms are provided meeting the
requirements of Section R314.4.
22. Delete 21. Change
Section R314.3.1. R314.7.3 to read:
R314.7.3 Permanent fixture. Where a household fire alarm
system is installed, it shall become a permanent fixture of the dwelling unit.
23. Delete 22. Change Section R315.3. R315.1.1
to read:
24. Change Section R315.4 to read:
R315.4 Alarm requirements. Single station carbon R315.1.1
Listings. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be hard wired, plug-in or battery
type; listed as complying with UL 2034; and installed in accordance with this
code and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Combination carbon
monoxide and smoke alarms shall be listed in accordance with UL 2034 and UL
217.
23. Change Section R315.2 to read:
R315.2 Where required. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be
provided in accordance with this section.
24. Delete Section R315.2.2.
25. Delete Section R315.5.
26. Change Section R315.6.3 to read:
R315.6.3 Permanent fixture. Where a household carbon
monoxide detection system is installed, it shall become a permanent fixture of
the occupancy.
25. Add Exception 3 to Section R317.1.4 to read:
3. Deck posts supported by concrete piers or metal
pedestals projecting a minimum of one inch (25.4 mm) above a concrete floor or
six inches (152 mm) above exposed earth.
26. 27. Add Section R320.2 to read:
R320.2 Universal design features for accessibility in
dwellings. Dwellings constructed under the IRC not subject to Section R320.1
may comply with Section 1109.16 of the USBC and be approved by the local
building department as dwellings containing universal design features for
accessibility.
27. 28. Add Section R324 R327
Radon-Resistant Construction.
28. 29. Add Section R324.1 R327.1
to read:
R324.1 R327.1 Local enforcement of radon
requirements. Following official action under Article 7 (§ 15.2-2280 et
seq.) of Chapter 22 of Title 15.2 of the Code of Virginia by a locality in
areas of high radon potential, as indicated by Zone 1 on the U.S. EPA Map of
Radon Zones (IRC Figure AF101), such locality shall enforce the provisions
contained in Appendix F.
Exception: Buildings or portions thereof with crawl space
foundations which are ventilated to the exterior, shall not be required to
provide radon-resistant construction.
29. Add Section R325 Swimming Pools.
30. Add Section R325.1 to
read:
R325.1 Swimming pools. In addition to other applicable
provisions of this code, swimming pools, as defined in the USBC, shall comply
with the applicable provisions of the ISPSC.
31. 30. Add Section R326 R328
Patio Covers.
32. 31. Add Section R326.1 R328.1
to read:
R326.1 R328.1 Use of Appendix H for patio
covers. Patio covers shall comply with the provisions in Appendix H.
33. 32. Add Section R327 R329
Sound Transmission.
34. 33. Add Section R327.1 R329.1
to read:
R327.1 R329.1 Sound transmission between
dwelling units. Construction assemblies separating dwelling units shall provide
airborne sound insulation as required in Appendix K.
35. 34. Add
Section R327.2 R329.2 to read:
R327.2 R329.2 Airport noise attenuation. This
section applies to the construction of the exterior envelope of detached
one-family and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings
(townhouses) not more than three stories high with separate means of egress
within airport noise zones when enforced by a locality pursuant to
§ 15.2-2295 of the Code of Virginia. The exterior envelope of such
structures shall comply with Section 1207.4 of the state amendments to the IBC.
36. 35. Add Section R328 R330 Fire
Extinguishers.
37. 36. Add Section R328.1 R330.1
to read:
R328.1 R330.1 Kitchen areas. Other than where
the dwelling is equipped with an approved sprinkler system in accordance with
Section R313, a fire extinguisher having a rating of 2-A:10-B:C or an approved
equivalent type of fire extinguisher shall be installed in the kitchen area.
37. Add Section R331 Interior Passage.
38. Add Sections R331.1 through R331.6 to read:
R331.1 General. This section applies to new dwelling units
that have both a kitchen and a living area on the same floor level as the
egress door required by Section R311.2. This section is not applicable to
additions, reconstruction, alteration, or repair.
R331.2 Kitchen. One interior passage route from the egress
door to the kitchen shall comply with R331.6.
R331.3 Living area. One interior passage route from the
egress door to at least one living area shall comply with R331.6.
R331.4 Bedroom. Where the dwelling unit has a bedroom on
the same floor level as the egress door, one interior passage route from the
egress door to at least one bedroom shall comply with R331.6.
R331.5 Bathroom. Where a dwelling unit has a bathroom on
the same floor level as the egress door, and the bathroom contains a water
closet, lavatory, and bathtub or shower, one interior passage route from the
egress door to at least one bathroom shall comply with R331.6. Bathroom fixture
clearances shall comply with R307 and access to fixtures is not required to
comply with R331.6.
R331.6 Opening widths. Opening widths along the interior
passage route required by this section shall comply with the following:
1. Cased openings shall provide a minimum 34 inch (864 mm)
clear width.
2. Doors shall be a nominal 34 inch (864 mm) minimum width.
Double doors are permitted to be used to meet this requirement.
38. 39. Change Section
R401.3 to read:
R401.3 Drainage. Surface drainage shall be diverted to a storm
sewer conveyance or other approved point of collection that does not create a
hazard to the dwelling unit. Lots shall be graded to drain surface water away
from foundation walls. The grade shall fall a minimum of six inches (152 mm)
within the first 10 feet (3048 mm).
Exception: Where lot lines, walls, slopes or other physical
barriers prohibit six inches (152 mm) of fall within 10 feet (3048 mm), drains
or swales shall be constructed to ensure drainage away from the structure.
Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation shall
be sloped a minimum of 2.0% away from the building.
39. Change 40. Add the following exceptions to
Section R403.1 to read:
403.1 General. All exterior walls shall be supported on
continuous solid or fully grouted masonry or concrete footings, wood
foundations, or other approved structural systems that shall be of sufficient
design to accommodate all loads according to Section R301 and to transmit the
resulting loads to the soil within the limitations as determined from the
character of the soil. Footings shall be supported on undisturbed natural soils
or engineered fill.
Exceptions:
1. One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and
storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, not exceeding 256 square feet
(23.7824 m2) of building area, provided all of the following
conditions are met:
1.1. The building eave height is 10 feet or less.
1.2. The maximum height from the finished floor level to grade
does not exceed 18 inches.
1.3. The supporting structural elements in direct contact with
the ground shall be placed level on firm soil and when such elements are wood
they shall be approved pressure preservative treated suitable for ground
contact use.
1.4. The structure is anchored to withstand wind loads as
required by this code.
1.5. The structure shall be of light-frame construction whose
vertical and horizontal structural elements are primarily formed by a system of
repetitive wood or light gauge steel framing members, with walls and roof of
light weight material, not slate, tile, brick or masonry.
2. Footings are not required for ramps serving dwelling units
in Group R-3 and R-5 occupancies where the height of the entrance is no more
than 30 inches (762 mm) above grade.
41. Change the indicated rows of
Table R502.3.1(1) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42. Change the indicated rows of Table R502.3.1(2) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43. Change footnote
"b" in Table R502.3.3(1) to read:
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive
(three or more) members. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used for
southern pine.
44. Change footnote "a" in Table R502.3.3(2) to
read:
a. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive
(three or more) members. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used for
southern pine.
45. Change Section R502.5 to read:
R502.5 Allowable girder and header spans. The allowable
spans of girders and headers fabricated of dimension lumber shall not exceed
the values set forth in Tables R502.5(1) through R502.5(3).
46. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table
R502.5(1) to read:
Table R502.5(1)
Girder Spansa,b and Header Spansa,b
for Exterior Bearing Walls
(Maximum Spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern
pine, and spruce-pine-firb and required number of jack studs)
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or
better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine.
47. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table
R502.5(2) to read:
Table R502.5(2)
Girder Spansa,b and Header Spansa,b
for Interior Bearing Walls
(Maximum Spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern
pine, and spruce-pine-firb and required number of jack studs)
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or
better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine.
48. Add Table R502.5(3) to
read:
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41. Change the exception to Section R408.2 to read:
Exception: The total area of ventilation openings shall be
permitted to be reduced to 1/1,500 of the under-floor area where the ground
surface is covered with an approved Class I vapor retarder material and the
required openings are placed to provide cross ventilation of the space. The
installation of operable louvers shall not be prohibited nor shall the required
openings need to be within three feet (915 mm) of each corner provided there is
cross ventilation of the space.
40. 42. Add Section R408.3.1 to read as follows
and delete Section R501.3 in its entirety:
R408.3.1 Termite inspection. Where an unvented crawl space is
installed and meets the criteria in Section R408, the vertical face of the sill
plate shall be clear and unobstructed and an inspection gap shall be provided
below the sill plate along the top of any interior foundation wall covering.
The gap shall be a minimum of one inch (25.4 mm) and a maximum of two inches
(50.8 mm) in width and shall extend throughout all parts of any foundation that
is enclosed. Joints between the sill plate and the top of any interior wall
covering may be sealed.
Exceptions:
1. In areas not subject to damage by termites as indicated by
Table R301.2(1).
2. Where other approved means are provided to inspect for
potential damage.
Where pier and curtain foundations are installed as depicted
in Figure R404.1.5(1), the inside face of the rim joist and sill plate shall be
clear and unobstructed except for construction joints which may be sealed.
Exception: Fiberglass or
similar insulation may be installed if easily removable.
49. 43. Change
Section R506.2.1 to read:
R506.2.1 Fill. Fill material shall be free of vegetation and
foreign material and shall be natural nonorganic material that is not
susceptible to swelling when exposed to moisture. The fill shall be compacted
to assure uniform support of the slab, and except where approved, the fill
depth shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for clean sand or gravel and 8 inches
(203 mm) for earth.
Exception: Material other than natural material may be used as
fill material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by
the building official.
50. 44. Change Section R506.2.2 to read:
R506.2.2 Base. A 4-inch-thick (102 mm) base course consisting
of clean graded sand, gravel or crushed stone passing a 2-inch (51 mm) sieve
shall be placed on the prepared subgrade when the slab is below grade.
Exception: A base course is not required when the concrete
slab is installed on well drained or sand-gravel mixture soils classified as
Group I according to the United Soil Classification System in accordance with
Table R405.1. Material other than natural material may be used as base course
material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by the
building official.
51. Change Section R507.1 to read:
R507.1 Decks. Wood-framed decks shall be in accordance with
this section or Section R301 for materials and conditions not prescribed in
this section. Where supported by attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall be
positively anchored to the primary structure and designed for both vertical and
lateral loads. Such attachment shall not be accomplished by the use of toenails
or nails subject to withdrawal. Where positive connection to the primary
building structure cannot be verified during inspection, decks shall be
self-supporting. For decks with cantilevered framing members, connections to
exterior walls or other framing members shall be designed and constructed to
resist uplift resulting from the full live load specified in Table R301.5
acting on the cantilevered portion of the deck.
52. Add Sections R507.4
through R507.8 to read:
R507.4 Decking. Maximum allowable spacing for wood joists
supporting decking shall be in accordance with Table R507.4. Wood decking shall
be attached to each supporting member with a minimum of two 8d nails or two #8
wood screws.
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R507.5 Deck joists. Maximum allowable spans for wood deck
joists, as shown in Figure R507.5, shall be in accordance with Table R507.5.
Deck joist shall be permitted to cantilever a maximum of one-fourth of the
actual, adjacent joist span.
Editor's Note: Figures R507.5, R507.6, R507.7.1, R507.8.1, and
R602.3(2) in this section shown below this note are being deleted in the
proposed action.
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R507.5.1 Lateral restraint at
supports. Joist ends and bearing locations shall be provided with lateral
restraint to prevent rotation. Where lateral restraint is provided by joist
hangers or blocking between joists, their depth shall equal not less than 60%
of the joist depth. Where lateral restraint is provided by rim joists, they
shall be secured to the end of each joist with a minimum of (3)10d (3-inch x
0.128-inch) nails or (3)#10x3 inch (76 mm) long wood screws.
R507.6 Deck beams. Maximum
allowable spans for wood deck beams, as shown in Figure R507.6, shall be in
accordance with Table R507.6. Beam plies shall be fastened with two rows of 10d
(3-inch x 0.128-inch) nails minimum at 16 inches (406 mm) on center along each
edge. Beams shall be permitted to cantilever at each end up to one-fourth of
the beam span. Splices of multi-span beams shall be located at interior post
locations.
|
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R507.7 Deck joist and deck
beam bearing. The ends of each joist and beam shall have not less than 1.5
inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood or metal and not less than three inches (76
mm) on concrete or masonry for the entire width of the beam. Joist framing into
the side of a ledger board or beam shall be supported by approved joist
hangers. Joists bearing on a beam shall be attached to the beam to resist
lateral displacement.
R507.7.1 Deck beam to deck
post. Deck beams shall be attached to deck posts in accordance with Figure
R507.7.1 or by other equivalent means capable to resist lateral displacement.
Manufactured post-to-beam connectors shall be sized for the post and beam
sizes. All bolts shall have washers under the head and nut.
Exception: Where deck beams
bear directly on footings in accordance with Section R507.8.1.
R507.8 Deck posts. For single level wood-framed decks with
beams sized in accordance with Table R507.6, deck post size shall be in
accordance with Table R507.8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R507.8.1 Deck post to deck footing. Posts shall bear on
footings in accordance with Section R403 and Figure R507.8.1. Posts shall be
restrained to prevent lateral displacement at the footing. Lateral restraint
shall be provided by manufactured connectors installed in accordance with the
manufacturers' installation instructions or by a minimum post embedment of 12
inches (304.8 mm) in surrounding soils or concrete piers.
Figure R507.8.1
Typical Deck Posts to Deck Footings
53. Change Section R602.3.1 to read:
R602.3.1 Stud size, height, and spacing. The size, height,
and spacing of studs shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(5).
Exceptions:
1. Utility grade studs shall not be spaced more than 16
inches (406 mm) on center, shall not support more than a roof and ceiling, and
shall not exceed eight feet (2438 mm) in height for exterior walls and
load-bearing walls or 10 feet (3048 mm) for interior nonload-bearing walls.
2. Where snow loads are less than or equal to 25 pounds per
square foot (1.198 kPa), and the ultimate design wind speed is less than or
equal to 130 mph (58.11 m/s), 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by 140 mm) studs
supporting a roof load with not more than six feet (1829 mm) of tributary
length shall have a maximum height of 18 feet (5486 mm) where spaced at 16
inches (406 mm) on center, or 20 feet (6096 mm) where spaced at 12 inches (305
mm) on center. Studs shall be minimum No. 2 grade lumber.
54. Delete Table R602.3.1.
55. Change Figure R602.3(2)
to read:
45. Change Table R602.7.1(1) to read:
46. Change Table R602.7(2) to read:
Table R602.7(2) Girder Spansa and Header Spansa for
Interior Bearing Walls (Maximum spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern
Pine, and Spruce-Pine Firb and required number of jack studs) |
|||||||
Headers and Girders Supporting |
Size |
Building Widthc (feet) |
|||||
12 |
24 |
36 |
|||||
Spane |
NJd |
Spane |
NJd |
Spane |
NJd |
||
One floor only |
2-2 x 4 |
4-1 |
1 |
2-10 |
1 |
2-4 |
1 |
2-2 x 6 |
6-1 |
1 |
4-4 |
1 |
3-6 |
1 |
|
2-2 x 8 |
7-9 |
1 |
5-5 |
1 |
4-5 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 10 |
9-2 |
1 |
6-6 |
2 |
5-3 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 12 |
10-9 |
1 |
7-7 |
2 |
6-3 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 8 |
9-8 |
1 |
6-10 |
1 |
5-7 |
1 |
|
3-2 x 10 |
11-5 |
1 |
8-1 |
1 |
6-7 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 12 |
13-6 |
1 |
9-6 |
2 |
7-9 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 8 |
11-2 |
1 |
7-11 |
1 |
6-5 |
1 |
|
4-2 x 10 |
13-3 |
1 |
9-4 |
1 |
7-8 |
1 |
|
4-2 x 12 |
15-7 |
1 |
11-0 |
1 |
9-0 |
2 |
|
Two floors |
2-2 x 4 |
2-7 |
1 |
1-11 |
1 |
1-7 |
1 |
2-2 x 6 |
3-11 |
1 |
2-11 |
2 |
2-5 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 8 |
5-0 |
1 |
3-8 |
2 |
3-1 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 10 |
5-11 |
2 |
4-4 |
2 |
3-7 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 12 |
6-11 |
2 |
5-2 |
2 |
4-3 |
3 |
|
3-2 x 8 |
6-3 |
1 |
4-7 |
2 |
3-10 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 10 |
7-5 |
1 |
5-6 |
2 |
4-6 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 12 |
8-8 |
2 |
6-5 |
2 |
5-4 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 8 |
7-2 |
1 |
5-4 |
1 |
4-5 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 10 |
8-6 |
1 |
6-4 |
2 |
5-3 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 12 |
10-1 |
1 |
7-5 |
2 |
6-2 |
2 |
|
a. Spans are given in feet
and inches. b. Spans are based on the
minimum design properties for No. 2 grade lumber of Douglas Fir-Larch,
Hem-Fir, Southern Pine, and Spruce-Pine Fir. c. Building width is
measured perpendicular to the ridge. For widths between those shown, spans
are permitted to be interpolated. d. NJ - Number of jack
studs required to support each end. Where the number of required jack studs
equals one, the header is permitted to be supported by an approved framing
anchor attached to the full-height wall stud and to the header. e. Spans are calculated
assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular
framing. Where the top of the header or girder is not laterally braced (e.g.,
cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting
of 2x8, 2x10, or 2x12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0.70 or the header shall
be designed. |
56. Change the column entries under the heading "Wood
Species" in Table R602.7.1 to read:
|
57. Add Section R602.7.4 to read:
R602.7.4 Supports for headers. Headers shall be supported
on each end with one or more jack studs in accordance with Table R505.5(1) or
Table R502.5(2). A king stud shall be adjacent to the jack stud on each end of
the header and nailed at each end of the header with 4-12d nails.
58. 47. Change Section R602.10 to read:
R602.10 Wall bracing. Buildings shall be braced in accordance
with this section or Section R602.12. Where a building, or portion thereof,
does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements in this section,
those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section
R301.1.
The building official shall be permitted to require the permit
applicant to identify braced wall lines and braced wall panels on the
construction documents as described in this section and provide associated
analysis. The building official shall be permitted to waive the analysis of the
upper floors where the cumulative length of wall openings of each upper floor
wall is less than or equal to the length of the openings of the wall directly
below.
59. Change the following row and footnotes in Table
R602.10.3(1) to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60. Change Section R602.10.4.1 to read:
R602.10.4.1 Mixing methods. Mixing of bracing methods shall
be permitted as follows:
1. Mixing bracing methods from braced wall line to braced
wall line shall be permitted.
2. Mixing intermittent bracing methods along a braced wall
line shall be permitted in Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached
dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, provided the length of bracing in
accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) is the highest value of all
bracing methods used.
3. Mixing of methods CS-WSP, CS-G, CS-PF, ABW, PFH, and PFG
along a braced wall line shall be permitted.
4. In Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached
dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, mixing of intermittent bracing methods
along the interior portion of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing
methods along the exterior portion of the same braced wall line shall be
permitted. The length of required bracing shall be the highest value of all
bracing methods used in accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3). The
requirements of Section R602.10.7 shall apply to each end of the continuously
sheathed portions of the braced wall line.
61. Change the "CS-PF" row of Table R602.10.5 to
read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62. Change Items 3.3 and 3.4 of Section R602.10.8.2 to
read:
3.3. Blocking panels provided by the roof truss
manufacturer and designed in accordance with Section R802.10.
3.4. Blocking, blocking panels, or other methods of lateral
load transfer designed in accordance with the AWC WFCM or accepted engineering
practice.
63. Change Item 3 of Section R602.10.10 to read:
3. Where the bracing length provided is at least twice the
minimum length required by Table R602.10.3(1) and Table R602.10.3(3), blocking
at horizontal joints shall not be required in braced wall panels constructed
using Methods WSP, SFB, GB, PBS, HPS, CS-WSP or CS-SFB.
64. Change Section R602.10.11 to read:
R602.10.11 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be
constructed in accordance with Section R602.9 and braced in accordance with
this section. Cripple walls shall be braced with the length and method of
bracing used for the wall above in accordance with Tables R602.10.3(1) and
R602.10.3(3), and the applicable adjustment factors in Tables R602.10.3(2) and
R602.10.3(4), respectively, except the length of the cripple wall bracing shall
be multiplied by a factor of 1.15. Cripple wall bracing shall comply with
Section R602.10.4.3.
65. 48. Replace Section R602.12, including all
subsections, with the following:
R602.12 Practical wall bracing. All buildings in Seismic
Design Categories A and B and detached buildings in Seismic Design Category C
shall be permitted to be braced in accordance with this section as an
alternative to the requirements of Section R602.10. Where a building, or
portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements
in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance
with Section R301.1. The use of other bracing provisions of Section R602.10,
except as specified herein, shall not be permitted.
The building official shall be permitted to require the permit
applicant to identify bracing on the construction documents and provide
associated analysis. The building official shall be permitted to waive the
analysis of the upper floors where the cumulative length of wall openings of
each upper floor wall is less than or equal to the length of the openings of
the wall directly below.
R602.12.1 Sheathing materials. The following materials shall
be permitted for use as sheathing for wall bracing. Exterior walls shall be
sheathed on all sheathable surfaces, including infill areas between bracing
locations, above and below wall openings, and on gable end walls.
1. Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 7/16
inch (9.5 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(3).
2. Structural fiberboard sheathing with a minimum thickness of
1/2 inch (12.7 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
3. Gypsum board with a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)
fastened in accordance with Table R702.3.5 on interior walls only.
R602.12.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be
full-height wall sections sheathed with the materials listed in Section
R602.12.1 and complying with the following:
1. Exterior braced wall panels shall have a minimum length
based on the height of the adjacent opening as specified in Table R602.12.2.
Panels with openings on both sides of differing heights shall be governed by
the taller opening when determining panel length.
2. Interior braced wall panels shall have a minimum length of
48 inches (1220 mm) when sheathing material is applied to one side.
Doubled-sided applications shall be permitted to be considered two braced wall
panels.
3. Braced wall panels shall be permitted to be constructed of
Methods ABW, PFH, PFG, and CS-PF in accordance with Section R602.10.4.
4. Exterior braced wall panels, other than the methods listed
in Item 3 above shall have a finish material installed on the interior. The
finish material shall consist of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board or equivalent
and shall be permitted to be omitted where the required length of bracing, as
determined in Section R602.12.4, is multiplied by 1.40, unless otherwise
required by Section R302.6.
5. Vertical sheathing joints shall occur over and be fastened
to common studs.
6. Horizontal sheathing joints shall be edge nailed to 1-1/2
inch (38 mm) minimum thick common blocking.
Table
R602.12.2 |
|
|||||
Location
|
Wall
Height (feet) |
|||||
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
|
Minimum Panel Length (inches) |
|
|||||
Adjacent garage door of
one-story garagea |
24 |
27 |
30 |
33 |
36 |
|
Adjacent all other openingsb |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clear opening height (inches)
≤ 64 |
24 |
27 |
30 |
33 |
36 |
|
Clear opening height (inches)
≤ 72 |
27 |
27 |
30 |
33 |
36 |
|
Clear opening height (inches)
≤ 80 |
30 |
30 |
30 |
33 |
36 |
|
Clear opening height (inches)
> 80 |
36 |
36 |
36 |
40 |
40 |
|
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1
foot = 304.8 mm. a. Braced wall panels
supporting a gable end wall or roof load only. b. Interpolation shall be
permitted. |
|
R602.12.3 Circumscribed
rectangle. Required length of bracing shall be determined by circumscribing one
or more rectangles around the entire building or portions thereof as shown in
Figure R602.12.3. Rectangles shall surround all enclosed offsets and projections
such as sunrooms and attached garages. Chimneys, partial height projections,
and open structures, such as carports and decks, shall be excluded from the
rectangle. Each rectangle shall have no side greater than 80 feet (24 384 mm)
with a maximum 3:1 ratio between the long and short side. Rectangles shall be
permitted to be skewed to accommodate angled projections as shown in Figure
R602.12.4.3.
R602.12.4 Required length of bracing. The required length of
bracing for each side of a circumscribed rectangle shall be determined using
Table R602.12.4. Where multiple rectangles share a common side or sides, the
required length of bracing shall equal the sum of the required lengths from all
shared rectangle sides.
Table R602.12.4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Wind Speed |
Eave-to-Ridge Height (feet) |
Number of Floor Levels Abovee,f |
Required Length of Bracing on
Front/Rear Side (feet) |
Required Length of Bracing on
Left/Right Side (feet) |
||||||||||||||
Length of Left/Right Side
(feet) |
Length of Front/Rear Side
(feet) |
|||||||||||||||||
10 |
20 |
30 |
40 |
50 |
60 |
70 |
80 |
10 |
20 |
30 |
40 |
50 |
60 |
70 |
80 |
|||
|
10 |
0 |
2.0 |
3.5 |
5.0 |
6.0 |
7.5 |
9.0 |
10.5 |
12.0 |
2.0 |
3.5 |
5.0 |
6.0 |
7.5 |
9.0 |
10.5 |
12.0 |
1d |
3.5 |
6.5 |
9.0 |
12.0 |
14.5 |
17.0 |
19.8 |
22.6 |
3.5 |
6.5 |
9.0 |
12.0 |
14.5 |
17.0 |
19.8 |
22.6 |
||
2d |
5.0 |
9.5 |
13.5 |
17.5 |
21.5 |
25.0 |
29.2 |
33.4 |
5.0 |
9.5 |
13.5 |
17.5 |
21.5 |
25.0 |
29.2 |
33.4 |
||
15 |
0 |
2.6 |
4.6 |
6.5 |
7.8 |
9.8 |
11.7 |
13.7 |
15.7 |
2.6 |
4.6 |
6.5 |
7.8 |
9.8 |
11.7 |
13.7 |
15.7 |
|
1d |
4.0 |
7.5 |
10.4 |
13.8 |
16.7 |
19.6 |
22.9 |
26.2 |
4.0 |
7.5 |
10.4 |
13.8 |
16.7 |
19.6 |
22.9 |
26.2 |
||
2d |
5.5 |
10.5 |
14.9 |
19.3 |
23.7 |
27.5 |
32.1 |
36.7 |
5.5 |
10.5 |
14.9 |
19.3 |
23.7 |
27.5 |
32.1 |
36.7 |
||
20 |
0 |
2.9 |
5.2 |
7.3 |
8.8 |
11.1 |
13.2 |
15.4 |
17.6 |
2.9 |
5.2 |
7.3 |
8.8 |
11.1 |
13.2 |
15.4 |
17.6 |
|
1d |
4.5 |
8.5 |
11.8 |
15.6 |
18.9 |
22.1 |
25.8 |
29.5 |
4.5 |
8.5 |
11.8 |
15.6 |
18.9 |
22.1 |
25.8 |
29.5 |
||
2d |
6.2 |
11.9 |
16.8 |
21.8 |
27.3 |
31.1 |
36.3 |
41.5 |
6.2 |
11.9 |
16.8 |
21.8 |
27.3 |
31.1 |
36.3 |
41.5 |
||
|
10 |
0 |
2.5 |
4.0 |
6.0 |
7.5 |
9.5 |
11.0 |
12.8 |
14.6 |
2.5 |
4.0 |
6.0 |
7.5 |
9.5 |
11.0 |
12.8 |
14.6 |
1d |
4.5 |
8.0 |
11.0 |
14.5 |
18.0 |
21.0 |
24.5 |
28.0 |
4.5 |
8.0 |
11.0 |
14.5 |
18.0 |
21.0 |
24.5 |
28.0 |
||
2d |
6.0 |
11.5 |
16.5 |
21.5 |
26.5 |
31.0 |
36.2 |
41.4 |
6.0 |
11.5 |
16.5 |
21.5 |
26.5 |
31.0 |
36.2 |
41.4 |
||
15 |
0 |
3.4 |
5.2 |
7.8 |
9.8 |
12.4 |
14.3 |
16.7 |
19.1 |
3.4 |
5.2 |
7.8 |
9.8 |
12.4 |
14.3 |
16.7 |
19.1 |
|
1d |
5.2 |
9.2 |
12.7 |
16.7 |
20.7 |
24.2 |
28.2 |
32.2 |
5.2 |
9.2 |
12.7 |
16.7 |
20.7 |
24.2 |
28.2 |
32.2 |
||
2d |
6.6 |
12.7 |
18.2 |
23.7 |
29.2 |
34.1 |
39.8 |
45.5 |
6.6 |
12.7 |
18.2 |
23.7 |
29.2 |
34.1 |
39.8 |
45.5 |
||
20 |
0 |
3.8 |
5.9 |
8.8 |
11.1 |
14.0 |
16.2 |
18.9 |
21.6 |
3.8 |
5.9 |
8.8 |
11.1 |
14.0 |
16.2 |
18.9 |
21.6 |
|
1d |
5.9 |
10.4 |
14.4 |
18.9 |
23.4 |
27.3 |
31.8 |
36.3 |
5.9 |
10.4 |
14.4 |
18.9 |
23.4 |
27.3 |
31.8 |
36.3 |
||
2d |
7.5 |
14.4 |
20.6 |
26.8 |
33.0 |
38.5 |
44.9 |
51.3 |
7.5 |
14.4 |
20.6 |
26.8 |
33.0 |
38.5 |
44.9 |
51.3 |
||
For SI: 1 ft = 304.8 mm. a. Interpolation shall be permitted; extrapolation shall be
prohibited. b. For Exposure Category C, multiply the required length of
bracing by a factor of 1.20 for a one-story building, 1.30 for a two-story
building, and 1.40 for a three-story building. c. For wall height adjustments multiply the required length
of bracing by the following factors: 0.90 for 8 feet (2438 mm), 0.95 for 9
feet (2743 mm), 1.0 for 10 feet (3048 mm), 1.05 for 11 feet (3353 mm), and
1.10 for 12 feet (3658 mm). d. Where braced wall panels supporting stories above have
been sheathed in wood structural panels with edge fasteners spaced at 4 inches
(102 mm) on center, multiply the required length of bracing by 0.83. e. A floor level, habitable or otherwise, contained wholly
within the roof rafters or trusses shall not be considered a floor level for
purposes of determining the required length of bracing. f. A rectangle side with differing number of floor levels
above shall use the greatest number when determining the required length of
bracing. |
R602.12.4.1 Braced wall panel assignment to rectangle sides.
Braced wall panels shall be assigned to the applicable rectangle side and
contribute to its required length of bracing. Panels shall be assigned as
specified below and as shown in Figure R602.12.4.1.
1. Exterior braced wall panels shall be assigned to the
parallel rectangle side on which they are located or in which they face.
2. Interior braced wall panels shall be assigned to the
parallel rectangle side on which they are located or in which they face up to 4
feet (1220 mm) away. Interior braced wall panels more than 4 feet (1220 mm)
away from a parallel rectangle side shall not contribute.
3. The projections of angled braced wall panels shall be
assigned to the adjacent rectangle sides.
R602.12.4.2 Contributing length. The cumulative contributing
length of braced wall panels assigned to a rectangle side shall be greater than
or equal to the required length of bracing as determined in Section R602.12.4.
The contributing length of a braced wall panel shall be as specified below.
When applying contributing length to angled braced wall panels, apply the
requirements below to each projection:
1. Exterior braced wall panels shall contribute their actual
length.
2. Interior braced wall panels shall contribute one-half of
their actual length.
3. The contributing length of Methods ABW, PFH, PFG, and CS-PF
shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.5.
R602.12.4.3 Common sides with skewed rectangles. Braced wall
panels located on a common wall where skewed rectangles intersect, as shown in
Figure R602.12.4.3, shall be permitted to be assigned to the parallel rectangle
side, and their projections shall be permitted to be assigned to the adjacent
skewed rectangle sides.
R602.12.5 Cripple walls and framed walls of walk-out
basements. For rectangle sides with cripple walls having a maximum height of 48
inches (1220 mm), the required length of bracing shall be as determined in
Section R602.12.4. For rectangle sides with cripple walls having a height greater
than 48 inches (1220 mm) at any location or framed walls of a walk-out
basement, the required length of bracing shall be determined using Table
R602.12.4. Braced wall panels within cripple walls and walls of walk-out
basements shall comply with Item 4 of Section R602.12.2.
R602.12.6 Distribution of braced wall panels. Braced wall
panels shall be distributed in accordance with the following requirements as
shown in Figure R602.12.6.
1. The edge of a braced wall panel shall be no more than 12
feet (3658 mm) from any building corner or rectangle corner.
2. The distance between adjacent edges of braced wall panels
shall be no more than 20 feet (6096 mm).
3. Segments of exterior walls greater than 8 feet (2438 mm) in
length shall have a minimum of one braced wall panel.
4. Segments of exterior wall 8 feet (2438 mm) or less in
length shall be permitted to have no braced wall panels.
R602.12.6.1 Panels adjacent to balloon framed walls. Braced
wall panels shall be placed on each side of each story adjacent to balloon
framed walls designed in accordance with Section R602.3 with a maximum height
of two stories.
R602.12.7 Braced wall panel connection. Braced wall panels
shall be connected to other structural elements in accordance with Section
R602.10.8.
R602.12.8 Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panels shall
be supported in accordance with Section R602.10.9.
66. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.4(1) to read:
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67. Change the indicated
rows of Table R802.4(2) to read:
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(1) to read:
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
69. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(2) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(3) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71. Change the indicated
rows of Table R802.5.1(4) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(5) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(6) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(7) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(8) to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76. Change Section R807.1 to read:
R807.1 Attic access. Buildings with combustible ceiling or
roof construction shall have an attic access opening to attic areas 30 square
feet (2.8 m2) or larger having a vertical height of not less than 30
inches (762 mm). The vertical height shall be measured from the top of the
ceiling framing members to the underside of the roof framing members.
The rough-framed opening shall not be less than 22 inches
by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) and shall be located in a hallway or other
readily accessible location. When located in a wall, the opening shall be a
minimum of 22 inches wide by 30 inches high (559 mm wide by 762 mm high). When
the access is located in a ceiling, minimum unobstructed headroom in the attic
space shall be 30 inches (762 mm) at some point above the access measured
vertically from the bottom of ceiling framing members. See Section M1305.1.3
for access requirements where mechanical equipment is located in attics.
77. 49. Delete Section R905.2.8.5.
78. 50. Change Section R1001.8 to read:
R1001.8 Smoke chamber. Smoke chamber walls shall be
constructed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone,
or concrete. The total minimum thickness of front, back, and side walls shall
be 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry. When the inside surface of the smoke
chamber is formed by corbelled masonry, the inside surface shall be parged
smooth. When a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches (51 mm) thick, or a lining
of vitrified clay at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) thick, is provided, the total
minimum thickness of front, back, and side walls shall be 6 inches (152 mm) of
solid masonry, including the lining. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 1261 and
shall be laid with medium duty refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199.
Vitrified clay linings shall conform to ASTM C 315.
79. 51. Delete Section N1101.16 N1101.14
(R401.3).
80. 52. Change the ceiling R-value and wood
frame wall R-value categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in
Table N1102.1.1 (R402.1.1) N1102.1.2 (R402.1.2) to read:
Ceiling R-Value |
Wood Frame Wall R-Value |
38 |
15 or 13 + 1h |
81. 53. Change the ceiling U-factor and frame
wall U-factor categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in Table N1102.1.3
(R402.1.3) N1102.1.4 (R402.1.4) to read:
Ceiling U-Factor |
Frame Wall U-Factor |
0.030 |
0.079 |
82. 54. Change Sections N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1)
and Section N1102.2.4 (R402.2.4) to read:
N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) Ceilings with attic spaces. When
Section N1102.1.1 would require R-38 in the ceiling, installing R-30 over 100%
of the ceiling area shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38
wherever the full height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall
top plate at the eaves. Similarly, when Section N1102.1.1 would require R-49 in
the ceiling, installing R-38 over 100% of the ceiling area shall be deemed to
satisfy the requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38
insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. This reduction shall
not apply to the U-factor alternative approach in Section N1102.1.3 and the
total UA alternative in Section N1102.1.4.
N1102.2.4 (R402.2.4) Access hatches and doors. Access doors
from conditioned spaces to unconditioned spaces (e.g., attics and crawl spaces)
shall be weatherstripped and insulated in accordance with the following values:
1. Hinged vertical doors shall have a minimum overall R-5
insulation value;
2. Hatches and scuttle hole covers shall be insulated to a
level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding surfaces; and
3. Pull down stairs shall have a minimum of 75% of the panel
area having R-5 rigid insulation.
Access shall be provided to all equipment that prevents
damaging or compressing the insulation. A wood framed or equivalent baffle or
retainer is required to be provided when loose fill insulation is installed,
the purpose of which is to prevent the loose fill insulation from spilling into
the living space when the attic access is opened, and to provide a permanent
means of maintaining the installed R-value of the loose fill insulation.
83. Delete Section N1102.3.6 (R402.3.6) and change 55.
Change Sections N1102.4 (R402.4) and N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1) to read:
N1102.4 (R402.4) Air leakage. The building thermal envelope
shall be constructed to limit air leakage in accordance with the requirements
of Sections N1102.4.1 through N1102.4.4.
N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1) Installation (Mandatory). The components
of the building thermal envelope as listed in Table N1102.4.1.1 shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the criteria
listed in Table N1102.4.1.1, as applicable to the method of construction. Where
required by the code official, an approved third party shall inspect all
components and verify compliance.
84. 56. Change the title of the "Criteria"
"Insulation Installation Criteria" category of Table
N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1); change the "Walls," "Shower/tub
on exterior wall," and "Fireplace" categories category
of Table N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1), and add footnotes "b" and
"c" to Table N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1) to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
Air Barrier Criteria |
Insulation Installation Criteriab |
Shower/tub on exterior wallc |
The air barrier installed at exterior walls adjacent to
showers and tubs shall be installed on the interior side and separate the
exterior walls from the showers and tubs. |
Exterior walls adjacent to showers and tubs shall be
insulated. |
b. Structural integrity of
headers shall be in accordance with the applicable building code. c. Air barriers used
behind showers and tubs on exterior walls shall be of a permeable material
that does not cause the entrapment of moisture in the stud cavity. |
85. 57. Change Section N1102.4.1.2 (R402.4.1.2)
and add Sections N1102.4.1.2.1 (R402.4.1.2.1), N1102.4.1.2.2 (R402.4.1.2.2),
and N1102.4.1.3 (R402.4.1.3) to read:
N1102.4.1.2 (R402.4.1.2) Air sealing. Building envelope air
tightness shall be demonstrated to comply with either Section N1102.4.1.2.1 or
N1102.4.1.2.2.
N1102.4.1.2.1 (R402.4.1.2.1) Testing option. The building or
dwelling unit shall be tested for air leakage. Testing shall be conducted with
a blower door at a pressure of 0.2 inches w.g. (50 Pa). Where required by the
building official, testing shall be conducted by an approved third party. A
written report of the results of the test shall be signed by the party
conducting the test and provided to the building official. Testing shall be
performed at any time after creation of all penetrations of the building
thermal envelope.
During testing:
1. Exterior windows and doors and fireplace and stove doors
shall be closed, but not sealed beyond the intended weatherstripping or other
infiltration control measures;
2. Dampers, including exhaust, intake, makeup air, backdraft,
and flue dampers shall be closed, but not sealed beyond intended infiltration
control measures;
3. Interior doors, if installed at the time of the test, shall
be open;
4. Exterior doors for continuous ventilation systems and heat
recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed;
5. Heating and cooling systems, if installed at the time of the
test, shall be turned off; and
6. Supply and return registers, if installed at the time of
the test, shall be fully open.
N1102.4.1.2.2 (R402.4.1.2.2) Visual inspection option.
Building envelope tightness shall be considered acceptable when the items listed
in Table N1102.4.1.1, applicable to the method of construction, are field
verified. Where required by the building official, an approved party,
independent from the installer, shall inspect the air barrier. When this option
is chosen, whole-house mechanical ventilation shall be provided in accordance
with Section M1507.3.
N1102.4.1.3 (R402.4.1.3) Leakage rate (Prescriptive). The
building or dwelling unit shall have an air leakage rate less than 5 changes
per hour as verified in accordance with Section N1102.4.1.2.
86. Change Section N1103.1.1
(R403.1.1) to read:
N1103.1.1 (R403.1.1) Programmable thermostat. The
thermostat controlling the primary heating or cooling system of the dwelling
unit shall be capable of controlling the heating and cooling system on a daily
schedule to maintain different temperature set points at different times of the
day. This thermostat shall include the capability to set back or temporarily
operate the system to maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C) or up to
85°F (29°C). The thermostat shall initially be programmed with a heating
temperature set point no higher than 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature set
point no lower than 78°F (26°C).
87. 58. Change Section N1103.2.2 (R403.2.2)
N1103.3.2 (R403.3.2) to read:
N1103.2.2 (R403.2.2) N1103.3.2 (R403.3.2)
Sealing (Mandatory). Ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes shall be sealed.
Joints and seams shall comply with either the International Mechanical Code
or Section M1601.4.1 of this code, as applicable. Verification of
compliance with this section shall be in accordance with either Section
N1103.2.2.1 Sections N1103.3.3 and N1103.3.4 when the testing option is
chosen or N1103.2.2.2 N1103.3.4 when the visual inspection option
is chosen.
Exceptions:
1. Air-impermeable spray foam products shall be permitted to
be applied without additional joint seals.
2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially
inaccessible, three screws or rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed
portion of the joint so as to prevent a hinge effect.
3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints
and seams in ducts operating at 2. For ducts having a static pressures
pressure of less than 2 inches of water column (500 Pa) pressure
classification shall not require, additional closure systems shall
not be required for continuously welded joints and seams and locking-type
joints and seams of other than the snap-lock and button-lock types.
88. 59. Change Section N1103.2.2.1
(R403.2.2.1) N1103.3.5 (R403.3.5) to read:
N1103.2.2.1 (R403.2.2.1) Testing option. Duct tightness
shall be verified by either of the following:
1. Post-construction test: Total leakage shall be less than
or equal to 6 cfm (169.9 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of
conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g.
(25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler
enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the
test.
2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal
to 5 cfm (141.5 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned
floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa)
across the system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All
register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air
handler is not installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less
than or equal to 5 cfm (141.5 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2)
of conditioned floor area.
Exception: The total leakage test is not required for ducts
and air handlers located entirely within the building thermal envelope.
When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by
approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and
results shall be as prescribed in Section N1103.2.2 and approved recognized
industry standards.
89. Add Section N1103.2.2.2 (R403.2.2.2) to read:
N1103.2.2.2 (R403.2.2.2) N1103.3.5 (R403.3.5)
Visual inspection option. In addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise
required by this code, when the air handler and all ducts are not within
conditioned space and this option is chosen to verify duct tightness, duct
tightness shall be considered acceptable when the requirements of Section N1103.2.2
N1103.3.2 are field verified.
90. 60. Add Section N1103.2.2.3 (R403.2.2.3)
N1103.3.6 (R403.3.6) to read:
N1103.2.2.3 (R403.2.2.1) Sealed air handler. Air handlers
shall have a manufacturer's designation for an air leakage of no more than 2.0%
of the design air flow rate when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 193.
91. Change Section N1103.4.2
(R403.4.2) to read:
N1103.4.2 (R403.4.2) Hot water pipe insulation
(Prescriptive). Insulation for hot water pipe with a minimum thermal resistance
(R-value) of R-3 shall be applied to the following:
1. Piping larger than 3/4 inch nominal diameter.
2. Piping serving more than one dwelling unit.
3. Piping located outside the conditioned space.
4. Piping from the water heater to a distribution manifold.
5. Piping located under a floor slab.
6. Buried piping.
7. Supply and return piping in recirculation systems other
than demand recirculation systems.
92. Delete Table N1103.4.2 (R403.4.2).
N1103.3.6 (R403.3.6) Building cavities (mandatory).
Building framing cavities shall not be used as ducts or plenums.
93. 61. Change Section N1103.6 (R403.6) N1103.7
(R403.7) to read:
N1103.6 (R403.6) N1103.7 (R403.7) Equipment and
appliance sizing. Heating and cooling equipment and appliances shall be sized
in accordance with ACCA Manual S or other approved sizing methodologies based
on building loads calculated in accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved
heating and cooling calculation methodologies.
Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance sizing
shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with Manual S
or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following conditions
apply:
1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes multi-stage
technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads calculated in
accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall within the
range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment or
appliance.
2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's
published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains
calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology and
the next larger standard size unit is specified.
3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest capacity
unit available from the specified manufacturer.
94. Change Section N1104.1 (R404.1) to read:
N1104.1 (R404.1) Lighting equipment (Mandatory). A minimum
of 50% of the lamps in permanently installed luminaires shall be high-efficacy
lamps, or a minimum of 50% of the permanently installed luminaires shall
contain only high-efficacy lamps.
Exception: Low-voltage lighting shall not be required to
utilize high-efficiency lamps.
95. 62. Change
the "Glazing" "Vertical fenestration other than opaque
doors" and "Air exchange rate" categories of Table
N1105.5.2(1) (Table R405.5.2(1)) to read:
Building Component |
Standard Reference Design |
Proposed Design |
|
Total areab is 15% of the conditioned floor area. |
As proposed |
|
Orientation: equally distributed to four cardinal compass
orientations (North, East, South & West). |
As proposed |
|
U-factor: from Table |
As proposed |
|
SHGC: From Table |
As proposed |
|
Interior shade fraction: 0.92-(0.21 x SHGC for the standard reference design). |
0.92-(0.21 x SHGC as proposed) |
|
External shading: none. |
As proposed |
Air exchange rate |
Air leakage rate of 5 air changes per hour at a pressure of
0.2 inches w.g (50 Pa). The mechanical ventilation rate shall be in addition
to the air leakage rate and the same as in the proposed design, but no
greater than 0.01 Ã CFA + 7.5 Ã (Nbr + 1) where: CFA = conditioned floor area Nbr = number of bedrooms Energy recovery shall not be assumed for mechanical
ventilation. |
For residences that are not tested, the same air leakage
rate as the standard reference design. For tested residences, the measured
air exchange rate |
a. Where required by the
code official, testing shall be conducted by an approved party. Hourly
calculations as specified in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, or the
equivalent shall be used to determine the energy loads resulting from
infiltration. b. The combined air
exchange rate for infiltration and mechanical ventilation shall be determined
in accordance with Equation 43 of 2001 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, page
26.24 and the "Whole-house Ventilation" provisions of 2001 ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals, page 26.19 for intermittent mechanical ventilation. |
63. Delete Section N1109.1.1.1 (R503.1.1.1).
96. 64. Change Section M1401.3 to read:
M1401.3 Equipment and appliance sizing. Heating and cooling
equipment and appliances shall be sized in accordance with ACCA Manual S or
other approved sizing methodologies based on building loads calculated in
accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and cooling calculation
methodologies.
Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance sizing
shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with Manual S
or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following conditions
apply:
1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes multi-stage
technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads calculated in
accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall within the
range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment or
appliance.
2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's
published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains
calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology, and
the next larger standard size unit is specified.
3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest capacity
unit available from the specified manufacturer.
97. 65. Add Section M1501.2 to read:
M1501.2 Transfer air. Air transferred from occupiable spaces
other than kitchens, baths, and toilet rooms shall not be prohibited from
serving as makeup air for exhaust systems. Transfer openings between spaces
shall be of the same cross-sectional area as the free area of the makeup air
openings. Where louvers and grilles are installed, the required size of
openings shall be based on the net free area of each opening. Where the design
and free area of louvers and grilles are not known, it shall be assumed that
wood louvers will have 25% free area and metal louvers and grilles will have
75% free area.
66. Change Section M1502.4.2
to read:
M1502.4.2 Duct installation. Exhaust ducts shall be
supported at 4-foot (1219 mm) intervals and shall be secured in place. The
insert end of the duct shall extend into the adjoining duct or fitting in the
direction of airflow. Ducts shall not be joined with screws or similar
fasteners that protrude into the inside of the duct.
98. 67. Change Section M1503.4 and add
Section M1503.4.1 to read:
M1503.4 Makeup air required. Exhaust hood systems capable of
exhausting more than 400 cubic feet per minute (0.19 m3/s) shall be
provided with makeup air at a rate approximately equal to the exhaust air rate
in excess of 400 cubic feet per minute (0.19 m3/s). Such makeup air systems
shall be equipped with a means of closure and shall be automatically controlled
to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust system.
Exception: Intentional openings for makeup air are not
required for kitchen exhaust systems capable of exhausting not greater than 600
cubic feet per minute (0.28 m3/s) provided that one of the following
conditions is met:
1. Where the floor area within the air barrier of a dwelling
unit is at least 1500 square feet (139.35 m2), and where natural
draft or mechanical draft space-heating or water-heating appliances are not
located within the air barrier.
2. Where the floor area within the air barrier of a dwelling
unit is at least 3000 square feet (278.71 m2), and where natural draft
space-heating or water-heating appliances are not located within the air
barrier.
M1503.4.1 Location. Kitchen exhaust makeup air shall be
provided in the same room as the exhaust system or in a room or duct system
communicating through one or more permanent openings with the room in which
such exhaust system is located. Permanent openings shall be at least of the
same net cross-sectional area as the required area of the makeup air openings.
99. 68. Add Section M1801.1.1 to read:
M1801.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new
installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,
an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected
vent or chimney systems comply with the following:
1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this
code.
2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction
or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition.
Where not inspected by the local building department, persons
performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official
that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.
69. Change Sections G2411.1 and G2411.1.1 to read:
G2411.1 Pipe and tubing. Each above-group portion of a gas
piping system that is likely to become energized shall be electrically
continuous and bonded to an effective ground-fault current path. Gas piping
shall be considered to be bonded where it is connected to appliances that are
connected to the equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying that
appliance. Corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) piping systems listed with
an arc resistant jacket or coating system in accordance with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26
shall comply with this section. Where any CSST segments of a piping system are
not listed with an arc resistant jacket or coating system in accordance with
ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26, Section G2411.1.1 shall apply.
G2411.1.1 CSST without arc resistant jacket or coating
system. CSST gas piping systems and piping systems containing one or more
segments of CSST not listed with an arc resistant jacket or coating system in
accordance with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26 shall be bonded to the electrical service
grounding electrode system or, where provided, the lightning protection
electrode system and shall comply with Sections G2411.1.1.1 through
G2411.1.1.5.
100. 70. Add Section G2425.1.1 to read:
G2425.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new
installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,
an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected
vent or chimney systems comply with the following:
1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this
code.
2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction
or blockages, defects, or deterioration and are in operable condition.
Where not inspected by the local building department, persons
performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official
that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.
71. Change Section G2439.7.2 to read:
G2439.7.2 Duct installation. Exhaust ducts shall be
supported at 4-foot (1219 mm) intervals and secured in place. The insert end of
the duct shall extend into the adjoining duct or fitting in the direction of
airflow. Ducts shall not be joined with screws or similar fasteners that
protrude into the inside of the duct.
101. 72. Change Section P2601.2 to read:
P2601.2 Connections. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appliances
used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall be directly
connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or premises, in
accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be
construed to prevent indirect waste systems.
Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and
laundry trays shall not be required to discharge to the sanitary drainage
system where such fixtures discharge to an approved nonpotable gray water
system in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P2909,
P2910, and P2911, and P2912.
102. 73. Change Section P2602.1 to read:
P2602.1 General. The water and drainage system of any building
or premises where plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected to a
public or private water supply and a public or private sewer system. As
provided for in Section 103.10 of Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide
Building Code (13VAC5-63) for functional design, water supply sources and
sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia Department
of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality.
Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the
"Related Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia
Department of Housing and Community Development.
74. Add Section P2602.3 to read:
P2602.3 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic water service piping that
connects to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer wire,
18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent product,
shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as the water
service piping and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed
to within five feet (1524 mm) of the building wall to the point where the
building water service pipe intersects with the public water supply. At a
minimum, one end of the wire shall terminate above grade to provide access to
the wire in a location that is resistant to physical damage, such as with a
meter vault or at the building wall.
103. 75. Add Section P2901.1.1 to read:
P2901.1.1 Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Nonpotable water
shall be permitted to serve nonpotable type fixtures and outlets in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Sections P2909, P2910, and
P2911, and P2912.
104. 76. Change Section P2903.5 to read:
P2903.5 Water hammer. The flow velocity of the water
distribution system shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of water
hammer. A water-hammer arrestor shall be installed where quick-closing valves
are utilized, unless otherwise approved. Water hammer arrestors shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Water hammer
arrestors shall conform to ASSE 1010.
105. Add Section P3002.2.1 to read as follows and delete
Section P3009 in its entirety:
P3002.2.1 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping
that discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper
tracer wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an
equivalent product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same
trench as the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be
installed from within five feet of the building wall to the point where the
building sewer intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of the
wire shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is resistant to
physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall.
106. Add an exception to Section P3301.1 to read:
Exception: Rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be
permitted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P2909 and
2911.
107. Add Section P2909 Nonpotable Water Systems.
108. Add 77. Change Sections P2909.1 P2910.1
through P2909.18 P2910.14, including subsections, to read:
P2909.1 P2910.1 Scope. The provisions of this
section shall govern the materials, design, construction, and installation of
nonpotable water systems subject to this code.
P2909.1.1 P2910.1.1 Design of nonpotable water
systems. All portions of nonpotable water systems subject to this code shall be
constructed using the same standards and requirements for the potable water
systems or drainage systems as provided for in this code unless otherwise
specified in this section or Section P2910 or P2911 or P2912, as
applicable.
P2909.2 P2910.2 Makeup water. Makeup water shall
be provided for all nonpotable water supply systems. The makeup water system
shall be designed and installed to provide supply of water in the amounts and
at the pressures specified in this code. The makeup water supply shall be
potable and be protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Section P2902.
P2909.2.1 P2910.2.1 Makeup water sources.
Nonpotable water shall be permitted to serve as makeup water for gray water and
rainwater systems.
P2909.2.2 P2910.2.2 Makeup water supply valve. A
full-open valve shall be provided on the makeup water supply line.
P2909.2.3 P2910.2.3 Control valve alarm. Makeup
water systems shall be fitted with a warning mechanism that alerts the user to
a failure of the inlet control valve to close correctly. The alarm shall
activate before the water within the storage tank begins to discharge into the
overflow system.
P2909.3 P2910.3 Sizing. Nonpotable water
distribution systems shall be designed and sized for peak demand in accordance
with approved engineering practice methods that comply with the applicable
provisions of this chapter.
P2909.4 P2910.4 Signage required. All nonpotable
water outlets, other than water closets and urinals, such as hose connections,
open ended pipes, and faucets shall be identified at the point of use for each
outlet with signage that reads as follows: "Nonpotable water is utilized
for (insert application name). Caution: nonpotable water. DO NOT DRINK."
The words shall be legibly and indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed
of corrosion-resistant waterproof material or shall be indelibly printed on the
fixture. The letters of the words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm)
in height and in colors in contrast to the background on which they are
applied. The pictograph shown in Figure P2909.4 P2910.4 shall
appear on the signage required by this section.
Editor's
Note: Figure P2909.4 is being deleted, and
Figure P2910.4 is being added in the proposed action.
P2909.5 P2910.5 Potable water supply system
connections. Where a potable water supply system is connected to a nonpotable
water system, the potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section P2902.
P2909.6 P2910.6 Nonpotable water system
connections. Where a nonpotable water system is connected and supplies water to
another nonpotable water system, the nonpotable water system that supplies
water shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Section P2902.
P2909.7 P2910.7 Approved components and
materials. Piping, plumbing components, and materials used in the nonpotable
water drainage and distribution systems shall be approved for the intended
application and compatible with the water and any disinfection or treatment
systems used.
P2909.8 P2910.8 Insect and vermin control.
Nonpotable water systems shall be protected to prevent the entrance of insects
and vermin into storage and piping systems. Screen materials shall be
compatible with system material and shall not promote corrosion of system
components.
P2909.9 P2910.9 Freeze protection. Nonpotable water
systems shall be protected from freezing in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Chapter 26.
P2909.10 P2910.10 Nonpotable water storage
tanks. Nonpotable water storage tanks shall be approved for the intended
application and comply with Sections P2909.10.1 P2910.10.1
through P2909.10.12 P2910.10.12.
P2909.10.1 P2910.10.1 Sizing. The holding
capacity of storage tanks shall be sized for the intended use.
P2909.10.2 P2910.10.2 Inlets. Storage tank
inlets shall be designed to introduce water into the tank and avoid agitating
the contents of the storage tank. The water supply to storage tanks shall be
controlled by fill valves or other automatic supply valves designed to stop the
flow of incoming water before the tank contents reach the overflow pipes.
P2909.10.3 P2910.10.3 Outlets. Outlets shall be
located at least 4 inches (102 mm) above the bottom of the storage tank and
shall not skim water from the surface.
P2909.10.4 P2910.10.4 Materials and location.
Storage tanks shall be constructed of material compatible with treatment
systems used to treat water. Above grade storage vessels shall be constructed
using opaque, UV-resistant materials such as tinted plastic, lined metal, concrete,
or wood or painted to prevent algae growth. Above grade storage tanks shall be
protected from direct sunlight unless their design specifically incorporates
the use of the sunlight heat transfer. Wooden storage tanks shall be provided
with a flexible liner. Storage tanks and their manholes shall not be located
directly under soil or waste piping or sources of contamination.
P2909.10.5 P2910.10.5 Foundation and supports.
Storage tanks shall be supported on a firm base capable of withstanding the storage
tank's weight when filled to capacity. Storage tanks shall be supported in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the IBC.
P2909.10.5.1 P2910.10.5.1 Ballast. Where the
soil can become saturated, an underground storage tank shall be ballasted, or
otherwise secured, to prevent the effects of buoyancy. The combined weight of
the tank and hold down ballast shall meet or exceed the buoyancy force of the
tank. Where the installation requires a foundation, the foundation shall be
flat and shall be designed to support the storage tank weight when full,
consistent with the bearing capability of adjacent soil.
P2909.10.5.2 P2910.10.5.2 Structural support.
Where installed below grade, storage tank installations shall be designed to
withstand earth and surface structural loads without damage.
P2909.10.6 P2910.10.6 Overflow. The storage tank
shall be equipped with an overflow pipe having a diameter not less than that
shown in Table P2909.10.6 P2910.10.6. The overflow outlet shall
discharge at a point not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the roof or roof
drain, floor or floor drain, or over an open water-supplied fixture. The
overflow outlet shall terminate through a check valve. Overflow pipes shall not
be directed on walkways. The overflow drain shall not be equipped with a
shutoff valve. A minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on each overflow
pipe in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section P3005.2.
Table |
|
Maximum Capacity of Water Supply Line to Tank (gpm) |
Diameter of Overflow Pipe (inches) |
0 - 50 |
2 |
50 - 150 |
2-1/2 |
150 - 200 |
3 |
200 - 400 |
4 |
400 - 700 |
5 |
700 - 1,000 |
6 |
Over 1,000 |
8 |
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m. |
P2909.10.7 P2910.10.7 Access. A minimum of one
access opening shall be provided to allow inspection and cleaning of the tank
interior. Access openings shall have an approved locking device or other
approved method of securing access. Below grade storage tanks, located outside of
the building, shall be provided with either a manhole not less than 24 inches
(610 mm) square or a manhole with an inside diameter not less than 24 inches
(610 mm). The design and installation of access openings shall prohibit surface
water from entering the tank. Each manhole cover shall have an approved locking
device or other approved method of securing access.
Exception: Storage tanks under 800 gallons (3028 L) in volume
installed below grade shall not be required to be equipped with a manhole, but shall
have an access opening not less than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter to allow
inspection and cleaning of the tank interior.
P2909.10.8 P2910.10.8 Venting. Storage tanks
shall be vented. Vents shall not be connected to the sanitary drainage system.
Vents shall be at least equal in size to the internal diameter of the drainage
inlet pipe or pipes connected to the tank. Where installed at grade, vents
shall be protected from contamination by means of a U-bend installed with the
opening directed downward. Vent outlets shall extend a minimum of 12 inches
(304.8 mm) above grade, or as necessary to prevent surface water from entering
the storage tank. Vent openings shall be protected against the entrance of
vermin and insects. Vents serving gray water tanks shall terminate in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P3103 and P2909.8 P2910.8.
P2909.10.9 P2910.10.9 Drain. Where drains are
provided, they shall be located at the lowest point of the storage tank. The
tank drain pipe shall discharge as required for overflow pipes and shall not be
smaller in size than specified in Table P2909.10.6 P2910.10.6. A
minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on each drain pipe in accordance with
Section P3005.2.
P2909.10.10 P2910.10.10 Labeling and signage.
Each nonpotable water storage tank shall be labeled with its rated capacity and
the location of the upstream bypass valve. Underground and otherwise concealed
storage tanks shall be labeled at all access points. The label shall read:
"CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER - DO NOT DRINK." Where an opening is
provided that could allow the entry of personnel, the opening shall be marked
with the words: "DANGER - CONFINED SPACE." Markings shall be
indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed of corrosion-resistant
waterproof material mounted on the tank or shall be indelibly printed on the
tank. The letters of the words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm) in
height and shall be of a color in contrast with the background on which they
are applied.
P2909.10.11 P2910.10.11 Storage tank tests.
Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with the following:
1. Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow
line prior to and during inspection. All seams and joints shall be left exposed
and the tank shall remain water tight without leakage for a period of 24 hours.
2. After 24 hours, supplemental water shall be introduced for
a period of 15 minutes to verify proper drainage of the overflow system and
verify that there are no leaks.
3. Following a successful test of the overflow system, the
water level in the tank shall be reduced to a level that is at 2 inches (50.8
mm) below the makeup water offset point. The tank drain shall be observed for
proper operation. The makeup water system shall be observed for proper
operation, and successful automatic shutoff of the system at the refill
threshold shall be verified. Water shall not be drained from the overflow at
any time during the refill test.
4. Air tests shall be permitted in lieu of water testing as
recommended by the tank manufacturer or the tank standard.
P2909.10.12 P2910.10.12 Structural strength.
Storage tanks shall meet the applicable structural strength requirements of the
IBC.
P2909.11 P2910.11 Trenching requirements for
nonpotable water system piping. Underground nonpotable water system piping
shall be horizontally separated from the building sewer and potable water
piping by 5 feet (1524 m) of undisturbed or compacted earth. Nonpotable water
system piping shall not be located in, under, or above sewage systems
cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank drainage fields, or seepage pits. Buried
nonpotable water system piping shall comply with the requirements of this code
for the piping material installed.
Exceptions:
1. The required separation distance shall not apply where the
bottom of the nonpotable water pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the sewer is
equal to or greater than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the highest point
of the sewer and the pipe materials conforms to Table P3002.2.
2. The required separation distance shall not apply where the
bottom of the potable water service pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
nonpotable water pipe is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the
highest point of the nonpotable water pipe and the pipe materials comply with
the requirements of Table P2905.5 P2906.5.
3. Nonpotable water pipe is permitted to be located in the
same trench with building sewer piping, provided that such sewer piping is
constructed of materials that comply with the requirements of Table P3002.1(2).
4. The required separation distance shall not apply where a
nonpotable water pipe crosses a sewer pipe, provided that the pipe is sleeved
to at least 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from the sewer pipe centerline on
both sides of such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table
P3002.1(2).
5. The required separation distance shall not apply where a
potable water service pipe crosses a nonpotable water pipe provided that the
potable water service pipe is sleeved for a distance of at least 5 feet (1524
mm) horizontally from the centerline of the nonpotable pipe on both sides of
such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table P3002.1(2).
P2909.12 P2910.12 Outdoor outlet access.
Sillcocks, hose bibs, wall hydrants, yard hydrants, and other outdoor outlets
that are supplied by nonpotable water shall be located in a locked vault or
shall be operable only by means of a removable key.
P2909.13 P2910.13 Drainage and vent piping and
fittings. Nonpotable drainage and vent pipe and fittings shall comply with the
applicable material standards and installation requirements in accordance with
provisions of Chapter 30.
P2909.13.1 P2910.13.1 Labeling and marking.
Identification of nonpotable drainage and vent piping shall not be required.
P2909.14 P2910.14 Pumping and control system.
Mechanical equipment, including pumps, valves, and filters, shall be accessible
and removable in order to perform repair, maintenance, and cleaning. The
minimum flow rate and flow pressure delivered by the pumping system shall be
designed for the intended application in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Section P2903.
78. Add Sections P2910.15
through P2910.18, including subsections, to read:
P2909.15 P2910.15 Water-pressure reducing valve
or regulator. Where the water pressure supplied by the pumping system exceeds
80 psi (552 kPa) static, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to reduce
the pressure in the nonpotable water distribution system piping to 80 psi (552
kPa) static or less. Pressure-reducing valves shall be specified and installed
in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section P2903.3.1.
P2909.16 P2910.16 Distribution pipe.
Distribution piping utilized in nonpotable water stems shall comply with
Sections P2909.16.1 P2910.16.1 through P2909.16.4 P2910.16.4.
P2909.16.1 P2910.16.1 Materials, joints, and
connections. Distribution piping and fittings shall comply with the applicable
material standards and installation requirements in accordance with applicable
provisions of Chapter 29.
P2909.16.2 P2910.16.2 Design. Distribution
piping shall be designed and sized in accordance with the applicable provisions
of Chapter 29.
P2909.16.3 P2910.16.3 Labeling and marking.
Distribution piping labeling and marking shall comply with Section P2901.1.
P2909.16.4 P2910.16.4 Backflow prevention.
Backflow preventers shall be installed in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Section P2902.
P2909.17 P2910.17 Tests and inspections. Tests
and inspections shall be performed in accordance with Sections P2909.17.1
P2910.17.1 through P2909.17.5 P2910.17.5.
P2909.17.1 P2910.17.1 Drainage and vent pipe
test. Drain, waste, and vent piping used for gray water and rainwater
nonpotable water systems shall be tested in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Section P2503.
P2909.17.2 P2910.17.2 Storage tank test. Storage
tanks shall be tested in accordance with the Section P2909.10.11 P2910.10.11.
P2909.17.3 P2910.17.3 Water supply system test.
Nonpotable distribution piping shall be tested in accordance with Section
P2503.7.
P2909.17.4 P2910.17.4 Inspection and testing of
backflow prevention assemblies. The testing of backflow preventers and
backwater valves shall be conducted in accordance with Section P2503.8.
P2909.17.5 P2910.17.5 Inspection of vermin and
insect protection. Inlets and vent terminations shall be visually inspected to
verify that each termination is installed in accordance with Section P2909.10.8
P2910.10.8.
P2909.18 P2910.18 Operation and maintenance
manuals. Operations and maintenance materials for nonpotable water systems
shall be provided as prescribed by the system component manufacturers and
supplied to the owner to be kept in a readily accessible location.
109. Add 79. Change the title of Section P2910
P2911 to "Gray Water Nonpotable Water Systems."
110. Add 80. Change Sections P2910.1 P2911.1
through P2910.6 P2911.6, including subsections, to read:
P2910.1 P2911.1 Gray water nonpotable water
systems. This code is applicable to the plumbing fixtures, piping or piping
systems, storage tanks, drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of
the distribution system for gray water within buildings and to storage tanks
and associated piping that are part of the distribution system for gray water
outside of buildings. This code does not regulate equipment used for, or the
methods of, processing, filtering, or treating gray water, which may be
regulated by the Virginia Department of Health or the Virginia Department of
Environmental Quality.
P2910.1.1 P2911.1.1 Separate systems. Gray water
nonpotable water systems, unless approved otherwise under the permit from the
Virginia Department of Health, shall be separate from the potable water system of
a building with no cross connections between the two systems except as
permitted by the Virginia Department of Health.
P2910.2 P2911.2 Water quality. Each application
of gray water reuse shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth
in Sections P2910.2.1 P2911.2.1 through P2910.2.4 P2911.2.4
unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies.
P2910.2.1 P2911.2.1 Disinfection. Where the
intended use or reuse application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or
other treatment or both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the
required water quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse.
P2910.2.2 P2911.2.2 Residual disinfectants.
Where chlorine is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not
more than 4 parts per million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or
total chlorine. Where ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water
shall not exceed 0.1 parts per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of
use.
P2910.2.3 P2911.2.3 Filtration. Water collected
for reuse shall be filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall
be accessible for inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure
gauge or other approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.
Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter
shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance.
P2910.2.4 P2911.2.4 Filtration required. Gray
water utilized for water closet and urinal flushing applications shall be
filtered by a 100 micron or finer filter.
P2910.3 P2911.3 Storage tanks. Storage tanks
utilized in gray water nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section P2909.10
P2910.10.
P2910.4 P2911.4 Retention time limits. Untreated
gray water shall be retained in storage tanks for a maximum of 24 hours.
P2910.5 P2911.5 Tank location. Storage tanks
shall be located with a minimum horizontal distance between various elements as
indicated in Table P2910.5.1 P2911.5.1.
Table |
|
Element |
Minimum Horizontal Distance from Storage Tank (feet) |
Lot line adjoining private lots |
5 |
Sewage systems |
5 |
Septic tanks |
5 |
Water wells |
50 |
Streams and lakes |
50 |
Water service |
5 |
Public water main |
10 |
P2910.6 P2911.6 Valves. Valves shall be supplied
on gray water nonpotable water drainage systems in accordance with Sections P2910.6.1
P2911.6.1 and P2910.6.2 P2911.6.2.
P2910.6.1 P2911.6.1 Bypass valve. One three-way
diverter valve certified to NSF 50 or other approved device shall be installed
on collection piping upstream of each storage tank, or drainfield, as
applicable, to divert untreated gray water to the sanitary sewer to allow servicing
and inspection of the system. Bypass valves shall be installed downstream of
fixture traps and vent connections. Bypass valves shall be labeled to indicate
the direction of flow, connection, and storage tank or drainfield connection.
Bypass valves shall be provided with access for operation and maintenance. Two
shutoff valves shall not be installed to serve as a bypass valve.
P2910.6.2 P2911.6.2 Backwater valve. Backwater
valves shall be installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted
water from draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain
piping arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain back
into the tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be
required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance
with Section P3008.
111. Add 81. Change the title of Section P2911
P2912 to "Rainwater Nonpotable Water Systems."
112. Add 82. Change Sections P2911.1 P2912.1
through P2911.10 P2912.10, including subsections, to read:
P2911.1 P2912.1 General. The provisions of this
section shall govern the design, construction, installation, alteration, and
repair of rainwater nonpotable water systems for the collection, storage,
treatment, and distribution of rainwater for nonpotable applications.
P2911.2 P2912.2 Water quality. Each application
of rainwater reuse shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth
in Sections P2911.2.1 P2912.2.1 through P2911.2.4 P2912.2.4
unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies.
P2911.2.1 P2912.2.1 Disinfection. Where the
intended use or reuse application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or
other treatment or both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the
required water quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse.
P2911.2.2 P2912.2.2 Residual disinfectants.
Where chlorine is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not
more than 4 parts per million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined
chlorine, or total chlorine. Where ozone is used for disinfection, the
nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts per million (by volume) of ozone at
the point of use.
P2911.2.3 P2912.2.3 Filtration. Water collected
for reuse shall be filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall
be accessible for inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure
gauge or other approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or
replacement. Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of
the filter shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance.
P2911.2.4 P2912.2.4 Filtration required.
Rainwater utilized for water closet and urinal flushing applications shall be
filtered by a 100 micron or finer filter.
P2911.3 P2912.3 Collection surface. Rainwater
shall be collected only from aboveground impervious roofing surfaces
constructed from approved materials. Overflow or discharge piping from
appliances or equipment or both, including but not limited to evaporative
coolers, water heaters, and solar water heaters shall not discharge onto
rainwater collection surfaces.
P2911.4 P2912.4 Collection surface diversion. At
a minimum, the first 0.04 inches (1.016 mm) of each rain event of 25
gallons (94.6 L) per 1000 square feet (92.9 m2) shall be
diverted from the storage tank by automatic means and not require the operation
of manually operated valves or devices. Diverted water shall not drain onto
other collection surfaces that are discharging to the rainwater system or to
the sanitary sewer. Such water shall be diverted from the storage tank and
discharged in an approved location.
P2911.5 P2912.5 Pre-tank filtration. Downspouts,
conductors, and leaders shall be connected to a pre-tank filtration device. The
filtration device shall not permit materials larger than 0.015 inches
(0.4 mm).
P2911.6 P2912.6 Roof gutters and downspouts.
Gutters and downspouts shall be constructed of materials that are compatible
with the collection surface and the rainwater quality for the desired end use.
Joints shall be made watertight.
P2911.6.1 P2912.6.1 Slope. Roof gutters,
leaders, and rainwater collection piping shall slope continuously toward
collection inlets. Gutters and downspouts shall have a slope of not less than 1
unit in 96 units along their entire length, and shall not permit the collection
or pooling of water at any point.
P2911.6.2 P2912.6.2 Size. Gutters and downspouts
shall be installed and sized in accordance with local rainfall rates.
P2911.6.3 P2912.6.3 Cleanouts. Cleanouts or
other approved openings shall be provided to permit access to all filters,
flushes, pipes, and downspouts.
P2911.7 P2912.7 Storage tanks. Storage tanks
utilized in rainwater nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section P2909.10
P2910.10.
P2911.8 P2912.8 Location. Storage tanks shall be
located with a minimum horizontal distance between various elements as
indicated in Table P2911.8.1 P2912.8.1.
Table |
|
Element |
Minimum Horizontal Distance
from Storage Tank (feet) |
Lot line adjoining private
lots |
5 |
Sewage systems |
5 |
Septic tanks |
5 |
P2911.9 P2912.9 Valves. Valves shall be
installed in collection and conveyance drainage piping of rainwater nonpotable
water systems in accordance with Sections P2911.9.1 P2912.9.1 and
P2911.9.2 P2912.9.2.
P2911.9.1 P2912.9.1 Influent diversion. A means
shall be provided to divert storage tank influent to allow maintenance and
repair of the storage tank system.
P2911.9.2 P2912.9.2 Backwater valve. Backwater
valves shall be installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent
unwanted water from draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and
drain piping arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain
back into the tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall
not be required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in
accordance with Section P3008.
P2911.10 P2912.10 Tests and inspections. Tests
and inspections shall be performed in accordance with Sections P2911.10.1
through P2911.10.2 P2912.10.1 and P2912.10.2.
P2911.10.1 P2912.10.1 Roof gutter inspection and
test. Roof gutters shall be inspected to verify that the installation and slope
is in accordance with Section P2911.6.1 P2912.6.1. Gutters shall
be tested by pouring a minimum of one gallon of water into the end of the
gutter opposite the collection point. The gutter being tested shall not leak
and shall not retain standing water.
P2911.10.2 P2912.10.2 Collection surface
diversion test. A collection surface diversion test shall be performed by
introducing water into the gutters or onto the collection surface area.
Diversion of the first quantity of water in accordance with the requirements of
Section P2911.4 P2912.4 shall be verified.
83. Delete Sections P2912.11 through P2912.16.
84. Delete Section P2913 in its entirety.
85. Add Section P3002.2.2 to read:
P3002.2.2 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping
that discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper
tracer wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an
equivalent product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same
trench as the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be
installed from within five feet of the building wall to the point where the
building sewer intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of the
wire shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is resistant to
physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall.
86. Add an exception to Section P3301.1 to read:
Exception: Rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be
permitted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P2910 and
P2912.
113. 87. Add Section E3601.8 to read:
E3601.8 Energizing service equipment. The building official
shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of a
one-family or two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements
have been approved:
1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter socket
enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated.
2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and
terminated.
3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected
circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated.
4. Service equipment covers shall be installed.
5. The building roof covering shall be installed.
6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable
for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather.
114. 88. Change Section E3802.4 to read:
E3802.4 In unfinished basements. Where Type SE or NM cable is
run at angles with joists in unfinished basements, cable assemblies containing
two or more conductors of sizes 6 AWG and larger and assemblies containing
three or more conductors of sizes 8 AWG and larger shall not require additional
protection where attached directly to the bottom of the joists. Smaller cables
shall be run either through bored holes in joists or on running boards. Type NM
or SE cable installed on the wall of an unfinished basement shall be permitted
to be installed in a listed conduit or tubing or shall be protected in
accordance with Table E3802.1. Conduit or tubing shall be provided with a
suitable insulating bushing or adapter at the point the where cable enters the
raceway. The sheath of the Type NM or SE cable shall extend through the conduit
or tubing and into the outlet or device box not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).
The cable shall be secured within 12 inches (305 mm) of the point where the
cable enters the conduit or tubing. Metal conduit, tubing, and metal outlet
boxes shall be connected to an equipment grounding conductor complying with
Section E3908.13.
115. 89. Change Section E3902.12 E3902.16
to read:
E3902.12 E3902.16 Arc-fault protection of
bedroom outlets. All branch Branch circuits that supply 120-volt,
single phase, 15-ampere and 20-ampere outlets installed in bedrooms shall be
protected by a combination type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed to
provide protection of the branch circuit. any of the following:
1. A listed combination-type arc-fault circuit interrupter
installed to provide protection of the entire branch circuit.
2. A listed branch/feeder-type AFCI installed at the origin
of the branch-circuit in combination with a listed outlet branch-circuit type
arc-fault circuit interrupter installed at the first outlet box on the branch
circuit. The first outlet box in the branch circuit shall be marked to indicate
that it is the first outlet of the circuit.
3. A listed supplemental arc protection circuit breaker
installed at the origin of the branch circuit in combination with a listed
outlet branch-circuit type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed at the first
outlet box on the branch circuit where all of the following conditions are met:
3.1. The branch-circuit wiring shall be continuous from the
branch-circuit overcurrent device to the outlet branch-circuit arc-fault
circuit interrupter.
3.2. The maximum length of the branch-circuit wiring from
the branch-circuit overcurrent device to the first outlet shall not exceed 50
feet (15.2 m) for 14 AWG conductors and 70 feet (21.3 m) for 12 AWG conductors.
3.3. The first outlet box on the branch circuit shall be
marked to indicate that it is the first outlet on the circuit.
4. A listed outlet branch-circuit type arc-fault circuit
interrupter installed at the first outlet on the branch circuit in combination
with a listed branch-circuit overcurrent protective device where all of the
following conditions are met:
4.1. The branch-circuit wiring shall be continuous from the
branch-circuit overcurrent device to the outlet branch-circuit arc-fault
circuit interrupter.
4.2. The maximum length of the branch-circuit wiring from
the branch-circuit overcurrent device to the first outlet shall not exceed 50
feet (15.2 m) for 14 AWG conductors and 70 feet (21.3 m) for 12 AWG conductors.
4.3. The first outlet box on the branch circuit shall be
marked to indicate that it is the first outlet on the circuit.
4.4. The combination of the branch-circuit overcurrent
device and outlet branch-circuit AFCI shall be identified as meeting the
requirements for a system combination-type AFCI and shall be listed as such.
5. Where metal outlet boxes and junction boxes and RMC,
IMC, EMT, Type MC or steel-armored Type AC cables meeting the requirements of
Section E3908.8, metal wireways or metal auxiliary gutters are installed for
the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit overcurrent device
and the first outlet, a listed branch-circuit type AFCI installed at the first
outlet shall be considered as providing protection for the remaining portion of
the branch circuit.
6. Where a listed metal or nonmetallic conduit or tubing or
Type MC cable is encased in not less than two inches (50.8 mm) of concrete for
the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit overcurrent device
and the first outlet, a listed outlet branch-circuit type AFCI installed at the
first outlet shall be considered as providing protection for the remaining
portion of the branch circuit.
Exceptions Exception:
1. Where an outlet branch-circuit Type AFCI is installed at
the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining portion of the branch
circuit, the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit
overcurrent device and the first outlet shall be installed with metal outlet
and junction boxes and RMC, IMC, EMT, Type MC or steel armored Type AC cables
meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8.
2. Where an outlet branch-circuit Type AFCI is installed at
the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining portion of the branch
circuit, the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit
overcurrent device and the first outlet shall be installed with metal or
nonmetallic conduit or tubing that is encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm)
of concrete.
3. AFCI protection is not required for an individual
branch circuit supplying only a fire alarm system where the branch circuit is
wired with metal outlet and junction boxes and RMC, IMC, EMT or steel-sheathed
armored cable Type AC, or Type MC meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8.
116. Add 90. Change the following
referenced standards to in Chapter 44 as follows (standards
not shown remain the same):
Standard
Reference Number |
Title |
Referenced
in Code Section Number |
ANSI LC1/CSA 6.26-14 |
Fuel Gas Piping Systems
Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing (CSST) |
G2411.1, G2411.1.1,
G2414.5.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NSF 50-09 |
Equipment for Swimming Pools,
Spas, Hot Tubs and Other Recreational Water Facilities |
|
T. U. Add "Marinas" to the list of
occupancies in Section 312.1 of the IBC.
13VAC5-63-220. Chapter 4 Special detailed requirements based on
use and occupancy.
A. Delete Section 403.4.5 of the IBC.
B. Change Section 407.4.1.1 of the IBC to read:
407.4.1.1 Special locking arrangement. Means of egress doors
shall be permitted to contain locking devices restricting the means of egress
in areas in which the clinical needs of the patients require restraint of
movement, where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The locks release upon activation of the fire alarm system
or the loss of power.
2. The building is equipped with an approved automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. A manual release device is provided at a nursing station
responsible for the area.
4. A key-operated switch or other manual device is provided
adjacent to each door equipped with the locking device. Such switch or other
device, when operated, shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock
-- independent of the control system electronics.
5. All staff shall have keys or other means to unlock the
switch or other device or each door provided with the locking device.
C. Add Section 407.11 to the
IBC to read:
407.11 Emergency power systems. Emergency power shall be
provided for medical life support equipment, operating, recovery, intensive
care, emergency rooms, fire detection and alarm systems in any Group I-2
occupancy licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital, nursing
home or hospice facility.
D. Add Section 408.2.1 to the IBC to read:
408.2.1 Short-term holding areas. Short-term holding areas
shall be permitted to comply with Section 427 429.
E. Change Section 408.6 of the IBC to read:
408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies classified as Group I-3 shall
have smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.8 and 709 to divide every story
occupied by residents for sleeping, or any other story having an occupant load
of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two smoke compartments.
F. Change Section 408.9 of the IBC and add Sections 408.9.1
through 408.9.3 to the IBC to read:
408.9 Smoke control. Smoke control for each smoke compartment
shall be in accordance with Sections 408.9.1 through 408.9.3.
Exception: Smoke compartments with operable windows or windows
that are readily breakable.
408.9.1 Locations. An engineered smoke control system shall
comply with Section 909 and shall be provided in the following locations:
1. Dormitory areas.
2. Celled areas.
3. General housing areas.
4. Intake areas.
5. Medical celled or medical dormitory areas.
6. Interior recreation areas.
408.9.2 Compliance. The engineered smoke control system shall
provide and maintain a tenable environment in the area of origin and shall
comply with all of the following:
1. Shall facilitate the timely evacuation and relocation of
occupants from the area of origin.
2. Shall be independent of exhaust systems under Chapter 5 of
the IMC.
3. Duration of operation in accordance with Section 909.4.6.
4. The pressurization method shall be permitted and shall
provide a minimum of 24 air changes per hour of exhaust, and 20 air changes per
hour of makeup, and shall comply with Section 909.6. If the pressurization
method is not utilized, the exhaust method shall be provided and shall comply
with Section 909.8.
408.9.3 Corridors. Egress corridors within smoke compartments
shall be kept free and clear of smoke.
G. Add an exception to Section 414.1.1.1 to 414.2
of the IBC to read:
414.1.1.1 Amendments. The following changes shall be made
to the IFC for the use of this section:
1. Change Section 2306.8.1 of the IFC and add Section
2306.8.6 to the IFC to read:
2306.8.1 Listed. Dispensers shall be listed in accordance
with UL 87A. Hoses, nozzles, breakaway fittings, swivels, flexible connectors
or dispenser emergency shutoff valves, vapor recovery systems, leak detection
devices, and pumps used in alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing systems shall be
listed for the specific purpose.
2306.8.6 Compatibility. Dispensers shall only be used with
the fuels for which they have been listed, which are marked on the product.
Field installed components including hose assemblies, breakaway couplings,
swivel connectors, and hose nozzle valves shall be provided in accordance with
the listing and the marking on the unit.
2. Add the following reference standard to Chapter 80 of
the IFC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exception: Higher education teaching and research
laboratories shall be permitted to comply with Section 430.
H. Add Section 414.6.2 to the IBC to read:
414.6.2 Other regulations. The installation, repair, upgrade,
and closure of underground and aboveground storage tanks subject to the
Virginia State Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580 shall
be governed by those regulations, which are hereby incorporated by reference to
be an enforceable part of this code. Where differences occur between the
provisions of this code and the incorporated provisions of the State Water
Control Board regulations, the provisions of the State Water Control Board
regulations shall apply. Provisions of the International Fire Code addressing
closure of such tanks that are subject to the Virginia State Water Control
Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580 shall not be applicable.
I. Change the title of Section 420 and change Sections
420.1 and 420.4 of the IBC to read:
Section 420 Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4.
420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3,
and R-4 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 420.1 through 420.6 and
other applicable provisions of this code.
420.4 Smoke barriers in Group I-1 Condition 2. Smoke
barriers shall be provided in Group I-1 Condition 2 to subdivide every story
used by persons receiving care or treatment or sleeping and to divide other
stories, with an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two
smoke compartments. Such stories shall be divided into smoke compartments with
an area of not more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m2) and the travel
distance from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall
not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with
Section 709.
J. Add Section 420.4.1 to the IBC to read:
420.4.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided within
each smoke compartment. The size of the refuge area shall accommodate the
occupants and care recipients from the adjoining smoke compartment. Where a
smoke compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compartments, the minimum
area of the refuge area shall accommodate the largest occupant load of the
adjoining compartments. The size of the refuge area shall provide the
following:
1. Not less than 15 net square feet (1.4 m2) for
each care recipient.
2. Not less than 6 net square feet (0.56 m2) for
other occupants.
Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calculation
of the refuge area are corridors, lounge, or dining areas and other low hazard
areas.
K. Change Section 420.5 of
the IBC and add Section 420.6 to the IBC to read:
420.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Group R occupancies shall
be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.2.8. Group I-1 occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. Quick response
or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.2.
420.6 Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms. Fire alarm
systems and smoke alarms shall be provided in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, and R-4
occupancies in accordance with Sections 907.2.6, 907.2.8, 907.2.9, and
907.2.10, respectively. Single-station or multiple-station smoke alarms shall
be provided in Groups I-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4 in accordance with Section
907.2.11.
L. I. Add IBC Section 425 427
Manufactured Homes and Industrialized Buildings.
M. J. Add Section 425.1 427.1 to
the IBC to read:
425.1 427.1 General. The provisions of this
section shall apply to the installation or erection of manufactured homes
subject to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95) and
industrialized buildings subject to the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety
Regulations (13VAC5-91).
Note: Local building departments are also responsible for the
enforcement of certain provisions of the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety
Regulations (13VAC5-95) and the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety
Regulations (13VAC5-91) as set out in those regulations.
N. K. Add Section 425.2 427.2 to
the IBC to read:
425.2 427.2 Site work for manufactured homes.
Footing design, basements, grading, drainage, decks, stoops, porches and
utility connections shall comply with the provisions of this code applicable to
Group R-5 occupancies. Additionally, all applicable provisions of Chapter 1 of
this code, including but not limited to requirements for permits, inspections,
certificates of occupancy and requiring compliance, are applicable to the
installation and set-up of a manufactured home. Where the installation or
erection of a manufactured home utilizes components that are to be concealed,
the installer shall notify the building official that an inspection is
necessary and assure that an inspection is performed and approved prior to
concealment of such components, unless the building official has agreed to an alternative
method of verification.
O. L. Add Section 425.2.1 427.2.1
to the IBC to read:
425.2.1 427.2.1 Relocated manufactured homes.
Installation, set-up, and site work for relocated manufactured homes shall
comply with the provisions of this code and shall include the option of using
the manufacturer's installations instructions or the federal Model Manufactured
Home Installation Standards (24 CFR Part 3285) for the technical requirements.
P. M. Add Section 425.2.2 427.2.2
to the IBC to read:
425.2.2 427.2.2 Alterations and repairs to
manufactured homes. Alterations and repairs to manufactured homes shall either
be in accordance with federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety
Standards (24 CFR Part 3280) or in accordance with the alteration and repair
provisions this code.
Q. N. Add Section 425.2.3 427.2.3
to the IBC to read:
425.2.3 427.2.3 Additions to manufactured homes.
Additions to manufactured homes shall comply with this code and shall be
structurally independent of the manufactured home, or when not structurally
independent, shall be evaluated by an RDP to determine that the addition does
not cause the manufactured home to become out of compliance with federal
Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFR Part 3280).
R. O. Add Section 425.3 427.3 to
the IBC to read:
425.3 427.3 Wind load requirements for
manufactured homes. Manufactured homes shall be anchored to withstand the wind
loads established by the federal regulation for the area in which the
manufactured home is installed. For the purpose of this code, Wind Zone II of
the federal regulation shall include the cities of Chesapeake, Norfolk,
Portsmouth, and Virginia Beach.
S. P. Add Section 425.4 427.4 to
the IBC to read:
425.4 427.4 Skirting requirements for manufactured
homes. As used in this section, "skirting" means a weather-resistant
material used to enclose the space from the bottom of the manufactured home to
grade. In accordance with § 36-99.8 of the Code of Virginia, manufactured homes
installed or relocated shall have skirting installed within 60 days of
occupancy of the home. Skirting materials shall be durable, suitable for
exterior exposures and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions. Skirting shall be secured as necessary to ensure
stability, to minimize vibrations, to minimize susceptibility to wind damage
and to compensate for possible frost heave. Each manufactured home shall have a
minimum of one opening in the skirting providing access to any water supply or
sewer drain connections under the home. Such openings shall be a minimum of 18
inches (457 mm) in any dimension and not less than three square feet (.28 m2)
in area. The access panel or door shall not be fastened in a manner requiring
the use of a special tool to open or remove the panel or door. On-site
fabrication of the skirting by the owner or installer of the home shall be
acceptable, provided that the material meets the requirements of this code. In
addition, as a requirement of this code, skirting for the installation and
set-up of a new manufactured home shall also comply with the requirements of 24
CFR Part 3285 â" Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards.
T. Q. Add Section 425.5 427.5 to
the IBC to read:
425.5 427.5 Site work for industrialized buildings.
Site work for the erection and installation of an industrialized building shall
comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions. To the extent that
any aspect of the erection or installation of an industrialized building is not
covered by the manufacturer's installation instructions, this code shall be
applicable, including the use of the IRC for any construction work where the
industrialized building would be classified as a Group R-5 building. In
addition, all administrative requirements of this code for permits,
inspections, and certificates of occupancy are also applicable. Further, the
building official may require the submission of plans and specifications for
details of items needed to comprise the finished building that are not included
or specified in the manufacturer's instructions, including, but not limited to,
footings, foundations, supporting structures, proper anchorage, and the
completion of the plumbing, mechanical, and electrical systems. Where the
installation or erection of an industrialized building utilizes components that
are to be concealed, the installer shall notify the building official that an
inspection is necessary and assure that an inspection is performed and approved
prior to concealment of such components, unless the building official has
agreed to an alternative method of verification.
Exception: Temporary family health care structures installed
pursuant to § 15.2-2292.1 of the Code of Virginia shall not be required or
permitted to be placed on a permanent foundation, but shall otherwise remain
subject to all pertinent provisions of this section.
U. R. Add Section 425.6 427.6 to
the IBC to read:
425.6 427.6 Relocated industrialized buildings;
alterations and additions. Industrialized buildings constructed prior to
January 1, 1972, shall be subject to Section 117 when relocated. Alterations
and additions to any existing industrialized buildings shall be subject to
pertinent provisions of this code. Building officials shall be permitted to
require the submission of plans and specifications for the model to aid in the
evaluation of the proposed alteration or addition. Such plans and
specifications shall be permitted to be submitted in electronic or other
available format acceptable to the building official.
V. S. Add Section 425.7 427.7 to
the IBC to read:
425.7 427.7 Change of occupancy of
industrialized buildings. Change of occupancy of industrialized buildings is
regulated by the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations
(13VAC5-91). When the industrialized building complies with those regulations
for the new occupancy, the building official shall issue a new certificate of
occupancy under the USBC.
W. T. Add IBC Section 426 428
Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer Tanks.
X. U. Add Sections 426.1 428.1
through 426.6 428.6 to the IBC to read:
426.1 428.1 General. This section shall apply to
the construction of ALFSTs and shall supersede any conflicting requirements in
other provisions of this code. ALFSTs shall also comply with any applicable
nonconflicting requirements of this code.
426.1.1 428.1.1 When change of occupancy rules
apply. A change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST occurs when there is a
change in the use of a tank from storing liquids other than liquid fertilizers
to a use of storing liquid fertilizer and when the type of liquid fertilizer
being stored has a difference of at least 20% of the specific gravity or
operating temperature, or both, or a significant change in the material's
compatibility.
426.2 428.2 Standards. Newly constructed welded
steel ALFSTs shall comply with API 650 and TFI RMIP, as applicable. Newly
constructed ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall be
constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to prevent the
discharge of liquid fertilizer and shall be constructed of materials that are
resistant to corrosion, puncture or cracking. In addition, newly constructed
ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall comply with TFI
RMIP, as applicable. For the purposes of this code, the use of TFI RMIP shall
be construed as mandatory and any language in TFI RMIP, such as, but not
limited to, the terms "should" or "may" which indicate that
a provision is only a recommendation or a guideline shall be taken as a
requirement. ALFSTs shall be placarded in accordance with NFPA 704.
Exception: Sections 4.1.4, 4.2.5, 5.1.2, 5.2.8, 5.3 and
8.1(d)(i) of TFI RMIP shall not be construed as mandatory.
426.3 428.3 Secondary containment. When ALFSTs
are newly constructed and when there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as
an ALFST, a secondary containment system designed and constructed to prevent
any liquid fertilizer from reaching the surface water, groundwater or adjacent
land before cleanup occurs shall be provided. The secondary containment system
may include dikes, berms or retaining walls, curbing, diversion ponds, holding
tanks, sumps, vaults, double-walled tanks, liners external to the tank, or
other approved means and shall be capable of holding up to 110% of the capacity
of the ALFST as certified by an RDP.
426.4 428.4 Repair, alteration and
reconstruction of ALFSTs. Repair, alteration and reconstruction of ALFSTs shall
comply with applicable provisions of API 653 and TFI RMIP.
426.5 428.5 Inspection. Applicable inspections
as required by and in accordance with API 653 and TFI RMIP shall be performed
for repairs and alterations to ALFSTS, the reconstruction of ALFSTs and when
there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST. When required by API
653 or TFI RMIP, such inspections shall occur prior to the use of the ALFST.
426.6 428.6 Abandoned ALFSTs. Abandoned ALFSTs
shall comply with applicable provisions of Section 5704.2.13.2 of the IFC.
Y. V. Add IBC Section 427 429
Short-term Holding Areas.
Z. W. Add Section 427.1 429.1 to
the IBC to read:
427.1 429.1 General. In all groups other than
Group E, short-term holding areas shall be permitted to be classified as the
main occupancy, provided all of the following are met:
1. Provisions are made for the release of all restrained or
detained occupants of short-term holding areas at all times.
2. Aggregate area of short-term holding areas shall not occupy
more than 10% of the building area of the story in which they are located and
shall not exceed the tabular values for building area in Table 503 506.2,
without building area increases.
3. Restrained or detained occupant load of each short-term
holding area shall not exceed 20.
4. Aggregate restrained or detained occupant load in
short-term holding areas per building shall not exceed 80.
5. Compliance with Sections 408.3.7, 408.3.8, 408.4, and
408.7, as would be applicable to I-3 occupancies.
6. Requirements of the main occupancy in which short-term
holding areas are located shall be met.
7. Fire areas containing short-term holding areas shall be
provided with a fire alarm system and automatic smoke detection system
complying with Section 907.2.6.3, as would be applicable to I-3 occupancies.
8. Where each fire area containing short-term holding areas
exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2), such fire areas shall be provided
with an automatic sprinkler system complying with Section 903.3.
9. Short-term holding areas shall be separated from other
short-term holding areas and adjacent spaces by smoke partitions complying with
Section 710.
X. Add IBC Section 430 Higher Education Laboratories.
Y. Add Sections 430.1 through 430.4 to the IBC to read:
430.1 Scope. Group B teaching and research laboratories in
educational occupancies above the 12th grade complying with the requirements of
this section shall be permitted to comply with Table 430.3, 430.4(1), or
430.4(2) without requiring classification as a Group H occupancy. Except as
specified in this section, such laboratories shall comply with all applicable
provisions of this code. In addition, as set out in Section 5001.7 of the SFPC,
approval under this section is contingent upon operational requirements in the
SFPC being complied with and maintained.
430.2 Application. The provisions of this section shall be
applied as exceptions or additions to applicable requirements of this code.
430.3 Laboratory suite construction. Where laboratory
suites are provided, they shall be constructed in accordance with this section.
The number of laboratory suites and percentage of maximum allowable quantities
of hazardous materials in laboratory suites shall be in accordance with Table
430.3.
430.3.1 Separation from adjacent areas. Laboratory suites
shall be separated from other portions of the building in accordance with the
most restrictive of either (i) Table 430.3 with fire barriers constructed in
accordance with Section 707 and horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance
with Section 711 or (ii) Section 508.4. Where individual laboratories within a
laboratory suite are separated from each other, the separation shall consist of
one-hour fire barriers.
Exception: Where an individual laboratory suite occupies
more than one story, the fire resistance rating of intermediate floors
contained within the laboratory suite shall comply with the requirements of
this code.
430.3.2 Separation from other laboratory suites. Laboratory
suites shall be separated from other laboratory suites in accordance with Table
430.3.
430.3.3 Floor assembly fire resistance. The floor assembly
supporting the laboratory suite and the construction supporting the floor of
the laboratory suite shall have a fire resistance rating of not less than two
hours.
Exception: The floor assembly of the laboratory suite and
the construction supporting the floor of the laboratory suite are allowed to be
one-hour fire resistance rated in buildings of Types IIA, IIIA, and VA
construction, provided that the building is three or fewer stories.
430.3.4 Maximum number. The maximum number of laboratory
suites per floor shall be in accordance with Table 430.3. Where a building
contains both laboratory suites complying with Section 430.3 and control areas
complying with Section 414.2, the total number of laboratory suites and control
areas shall not exceed the maximum number of laboratory suites in accordance
with Table 430.3.
430.3.5 Standby or emergency power. Standby or emergency
power shall be provided in accordance with Section 414.5.2 where laboratory
suites are located above the sixth story above grade plane or located in a
story below grade plane.
430.3.6 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be in accordance
with the International Mechanical Code. The design and installation of ducts
from chemical fume hoods shall be in accordance with NFPA 91.
430.3.7 Liquid tight floor. Portions of the laboratory
suite where hazardous materials are present shall be provided with a liquid
tight floor.
430.3.8 Automatic fire sprinkler systems. Buildings shall
be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
430.3.9 Automatic fire alarm and detection system.
Laboratory suites shall be equipped throughout with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2. The building shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic fire alarm system in accordance with Section
907.2.
430.3.10 Percentage of maximum allowable quantity in each
laboratory suite. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities in each
laboratory suite shall be in accordance with Table 430.3.
Table 430.3 Design and Number of
Laboratory Suites Per Floor |
||||
Floor Level |
Percentage of the Maximum Allowable Quantity per Lab Suitea |
Number of Lab Suites per Floor |
Fire-Resistance Rating for Fire Barriers in Hoursb |
|
Above Grade Plane |
21+ |
5 |
1 |
2 |
16-20 |
25 |
1 |
2 |
|
11-15 |
50 |
1 |
2 |
|
7-10 |
50 |
2 |
2 |
|
4-6 |
75 |
4 |
1 |
|
3 |
100 |
6 |
1 |
|
1-2 |
100 |
8 |
1 |
|
Below Grade Plane |
1 |
75 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
50 |
2 |
1 |
|
Lower than 2 |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
|
a. Percentage shall be of the maximum allowable quantity
per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2), with all increases
allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Fire barriers shall include walls, floors, and
ceilings necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building. |
430.4 Teaching and research laboratories utilizing control
areas. Group B teaching and research laboratories in educational occupancies
above the 12th grade utilizing control areas are permitted to increase amounts
of hazardous materials stipulated in Section 414.2 without the laboratories
being classified as Group H. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area and the number of control areas permitted
at each floor level within a building shall be permitted to comply with Table
430.4(1) in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or shall be permitted to comply with Table
430.4(2) in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. In addition, as set out in Section
5001.7 of the SFPC, approval under this section is contingent upon operational
requirements in the SFPC being complied with and maintained.
Table 430.4(1) Design and Number of Control Areas in Buildings Equipped
Throughout with an Automatic Sprinkler System in Accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 with Group B Teaching and Research Laboratories in Educational
Occupancies above the 12th Grade |
||||
Floor Level |
Percentage of the Maximum Allowable Quantity per Control
Areaa |
Number of Control Areas per Floor |
Fire-Resistance Rating for Fire Barriers and Horizontal
Assemblies in Hoursb |
|
Above Grade Plane |
Higher than 20 |
5 |
1 |
2 |
11-20 |
10 |
1 |
2 |
|
7-10 |
25 |
2 |
2 |
|
4-6 |
50 |
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
75 |
3 |
1 |
|
1-2 |
100 |
4 |
1 |
|
Below Grade Plane |
1 |
75 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
50 |
2 |
1 |
|
Lower than 2 |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
|
a. Percentage shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per
control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2), with all increases
allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal
assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the
building. |
Table 430.4(2) Design and Number of
Control Areas in Buildings Not Equipped Throughout with an Automatic
Sprinkler System in Accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 with Group B Teaching
and Research Laboratories in Educational Occupancies above the 12th Grade |
||||
Floor Level |
Percentage of the Maximum
Allowable Quantity per Control Areaa |
Number of Control Areas per
Floor |
Fire-Resistance Rating for
Fire Barriers and Horizontal Assemblies in Hoursb |
|
Above Grade Plane |
Higher than 9 |
5 |
1 |
2 |
7-9 |
10 |
2 |
2 |
|
4-6 |
25 |
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
75 |
2 |
1 |
|
1-2 |
100 |
4 |
1 |
|
Below Grade Plane |
1 |
75 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
50 |
2 |
1 |
|
Lower than 2 |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
|
a. Percentage shall be of
the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and
307.1(2), with all increases allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Separation shall include
fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as necessary to provide separation
from other portions of the building. |
430.4.1 Separation requirements. Control areas shall be
separated from each other and from other non-control areas by fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 711, or both.
430.4.2 Fire resistance rating requirements. The required
fire-resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in accordance with Table
430.4(1) in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or in accordance with Table 430.4(2) in
buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. The floor assembly of the control area and
the construction supporting the floor of the control area shall have a
fire-resistance rating in accordance with Table 430.4(1) in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or in accordance with Table 430.4(2) in buildings not equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1.
Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and the
construction supporting the floor of the control area are allowed to be
one-hour fire resistance rated in buildings of Types IIA, IIIA, and VA
construction, provided that the building is three or fewer stories.
430.4.3 Standby or emergency power. Standby or emergency
power shall be provided where control areas are located above the sixth floor
level above grade plane or located in a floor level below grade plane.
430.4.4 Restricted materials in storage and use. Where
approved by the building official, the storage and use of the following
hazardous materials prohibited by Table 307.1(1) in buildings not equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1, shall be allowed within a control area at 25% of Table 307.1(1)
limits for a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system:
1. Pyrophorics.
2. Class 4 oxidizers.
No additional quantity increases shall be allowed. All such
materials shall be stored and used in accordance with Section 5001.7 of the
SFPC.
430.4.5 Automatic fire alarm and detection system. The
building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic fire alarm system in
accordance with Section 907.2, and control areas where hazardous materials are
used or stored shall be equipped throughout with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with Section 907.2.
430.4.6 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be in accordance
with the International Mechanical code.
13VAC5-63-225. Chapter 5 General building heights and areas.
(Repealed.)
A. Change Section 504.2 of
the IBC to read:
504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a building
is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the value specified in Table 503 for maximum
building height is increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of
stories is increased by one. These increases are permitted in addition to the
building area increase in accordance with Sections 506.2 and 506.3. For Group R
buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, the value specified in Table 503 for maximum
building height is increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of
stories is increased by one, but shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288 mm) or four
stories, respectively.
Exception: The use of an automatic sprinkler system to
increase building heights shall not be permitted for the following conditions:
1. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as Group
I-1 Condition 2, of Type IIB, III, IV, or V construction or Group I-2
occupancies of Type IIB, III, IV, or V construction.
2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a
Group H-1, H-2, H-3, or H-5 occupancy.
3. Buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is
substituted for fire-resistance rated construction in accordance with Table
601, Note d.
B. Change Section 508.2.3
of the IBC to read:
508.2.3 Allowable building area and height. The allowable
building area and height of the building containing accessory occupancies shall
be based on the allowable building area and height for the main occupancy in
accordance with Section 503.1. The building area of the accessory occupancies
shall be in accordance with Section 508.2.1.
13VAC5-63-230. Chapter 7 Fire and smoke protection features.
A. Change Section 703.7 of the IBC to read:
703.7 Fire-resistance assembly marking. Where there is a
concealed floor, floor-ceiling, or attic space, the fire walls, fire barriers,
fire partitions, smoke barriers, or any other wall required to have protected
openings or penetrations shall be designated above ceilings and on the inside
of all ceiling access doors that provide access to such fire rated assemblies
by signage having letters no smaller than one inch (25.4 mm) in height. Such
signage shall indicate the fire-resistance rating of the assembly and the type
of assembly and be provided at horizontal intervals of no more than eight feet
(2438 mm).
Note: An example of suggested formatting for the signage would
be "ONE HOUR FIRE PARTITION."
B. Change the exceptions to Section 705.2 of the IBC to read:
Exceptions:
1. Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one
building in accordance with Section 705.3 are not required to comply with this
section.
2. Decks and open porches of buildings of Groups R-3 and R-4.
C. Add Exception 4 to Section
706.5.2 of the IBC to read:
4. Decks and open porches of buildings in Groups R-3 and R-4.
D. Change Section 709.5 of the IBC to read:
709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be
protected in accordance with Section 716.
Exceptions:
1. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambulatory care
facilities where doors are installed across corridors, a pair of
opposite-swinging doors without a center mullion shall be installed having
vision panels with fire-protection-rated glazing materials in
fire-protection-rated frames, the area of which shall not exceed that tested.
The doors shall be close fitting within operational tolerances and shall not
have undercuts in excess of 3/4-inch, louvers, or grilles. The doors shall have
head and jamb stops, astragals, or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be
automatic-closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3.
Where permitted by the door manufacturer's listing, positive-latching devices
are not required.
2. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambulatory care
facilities, horizontal sliding doors installed in accordance with Section
1008.1.4.3 and protected in accordance with Section 716.
E. Delete Sections 713.14.1 and 713.14.1.1.
F. Change Section 716.5.3.1 of the IBC to read:
716.5.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assemblies
located in smoke barrier walls shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and
draft control door assembly tested in accordance with UL 1784. The air leakage
rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square
foot (0.01524 m3/s ∙ m2) of door opening at
0.10 inch (24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated
temperature tests. Louvers shall be prohibited. Installation of smoke doors
shall be in accordance with NFPA 105.
E. Change Section 717.5.3 of the IBC to read:
717.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are
permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be
protected with approved fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with
their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where steel
exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust
shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside.
2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are
tested in accordance with ASTM E119 as part of the fire resistance-rated
assembly.
3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are
used as part of an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section
909.
4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the
penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than two-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.
5. Smoke dampers are not required where the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1.
13VAC5-63-235. Chapter 8 Interior finishes.
Change Section 806.1.2 806.3 of the IBC to
read:
806.1.2 806.3 Combustible decorative materials. The
permissible amount of decorative materials meeting the flame propagation
performance criteria of NFPA 701 In other than Group I-3, curtains,
draperies, fabric hangings, and similar combustible decorative materials
suspended from walls or ceilings shall comply with Section 806.4 and shall
not exceed 10% of the specific wall or ceiling area to which it is attached.
Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling, wall pads,
and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction,
surface insulation, or other purposes shall be considered interior finish,
shall comply with Section 803, and shall not be considered decorative materials
or furnishings.
Exceptions:
1. In auditoriums or similar types of spaces in Group A, the
permissible amount of curtains, draperies, fabric hangings, and similar
combustible decorative material meeting the flame propagation
performance criteria of NFPA 701 materials suspended from walls or
ceilings shall not exceed 75% of the aggregate wall area where the building
is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1, and where the material is installed in accordance
with Section 803.11 803.13 of this code.
2. In auditoriums or similar types of spaces in Group A, the
permissible amount of decorative materials suspended from the ceiling, located
no more than 12 inches (305 mm) from the wall, not supported by the floor, and
meeting the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701, shall not
exceed 75% of the aggregate wall area when the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
3. In Group R-2 dormitories, within sleeping units and
dwelling units, the permissible amount of curtains, draperies, fabric hangings,
and similar decorative materials suspended from walls or ceiling shall not
exceed 50% of the aggregate walls areas where the building is equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.
The 4. In Group B and M occupancies, the amount
of fabric partitions suspended from the ceiling and not supported by the floor in
Groups B and M occupancies shall comply with Section 806.4 and shall
not be limited.
13VAC5-63-240. Chapter 9 Fire protection systems.
A. Add the following to the list of terms in Section 902.1 of
the IBC:
Emergency communication equipment.
Emergency public safety personnel.
B. Change Section 903.2.1.2 of the IBC to read:
903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be
provided for fire areas containing Group A-2 occupancies and
intervening floors of the building where one of the following conditions
exists:
1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464.5m2);.
2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more in night
clubs or 300 or more in other Group A-2 occupancies; or.
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of
exit discharge serving such occupancies.
4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.
C. Change Item 2 of Section 903.2.1.3 of the IBC to read:
2. In Group A-3 occupancies other than places of religious
worship, the fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more; or
D. Change Section 903.2.3 of the IBC to read:
903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be
provided for Group E occupancies as follows:
1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 20,000
square feet (1858 m2) in area.
2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings below the
lowest level of exit discharge serving that portion of the building.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required in
any area below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that area where every
classroom throughout the building has at least one exterior exit door at ground
level.
E. Change Add
Exception 4 to Section 903.2.6 to read:
903.2.6 Group I. An automatic sprinkler system shall be
provided throughout all buildings with a Group I fire area.
Exceptions:
1. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be permitted in Group I-1 Condition 1 facilities.
2. An automatic sprinkler system is not required where
Group I-4 day care facilities are at the level of exit discharge and where
every room where care is provided has at least one exit door.
3. In buildings where Group I-4 day care is provided on
levels other than the level of exit discharge, an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 shall be installed on the entire floor where
care is provided and all floors between the level of care and the level of exit
discharge and all floors below the level of exit discharge, other than areas
classified as an open parking garage.
4. An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required for
open-sided or chain link-sided buildings and overhangs over exercise yards 200
square feet (18.58 m2) or less in Group I-3 facilities, provided such buildings
and overhangs are of noncombustible construction.
F. Change Section 903.2.7 of the IBC to read:
903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system shall be
provided throughout buildings containing a Group M occupancy where one of the
following conditions exists:
1. A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).
2. A Group M fire area is located more than three stories
above grade plane.
3. The combined area of all Group M fire areas on all floors,
including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m2).
G. Change Sections Section 903.2.8,
903.2.8.1, and 908.2.8.2 of the IBC to read:
903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided throughout all buildings with a
Group R fire area, except for Group R-2 occupancies listed in the exceptions to
this section when the necessary water pressure or volume, or both, for the
system is not available:
Exceptions:
1. Group R-2 occupancies that do not exceed two stories,
including basements that are not considered as a story above grade, and with a
maximum of 16 dwelling units per fire area. Each dwelling unit shall have at
least one door opening to an exterior exit access that leads directly to the
exits required to serve that dwelling unit.
2. Group R-2 occupancies where all dwelling units are not more
than two stories above the lowest level of exit discharge and not more than one
story below the highest level of exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling
unit and a two-hour fire barrier is provided between each pair of dwelling
units. Each bedroom of a dormitory or boarding house shall be considered a
dwelling unit under this exception.
903.2.8.1 Group R-3. An automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in Group R-3.
903.2.8.2 Group R-4 Condition 1. An automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in
Group R-4 Condition 1.
H. Add Sections 903.2.8.3, 903.2.8.3.1, 903.2.8.3.2, and
903.2.8.4 to the IBC to read:
903.2.8.3 Group R-4 Condition 2. An automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be permitted in
Group R-4 Condition 2. Attics shall be protected in accordance with Section
903.2.8.3.1 or 903.2.8.3.2.
903.2.8.3.1 Attics used for living purposes, storage, or
fuel fired equipment. Attics used for living purposes, storage, or fuel fired
equipment shall be protected throughout with automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2.
903.2.8.3.2 Attics not used for living purposes, storage,
or fuel fired equipment. Attics not used for living purposes, storage, or fuel
fired equipment shall be protected in accordance with one of the following:
1. Attics protected throughout by a heat detector system
arranged to activate the building fire alarm system in accordance with Section
907.2.10.
2. Attics constructed of noncombustible materials.
3. Attics constructed of fire-retardant-treated wood
framing complying with Section 2303.2.
4. The automatic fire sprinkler system shall be extended to
provide protection throughout the attic space.
903.2.8.4 Care facilities. An automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in care facilities
with 5 or fewer individuals in a single-family dwelling.
I. Add Section 903.3.1.2.2 to the IBC to read:
903.3.1.2.2 Attics. Sprinkler protection shall be provided for
attics in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction in Group R-2 occupancies
that are designed or developed and marketed to senior citizens 55 years of age
or older and in Group I-1 occupancies in accordance with Section 7.2 of NFPA
13R.
J. Change Section 903.3.1.3 of the IBC to read:
903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler
systems installed in one-family and two-family dwellings, Group R-3, Group R-4
Condition 1 and townhouses shall be permitted to be installed throughout in
accordance with NFPA 13D.
K. I. Change Section 903.4.2 of the IBC to
read:
903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to
every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall
be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the
smallest orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be provided
on the exterior of the building in an approved location. Where a fire alarm
system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate
the building fire alarm system. Group R-2 occupancies that contain 16 or more
dwelling units or sleeping units, any dwelling unit or sleeping unit two or
more stories above the lowest level of exit discharge, or any dwelling unit or
sleeping unit more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of
exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall provide a manual fire
alarm box at an approved location to activate the suppression system alarm.
L. J. Add an exception to Section 905.2 of the
IBC to read:
Exception: The residual pressure of 100 psi for 2-1/2 inch
hose connection and 65 psi for 1-1/2 inch hose connection is not required in
buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and where the highest floor level is not
more than 150 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
M. K. Change Item 1 of Section 906.1 of the IBC
to read:
1. In Groups A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-4, and S occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. In Groups A, B, and E occupancies equipped throughout with
quick response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall be required only
in locations specified in Items 2 through 6.
2. In Group I-3 occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall
be permitted to be located at staff locations and the access to such
extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked.
N. L. Change Section 907.2.1.1 of the IBC to
read:
907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupancies with an
occupant load of 1,000 or more and in certain night clubs. Activation of the
fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more and in
night clubs with an occupant load of 300 or more shall initiate a signal using
an emergency voice and alarm communications system in accordance with Section
907.5.2.2.
Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded announcement is
allowed to be manually deactivated for a period of time, not to exceed three
minutes, for the sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement from an
approved, constantly attended location.
M. Add Section 907.2.2.2 to the IBC to read:
907.2.2.2 Higher education laboratories. An automatic fire
alarm and detection system shall be provided in Group B occupancies where an
increase in hazardous materials is permitted in accordance with Section 430.
O. N. Change Section 907.2.3 of the IBC to
read:
907.2.3 Group E. A manual fire alarm system that activates the
occupant notification system meeting the requirements of Section 907.5 and
installed in accordance with Section 907.6 shall be installed in Group E
occupancies. When automatic sprinkler systems or smoke detectors are installed,
such systems or detectors shall be connected to the building fire alarm system.
Exceptions:
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in Group E
occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or less.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in Group E
occupancies where all of the following apply:
2.1. Interior corridors are protected by smoke detectors.
2.2. Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums, and similar areas
are protected by heat detectors or other approved detection devices.
2.3. Shops and laboratories involving dusts or vapors are
protected by heat detectors or other approved detection devices.
3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in Group E
occupancies where the building is equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the
occupant notification system will activate on sprinkler water flow and manual
activation is provided from a normally occupied location.
P. Change Section 907.2.6.1 of the IBC to read:
907.2.6.1 Group I-1. In Group I-1 occupancies, an automatic
smoke detection system shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas open to
corridors, and habitable spaces other than sleeping units and kitchens. The
system shall be activated in accordance with Section 907.5.
Exceptions:
1. For Group I-1 Condition 1, smoke detection in habitable
spaces is not required where the facility is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Smoke detection is not required for exterior balconies.
Q. O. Add an exception to Section 907.5.2.1.1
of the IBC to read:
Exception: Sound pressure levels in Group I-3 occupancies
shall be permitted to be limited to only the notification of occupants in the
affected smoke compartment.
R. Change Sections 908.7 and 908.7.1 of the IBC and add
Sections 908.7.2 and 908.7.3 to the IBC to read:
908.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall
comply with this section.
908.7.1 Group I or R. Group I or R occupancies located in a
building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building which has an
attached garage shall be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms.
The carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed as complying with UL 2034 and be
installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's
instructions. An open parking garage, as defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed
parking garage ventilated in accordance with Section 404 of the IMC shall not
be considered an attached garage.
Exception: Sleeping units or dwelling units which do not
themselves contain a fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage, but
which are located in a building with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached
garage, need not be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms
provided that:
1. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is located more than
one story above or below any story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or
an attached garage;
2. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is not connected by
duct work or ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance
or to an attached garage; and
3. The building is equipped with a common area carbon
monoxide alarm system.
908.7.2 Group E. Classrooms in E occupancies located in a
building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building which has an
attached garage or small engine or vehicle shop shall be equipped with
single-station carbon monoxide alarms. The carbon monoxide alarms shall be
listed as complying with UL 2034 and be installed and maintained in accordance
with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's instructions. An open parking garage, as
defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed parking garage ventilated in accordance
with Section 404 of the IMC shall not be considered an attached garage.
Exception: Classrooms which do not themselves contain a
fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage, but which are located in a
building with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage, need not be
equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms provided that:
1. The classroom is located more than 100 feet from the
fuel burning appliance or attached garage or located more than one story above
or below any story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or attached garage;
and
2. The classroom is not connected by duct work or
ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance.
908.7.3 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Carbon monoxide
detection systems, which include carbon monoxide detectors and audible
notification appliances, installed and maintained in accordance with this
section for carbon monoxide alarms and NFPA 720 shall be permitted. The carbon
monoxide detectors shall be listed as complying with UL 2075.
S. P. Change Section 909.6 of the IBC to read:
909.6 Pressurization method. When approved by the building
official, the means of controlling smoke shall be permitted by pressure differences
across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment is not required in
the smoke-control zone of fire origin.
T. Q. Change Section 911.1.3 of the IBC to
read:
911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be a minimum of 96
square feet (9 m2) in area with a minimum dimension of eight feet
(2438 mm).
Exception: Where it is determined by the building official,
after consultation with the fire chief, that specific building characteristics
require a larger fire command center, the building official may increase the
minimum required size of the fire command center up to 200 square feet (19 m2)
in area with a minimum dimension of up to 10 feet (3048 mm).
R. Replace Section 915 of the IBC with the following:
915.1 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall
comply with this section.
915.2 Group I or R. Group I or R occupancies located in a
building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building that has an
attached garage shall be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms.
The carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed as complying with UL 2034 and be
installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's
instructions. An open parking garage, as defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed
parking garage ventilated in accordance with Section 404 of the IMC shall not
be considered an attached garage.
Exception: Sleeping units or dwelling units that do not
themselves contain a fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage but that
are located in a building with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage,
need not be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms provided that:
1. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is located more than
one story above or below any story that contains a fuel-burning appliance or an
attached garage;
2. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is not connected by
duct work or ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance
or to an attached garage; and
3. The building is equipped with a common area carbon
monoxide alarm system.
915.3 Group E. Classrooms in E occupancies located in a
building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building that has an
attached garage or small engine or vehicle shop shall be equipped with
single-station carbon monoxide alarms. The carbon monoxide alarms shall be
listed as complying with UL 2034 and be installed and maintained in accordance
with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's instructions. An open parking garage, as
defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed parking garage ventilated in accordance
with Section 404 of the IMC shall not be considered an attached garage.
Exception: Classrooms that do not themselves contain a
fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage but are located in a building
with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage, need not be equipped with
single-station carbon monoxide alarms provided that:
1. The classroom is located more than 100 feet from the
fuel burning appliance or attached garage or located more than one story above
or below any story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or attached garage;
and
2. The classroom is not connected by duct work or
ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance.
915.4 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Carbon monoxide
detection systems, which include carbon monoxide detectors and audible
notification appliances, installed and maintained in accordance with this
section for carbon monoxide alarms and NFPA 720 shall be permitted. The carbon
monoxide detectors shall be listed as complying with UL 2075.
U. S. Change the title of IBC Section 915
916 to read:
In-Building Emergency Communications Coverage.
V. T. Change Section 915.1 916.1
of the IBC to read:
915.1 916.1 General. For localities utilizing
public safety wireless communications, dedicated infrastructure to accommodate
and perpetuate continuous in-building emergency communication equipment to
allow emergency public safety personnel to send and receive emergency
communications shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance
with this section.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings of Use Groups A-5, I-4, within dwelling units of
R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5, and U.
2. Buildings of Types IV and V construction without basements,
that are not considered unlimited area buildings in accordance with Section
507.
3. Above grade single story buildings of less than 20,000
square feet.
4. Buildings or leased spaces occupied by federal, state, or
local governments, or the contractors thereof, with security requirements where
the building official has approved an alternative method to provide emergency
communication equipment for emergency public safety personnel.
5. Where the owner provides technological documentation from a
qualified individual that the structure or portion thereof does not impede
emergency communication signals.
W. U. Add Sections 915.1.1, 915.1.2 916.1.1,
916.1.2, and 915.1.3 916.1.3 to the IBC to read:
915.1.1 916.1.1 Installation. The building owner
shall install radiating cable, such as coaxial cable or equivalent. The
radiating cable shall be installed in dedicated conduits, raceways, plenums,
attics, or roofs, compatible for these specific installations as well as other
applicable provisions of this code. The locality shall be responsible for the
installation of any additional communication equipment required for the
operation of the system.
915.1.2 916.1.2 Operations. The locality will
assume all responsibilities for the operation and maintenance of the emergency
communication equipment. The building owner shall provide sufficient
operational space within the building to allow the locality access to and the
ability to operate in-building emergency communication equipment.
915.1.3 916.1.3 Inspection. In accordance with
Section 113.3, all installations shall be inspected prior to concealment.
X. V. Add Section 915.2 916.2 to
the IBC to read:
915.2 916.2 Acceptance test. Upon completion of
installation, after providing reasonable notice to the owner or their
representative, emergency public safety personnel shall have the right during
normal business hours, or other mutually agreed upon time, to enter onto the
property to conduct field tests to verify that the required level of radio
coverage is present at no cost to the owner. Any noted deficiencies in the
installation of the radiating cable or operational space shall be provided in
an inspection report to the owner or the owner's representative.
13VAC5-63-245. Chapter 10 Means of egress.
A. Delete Section 1001.4 of the IBC.
B. Change Section 1004.3 of the IBC to read:
1004.3 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that is
an assembly occupancy and where the occupant load of that room or space is 50
or more shall have the occupant load of the room or space posted in a
conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or
space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall
be maintained by the owner or the owner's authorized agent.
C. Change the exception to Exception 1 of
Section 1005.3.1 of the IBC to read:
Exception:
1. For other than Groups H and I-2 occupancies, the
capacity, in inches (mm), of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by
multiplying the occupant load served by such stairway by a means of egress
capacity factor of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.
D. Change the exception to Exception 1 of
Section 1005.3.2 of the IBC to read:
Exception:
1. For other than Groups H and I-2 occupancies, the
capacity, in inches (mm), of means of egress components other than stairways
shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component
by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.15 inch (3.8 mm) per occupant in
buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
E. Change Exception 1 of Section 1006.2.1 of the IBC to
read:
1. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, one means of egress is
permitted within and from individual dwelling units with a maximum occupant
load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the
common path of egress travel does not exceed 125 feet (38 100 mm). This
exception shall also apply to Group R-2 occupancies where Section 903.2.8,
Exception 1 or 2 is applicable.
F. Change the number "49" to "50" in
the "Maximum Occupant Load of Space" column in the "Ac,
E, M," "B," "F," and "U" rows of Table 1006.2.1
of the IBC.
G. Change the number "49" to "50" in
the "Maximum Occupant Load per Story" column of the "A, Bb,
E, F, M, U" row of Table 1006.3.2(2).
H. Change Section 1007.6.2 1009.6.4 of
the IBC to read:
1007.6.2 1009.6.4 Separation. Each area of refuge
shall be separated from the remainder of the story by a smoke barrier complying
with Section 709 or a horizontal exit complying with Section 1025 1026.
Each area of refuge shall be designed to minimize the intrusion of smoke.
Exceptions:
1. Areas of refuge located within an exit enclosure for
interior exit stairways complying with Section 1023.
2. Areas of refuge in outdoor facilities where exit access
is essentially open to the outside.
3. Areas of refuge where the area of refuge and areas
served by the area of refuge are equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
F. I. Change Item 2 of Section 1008.1.9.3
1010.1.9.3 of the IBC to read:
2. In buildings in occupancy Groups B, F, M and S, the main
exterior door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key-operated locking
devices from the egress side provided:
2.1. The locking device is readily distinguishable as locked.
2.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress
side on or adjacent to the door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING
THIS SPACE IS OCCUPIED. The sign shall be in letters one inch (25 mm)
high on a contrasting background.
2.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revokable
by the building official for due cause.
G. J. Delete Section 1008.1.9.6 1010.1.9.6
of the IBC.
H. Change Sections 1008.1.9.7 and 1008.1.9.8 K. Add
an exception to Section 1010.1.9.7 of the IBC to read:
1008.1.9.7 Delayed egress locks. In other than Groups A, E,
and H, approved, listed, delayed egress locks shall be permitted to be
installed on doors in buildings which are equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic
smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907,
provided that the doors unlock in accordance with Items 1 through 6 below. A
building occupant shall not be required to pass through more than one door
equipped with a delayed egress lock before entering an exit.
1. The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic
sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system.
2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling the lock
or lock mechanism.
3. The door locks shall have the capability of being
unlocked by a signal from the fire command center.
4. The initiation of an irreversible process which will
release the latch in not more than 15 seconds when a force of not more than 15
pounds (67 N) is applied for 1 second to the release device. Initiation of the
irreversible process shall activate an audible signal in the vicinity of the
door. Once the door lock has been released by the application of force to the
releasing device, relocking shall be by manual means only.
Exception: Where approved, a delay of not more than 30
seconds is permitted.
5. A sign shall be provided on the door located above and
within 12 inches (305 mm) of the release device reading: PUSH UNTIL ALARM
SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS.
Exception: Where approved, such sign shall read: PUSH UNTIL
ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 30 SECONDS.
6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door.
Exception: Approved, listed, delayed egress locks shall be
permitted to be installed on doors serving Group A-3 airport facilities,
provided they are installed in accordance with this section.
1008.1.9.8 Sensor release of electronically locked egress
doors. The electric locks on sensor released doors located in a means of egress
in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E, I-1, I-2, I-4, M, R-1, or R-2
and entrance doors to tenant spaces in occupancies in Group A, B, E, I-1, I-2,
I-4, M, R-1, or R-2 are permitted where installed and operated in accordance
with all of the following criteria:
1. The sensor shall be installed on the egress side
arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors. The doors shall be
arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor.
2. Loss of power to the lock or locking system shall
automatically unlock the doors.
3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual
unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically
above the floor and within five feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors. Ready access
shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be
clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO EXIT." When
operated, the manual unlocking device shall result in direct interruption of
power to the lockâ"independent of locking system electronicsâ"and the doors shall
remain unlocked for not less than 30 seconds.
4. Activation of the building fire alarm system, if
provided, shall automatically unlock the doors, and the doors shall remain
unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset.
5. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire
detection system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors. The doors
shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset.
6. The door locking system units shall be listed in
accordance with UL 294.
L. Change Section 1010.1.6 of the IBC to read:
1010.1.6 Landings at doors. Landings shall have a width not
less than the width of the stairway or the door, whichever is greater. Doors in
the fully open position shall not reduce a required dimension by more than 7
inches (178 mm). Where a landing serves an occupant load of 50 or more, other
doors, gates, or turnstiles in any position shall not reduce the landing to
less than one-half its required width nor prevent a door, gate, or turnstile
from opening to less than one-half of the required landing width. Landings
shall have a length measured in the direction of travel of not less than 44
inches (1118 mm).
Exception: Landing length in the direction of travel in
Groups R-3 and U and within individual units of Group R-2 need not exceed 36
inches (914 mm).
I. Delete the exception in
M. Change Section 1008.1.10 1010.1.10 of the IBC. to
read:
1010.1.10 Panic and fire exit hardware. Doors serving a
Group H occupancy and doors serving rooms or spaces with an occupant load of 50
or more in a Group A or E occupancy shall not be provided with a latch or lock
other than panic hardware or fire exit hardware.
Exception: Doors serving a Group A or E occupancy shall be
permitted to be electromagnetically locked in accordance with Section
1010.1.9.9.
J. N. Add
Section 1008.1.11 1010.1.11 to the IBC to read:
1008.1.11 1010.1.11 Locking certain residential
sliding doors. In dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings, exterior sliding doors
which are one story or less above grade, or shared by two dwelling units, or
are otherwise accessible from the outside, shall be equipped with locks. The
mounting screws for the lock case shall be inaccessible from the outside. The
lock bolt shall engage the strike in a manner that will prevent it from being
disengaged by movement of the door.
Exception: Exterior sliding doors which are equipped with
removable metal pins or charlie bars.
K. O. Add Section 1008.1.12 1010.1.12
to the IBC to read:
1008.1.12 1010.1.12 Door viewers in certain
residential buildings. Entrance doors to dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings
shall be equipped with door viewers with a field of vision of not less than 180
degrees.
Exception: Entrance doors having a vision panel or side vision
panels.
L. P. Change Exception 5 3 of
Section 1009.7.2 1011.5.2 of the IBC to read:
5. 3. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling
units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory
to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2
occupancies; the maximum riser height shall be 8.25 inches (210 mm); the
minimum tread depth shall be 9 inches (229 mm); the minimum winder tread depth
at the walk line shall be 10 inches (254 mm); and the minimum winder tread
depth shall be 6 inches (152 mm). A nosing not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm)
but not more than 1.25 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid
risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm).
Q. Change Section 1011.6 of the IBC to read:
1011.6 Stairway landings. There shall be a floor or landing
at the top and bottom of each stairway. The width of landings shall be not less
than the width of stairways served. Every landing shall have a minimum width
measured perpendicular to the direction of travel equal to the width of the
stairway. Where the stairway has a straight run the depth need not exceed 48
inches (1219 mm). Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the landing to
less than one-half the required width. When fully open, the door shall not
project more than 7 inches (178 mm) into a landing. Where wheelchair spaces are
required on the stairway landing in accordance with Section 1009.6.3, the
wheelchair space shall not be located in the required width of the landing and
doors shall not swing over the wheelchair spaces.
Exceptions:
1. Where stairways connect stepped aisles to cross aisles
or concourses, stairway landings are not required at the transition between
stairways and stepped aisles constructed in accordance with Section 1029.
2. A floor or landing is not required at the top of an
interior flight of exit access stairs within individual dwelling units and
sleeping units of Group R-2 occupancies and dwelling units of Group R-3
occupancies, including stairs in an enclosed private garage serving only an
individual dwelling unit, provided that a door does not swing over the stairs.
M. R. Change
Section 1013.8 1015.8 of the IBC to read:
1013.8 1015.8 Window sills openings.
In Occupancy Groups Windows in Group R-2 and R-3, one-family
and two-family and multiple-family dwellings, buildings including
dwelling units where the opening top of the sill portion
of an operable window opening is located less than 18 inches (457 mm)
above the finished floor and more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the
finished grade or other surface below, the lowest part of the clear opening
of the window shall be at a height not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the
finished floor surface of the room in which the window is located. Operable
sections of windows shall not permit openings that allow passage of a
4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere where such openings are located within 18
inches (457 mm) of the finished floor. on the exterior of the building
shall comply with one of the following:
Exceptions:
1. Operable windows where the top of the sill portion
of the opening is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished
grade or other surface below and that are provided with window fall prevention
devices that comply with ASTM F 2006.
2. Windows whose Operable windows where the
openings will not allow a 4-inch diameter (102 mm) sphere to pass through the
opening when the window is in its largest opened position.
3. Openings that Operable windows where the openings
are provided with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F 2090.
4. Windows Operable windows that are provided
with window opening control devices that comply with Section 1013.8.1 1015.8.1.
N. S. Add Exception 3 to Item 4 5
of Section 1014.2 1016.2 of the IBC to read:
3. A maximum of one exit access is permitted to pass through
kitchens, store rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes provided
such a space is not the only means of exit access.
O. Change Exception 1 in Item 1 of Section 1015.1 of the
IBC to read:
1. In Groups R-2 and R-3 occupancies, one means of egress
is permitted within and from individual dwelling units with a maximum occupant
load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This
exception shall also apply to Group R-2 occupancies where Section 903.2.8,
Exception 1 or 2 is applicable.
P. Change Table 1015.1 of
the IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q. Change Exception 2 of Section 1015.2.1 of the IBC to
read:
2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2,
the separation distance of the exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be
less than one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of
the area served.
R. Add Section 1016.2.2 to the IBC to read:
1016.2.2 Group F-1 and S-1 increase. The maximum exit
access travel distance shall be 400 feet (122 m) in Group F-1 or S-1
occupancies where all of the following are met:
1. The portion of the building classified as Group F-1 or
S-1 is limited to one story in height;
2. The minimum height from the finished floor to the bottom
of the ceiling or roof slab or deck is 24 feet (7315 mm); and
3. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic
fire sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
S. Add the following text to footnote "a" of
Table 1016.2 of the IBC to read:
Section 1016.2.2: For increase distance limitation in Group
F-1 and Group S-1.
T. Change Exception 2 of Section 1018.1 of the IBC to
read:
2. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors
contained within a dwelling or sleeping unit in an occupancy in Group I-1 and
Group R.
U. T. Change Table 1018.1 1020.1
of the IBC to read:
Table |
|||
Occupancy |
Occupant Load Served By Corridor |
Required Fire-Resistance Rating (hours) |
|
Without sprinkler system |
With sprinkler systemb |
||
H-1, H-2, |
All |
Not Permitted |
1 |
H-4, H-5 |
Greater than 30 |
Not Permitted |
1 |
A, B, E, F, M, S, U |
Greater than 30 |
1 |
0 |
R |
Greater than 10 |
1 |
0.5 |
I-2a, I-4 |
All |
Not Permitted |
0 |
I-1, I-3 |
All |
Not Permitted |
0 |
a. For requirements for occupancies in Group I-2, see
Sections 407.2 and 407.3. b. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed. |
V. U. Add an additional row to Table 1018.2
1020.2 of the IBC to read:
Occupancy |
Width (minimum) |
In corridors of Group I-2 assisted living facilities
licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services serving areas with
wheelchair, walker, and gurney traffic where residents are capable of
self-preservation or where resident rooms have a means of egress door leading
directly to the outside. |
44 inches |
W. Change the first row in
Table 1021.2(2) to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X. V. Change Section 1022.9 1023.9
of the IBC to read:
1022.9 1023.9 Floor identification signs. A sign
shall be provided at each floor landing in exit enclosures connecting more than
three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom
of the exit enclosure and the identification of the stair or ramp by
designation with a letter of the alphabet. The signage shall also state the
story of, and the direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof
access from the enclosure for the fire department. The sign shall be located
five feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily
visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions. Floor level
identification signs in tactile characters complying with ICC A117.1 shall be
located at each floor level landing adjacent to the door leading from the
enclosure into the corridor to identify the floor level.
Y. W. Change Section 1024.1 1025.1
of the IBC to read:
1024.1 1025.1 General. Approved luminous egress
path markings delineating the exit path shall be provided in buildings of
Groups A, B, E, I, M and R-1 having occupied floors located more than 420 feet
(128 016 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access in
accordance with Sections 1024.1 1025.1 through 1024.5 1025.5.
Exception: Luminous egress path markings shall not be required
on the level of exit discharge in lobbies that serve as part of the exit path
in accordance with Section 1027.1 1028.1, Exception 1.
13VAC5-63-250. Chapter 11 Accessibility.
A. Add an exception to Section 1101.2 of the IBC to read:
Exception: Wall-mounted visible alarm notification appliances
in Group I-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be a maximum of 120 inches (3048
mm) above the floor or ground, measured to the bottom of the appliance. Such
appliances shall otherwise comply with all applicable requirements.
B. Add Change Section 1103.2.16 to 1103.2.8
of the IBC to read:
1103.2.16 1103.2.8 Raised and lowered areas in
places of religious worship. Raised or lowered areas in places of religious
worship are not required to be accessible or to be served by an accessible
route provided such areas are used exclusively for the performance of religious
ceremonies and are located within an accessible story or mezzanine.
C. Change Section 1106.1 of the IBC and replace Table 1106.1
of the IBC with Tables 1106.1(1) and 1106.1(2) to read:
1106.1 Required. Where parking is provided, accessible parking
spaces shall be provided in compliance with Tables 1106.1(1) and 1106.1(2), as
applicable, except as required by Sections 1106.2 through 1106.4. Where more
than one parking facility is provided on a site, the number of parking spaces
required to be accessible shall be calculated separately for each parking
facility. Exception: This section does not apply to parking spaces used
exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles, law-enforcement
vehicles, or vehicular impound and motor pools where lots accessed by the
public are provided with an accessible passenger loading zone.
Table 1106.1(1) |
|
Total Parking Spaces Provided |
Required Minimum Number of
Accessible Spaces |
1 - 25 |
1 |
26 - 50 |
2 |
51 - 75 |
3 |
76 - 100 |
4 |
101 - 125 |
5 |
126 - 150 |
6 |
151 - 200 |
7 |
201 - 300 |
8 |
301 - 400 |
9 |
401 - 500 |
10 |
501 - 1,000 |
2.33% of total |
1,001 and over |
23, plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 |
a. Condominium parking in Group R-2 occupancies where
parking is part of the unit purchase shall be in accordance with Table
1106.1(2). |
Table 1106.1(2) |
|
Total Parking Spaces Provided |
Required Minimum Number of Accessible Spaces |
1 - 25 |
1 |
26 - 50 |
2 |
51 - 75 |
3 |
76 - 100 |
4 |
101 - 150 |
5 |
151 - 200 |
6 |
201 - 300 |
7 |
301 - 400 |
8 |
401 - 500 |
9 |
501 - 1,000 |
2.0% of total |
1,001 and over |
20, plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 |
D. Add Section 1106.8 to the IBC to read:
1106.8 Identification of accessible parking spaces. In
addition to complying with applicable provisions of this chapter, all
accessible parking spaces shall be identified by above grade signs. A sign or
symbol painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space shall
not constitute an above grade sign. All above grade parking space signs shall
have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than four feet (1219 mm) nor higher
than seven feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. All disabled parking signs
shall include the following language: PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE.
Such language may be placed on a separate sign and attached below existing
above grade disabled parking signs, provided that the bottom edge of the
attached sign is no lower than four feet above the parking surface.
E. Add Sections 1109.16 and 1109.16.1 to the IBC to read:
1109.16 Dwellings containing universal design features for
accessibility. Group R-5 occupancies not subject to Section R320.1 of the IRC
and Group R-3 occupancies not subject to Section 1107.6.3 may comply with this
section and be approved by the local building department as dwellings
containing universal design features for accessibility.
1109.16.1 Standards for dwellings containing universal design
features for accessibility. When the following requirements are met, approval
shall be issued by the local building department indicating that a dwelling has
been constructed in accordance with these standards and is deemed to be a
dwelling containing universal design features for accessibility.
1. The dwelling must comply with the requirements for Type C
units under Section 1005 of ICC A117.1 with the following changes to the
those requirements:
1.1. That at least one bedroom be added to the interior spaces
required by Section 1005.4 of ICC A117.1.
1.2. In the toilet room or bathroom required by Section 1005
of ICC A117.1, in addition to the lavatory and water closet, a shower or
bathtub complying with Section 1004.11.3.2.3 of ICC A117.1 shall be provided
and shall include reinforcement for future installation of grab bars in
accordance with Section 1004.11.1 of ICC A117.1.
1.3. That the exception to Section 1005.4 of ICC A117.1 is not
applicable.
1.4. That there be a food preparation area complying with
Section 1005.7 of ICC A117.1 on the entrance level.
1.5. That any thermostat for heating or cooling on the
entrance level comply with Section 1005.8 of ICC A117.1.
F. Change Item 1 of Section 1110.1 1111.1 of
the IBC to read:
1. Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106.1.
13VAC5-63-260. Chapter 12 Interior environment.
A. Add the following to the list of terms in Section 1202.1
of the IBC:
Day-night average sound level (Ldn).
Sound transmission class (STC) rating.
B. Add Section 1203.4.4 1203.5.4 to the IBC to
read:
1203.4.4 1203.5.4 Insect screens in occupancies
other than Group R. Every door, window and other outside opening for natural
ventilation serving structures classified as other than a residential group
containing habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas, or any
areas where products to be included or utilized in food for human consumption
are processed, manufactured, packaged, or stored, shall be supplied with
approved tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per
25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing
device.
Exception: Screen doors shall not be required for out swinging
doors or other types of openings which make screening impractical, provided
other approved means, such as air curtains or insect repellent fans are
provided.
C. Add Section 1203.4.5
1203.5.5 to the IBC to read:
1203.4.5 1203.5.5 Insect screens in Group R
occupancies. Every door, window and other outside opening required for natural
ventilation purposes which serves a structure classified as a residential group
shall be supplied with approved tightly fitted screens of not less than 16 mesh
per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control
shall have a self-closing device.
D. Add Section 1203.6 1203.7 to the IBC to
read:
1203.6 1203.7 Smoking areas in restaurants.
Smoking areas in restaurants, as defined in § 15.2-2820 of the Code of
Virginia, shall comply with the following:
1. The area where smoking may be permitted shall be
structurally separated from the portion of the restaurant in which smoking is
prohibited. For the purposes of this section, structurally separated means a
stud wall covered with drywall or other building material or like barrier,
which, when completed, extends from the floor to the ceiling, resulting in a
physically separated room. Such wall or barrier may include portions that are
glass or other gas-impervious building material and shall be permitted to have
a door leading to areas in which smoking is prohibited, provided the door is
capable of being closed at all times.
2. The area where smoking may be permitted shall be separately
vented to prevent the recirculation of air from such area to the area of the
restaurant where smoking is prohibited.
Exception: The above requirements do not apply if a restaurant
is exempt from, or meets any of the exceptions to, the Virginia Indoor Clean
Air Act (Chapter 28.2 of Title 15.2 (§ 15.2-2820 et seq.) of the Code of
Virginia).
E. Change Section 1207.1 of the IBC to read:
1207.1 Scope. Sections 1207.2 and 1207.3 shall apply to common
interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies between adjacent
dwelling units or between dwelling units and adjacent public areas such as
halls, corridors, stairs or service areas. Section 1207.4 applies to the
construction of the exterior envelope of Group R occupancies within airport
noise zones and to the exterior envelope of Group A, B, E, I and M occupancies
in any locality in whose jurisdiction, or adjacent jurisdiction, is located a
United States Master Jet Base, a licensed airport or United States government
or military air facility, when such requirements are enforced by a locality
pursuant to § 15.2-2295 of the Code of Virginia.
F. Add Section 1207.4 to the IBC to read:
1207.4 Airport noise attenuation standards. Where the Ldn is
determined to be 65 dBA or greater, the minimum STC rating of structure
components shall be provided in compliance with Table 1207.4. As an alternative
to compliance with Table 1207.4, structures shall be permitted to be designed
and constructed so as to limit the interior noise level to no greater than 45
Ldn. Exterior structures, terrain and permanent plantings shall be permitted to
be included as part of the alternative design. The alternative design shall be
certified by an RDP.
G. Add Table 1207.4 to the IBC to read:
Table 1207.4 |
||
Ldn |
STC of exterior walls and roof/ceiling
assemblies |
STC of doors and windows |
65-69 |
39 |
25 |
70-74 |
44 |
33 |
75 or greater |
49 |
38 |
13VAC5-63-264. Chapter 13 Energy efficiency.
Add Section 1301.1.1.1 to the IBC to read:
1301.1.1.1 Changes to the IECC. The following changes shall be
made to the IECC:
1. Add Exception 3 to an exception to the first
paragraph of Section C402.4.5.2 C403.2.4.3 to read:
3. Exception: Any grease duct serving a Type I
hood installed in accordance with IMC Section 506.3 shall not be required to
have a motorized or gravity damper.
2. Change Section C402.4.8
to read:
C402.4.8 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed
in the building thermal envelope shall be sealed to limit air leakage between
conditioned and unconditioned spaces. All recessed luminaires shall be IC-rated
and labeled as having an air leakage rate or not more 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75 Pa) pressure
differential. All recessed luminaires installed in the thermal envelope shall
be sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or
ceiling covering.
3. Add Exception 4 to Section C403.2.4.4 to read:
4. Any grease duct serving a Type I hood installed in accordance
with IMC Section 506.3 shall not be required to have a motorized or gravity
damper.
4. Change the exception to Section C405.1 to read:
Exception: Dwelling units within commercial buildings shall
not be required to comply with Sections C405.2 through C405.5, provided that
not less than 75% of the permanently installed luminaires, other than
low-voltage lighting, shall be fitted for, and contain only, high-efficacy
lamps.
5. Change Section C405.6 C405.5 to read:
C405.6 C405.5 Exterior lighting (Mandatory). All
exterior lighting, other than low-voltage landscape lighting, shall comply with
Sections C405.6.1 and C405.6.2 Section C405.5.1.
Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety,
signage, or emergency considerations.
6. 3. Delete Section R401.3.
7. 4. Change the ceiling R-value and wood frame
wall R-value categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in Table R402.1.1
R402.1.2 to read:
Ceiling R-Value |
Wood Frame Wall R-Value |
38 |
15 or 13 + 1h |
8. 5. Change the ceiling U-factor and frame wall
U-factor categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in Table R402.1.3
R402.1.4 to read:
Ceiling U-Factor |
Frame Wall U-Factor |
0.030 |
0.079 |
9. 6. Change Sections R402.2.1 and Section
R402.2.4 to read:
R402.2.1 Ceilings with attic spaces. When Section R402.1.1
would require R-38 in the ceiling, installing R-30 over 100% of the ceiling
area shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever the full
height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the
eaves. Similarly, when Section R402.1.1 would require R-49 in the ceiling,
installing R-38 over 100% of the ceiling area shall be deemed to satisfy the
requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38 insulation
extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. This reduction shall not apply to
the U-factor alternative approach in Section R402.1.3 and the total UA
alternative in Section R402.1.4.
R402.2.4 Access hatches and doors. Access doors from
conditioned spaces to unconditioned spaces (e.g., attics and crawl spaces)
shall be weatherstripped and insulated in accordance with the following values:
1. Hinged vertical doors shall have a minimum overall R-5
insulation value;
2. Hatches and scuttle hole covers shall be insulated to a
level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding surfaces; and
3. Pull down stairs shall have a minimum of 75% of the panel
area having R-5 rigid insulation.
Access shall be provided to all equipment that prevents
damaging or compressing the insulation. A wood framed or equivalent baffle or
retainer is required to be provided when loose fill insulation is installed,
the purpose of which is to prevent the loose fill insulation from spilling into
the living space when the attic access is opened and to provide a permanent
means of maintaining the installed R-value of the loose fill insulation.
10. Delete Section R402.3.6
and change 7. Change Sections R402.4 and R402.4.1.1 to read:
R402.4 Air leakage. The building thermal envelope shall be
constructed to limit air leakage in accordance with the requirements of
Sections R402.4.1 through R402.4.4.
R402.4.1.1 Installation (Mandatory). The components of the building
thermal envelope as listed in Table R402.4.1.1 shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and the criteria listed in Table
R402.4.1.1, as applicable to the method of construction. Where required by the
code official, an approved third party shall inspect all components and verify
compliance.
11. 8. Change the title of the "Criteria"
"Insulation Installation Criteria" category of Table
R402.4.1.1; change the "Walls," "Shower/tub on exterior
wall" and "Fireplace" categories category of Table
R402.4.1.1, and add footnotes "b" and "c" to Table
R402.4.1.1 to read:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component |
Air Barrier Criteria |
Insulation Installation
Criteriab |
Shower/tub on exterior wallc |
The air barrier installed at exterior walls adjacent to
showers and tubs shall be installed on the interior side and separate the
exterior walls from the showers and tubs. |
Exterior walls adjacent to showers and tubs shall be
insulated. |
b. Structural integrity of headers shall be in accordance
with the applicable building code. c. Air barriers used behind showers and tubs on exterior
walls shall be of a permeable material that does not cause the entrapment of
moisture in the stud cavity. |
12. 9. Change Section R402.4.1.2 and add
Sections R402.4.1.2.1, R402.4.1.2.2, and R402.4.1.3 to read:
R402.4.1.2 Air sealing. Building envelope air tightness shall
be demonstrated to comply with either Section R402.4.1.2.1 or R402.4.1.2.2.
R402.4.1.2.1 Testing option. The building or dwelling unit
shall be tested for air leakage. Testing shall be conducted with a blower door
at a pressure of 0.2 inches w.g. (50 Pascals). Where required by the building
official, testing shall be conducted by an approved third party. A written
report of the results of the test shall be signed by the party conducting the
test and provided to the building official. Testing shall be performed at any
time after creation of all penetrations of the building thermal envelope.
During testing:
1. Exterior windows and doors and fireplace and stove doors
shall be closed, but not sealed beyond the intended weatherstripping or other
infiltration control measures;
2. Dampers, including exhaust, intake, makeup air, backdraft,
and flue dampers, shall be closed, but not sealed beyond intended infiltration
control measures;
3. Interior doors, if installed at the time of the test, shall
be open;
4. Exterior doors for continuous ventilation systems and heat
recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed;
5. Heating and cooling systems, if installed at the time of
the test, shall be turned off; and
6. Supply and return registers, if installed at the time of
the test, shall be fully open.
R402.4.1.2.2 Visual inspection option. Building envelope
tightness shall be considered acceptable when the items listed in Table
R402.4.1.1, applicable to the method of construction, are field verified. Where
required by the building official, an approved party, independent from the
installer, shall inspect the air barrier. When this option is chosen, the
dwelling unit shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance with
Section 403 of the IMC.
R402.4.1.3 Leakage rate (Prescriptive). The building or
dwelling unit shall have an air leakage rate not exceeding 5 changes per hour
as verified in accordance with Section R402.4.1.2.
13. Change Section R403.1.1 to read:
R403.1.1 Programmable thermostat. The thermostat
controlling the primary heating or cooling system of the dwelling unit shall be
capable of controlling the heating and cooling system on a daily schedule to
maintain different temperature set points at different times of the day. This
thermostat shall include the capability to set back or temporarily operate the
system to maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C) or up to 85°F (29°C).
The thermostat shall initially be programmed with a heating temperature set
point no higher than 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature set point no lower
than 78°F (26°C).
14. 10. Change Section R403.2.2 R403.3.2
to read:
R403.2.2 R403.3.2 Sealing (Mandatory). Ducts,
air handlers, and filter boxes shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply
with either the IMC or the IRC, as applicable. Verification of compliance with
this section shall be in accordance with either Section R403.2.2.1 Sections
R403.3.3 and R403.3.4 when the testing option is chosen or Section R403.2.2.2
R403.3.5 when the visual inspection option is chosen.
Exceptions:
1. Air-impermeable spray foam products shall be permitted to
be applied without additional joint seals.
2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially
inaccessible, three screws or rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed
portion of the joint so as to prevent a hinge effect.
3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints
and seams in ducts operating at For ducts having a static pressures
pressure of less than 2 inches of water column (500 Pa) pressure
classification shall not require, additional closure systems shall
not be required for continuously welded joints and seams and locking-type
joints and seams of other than the snap-lock and button-lock types.
15. 11. Change Section R403.2.2.1 R403.3.5
to read:
R403.2.2.1 Testing option. Duct tightness shall be verified
by either of the following:
1. Post-construction test: Total leakage shall be less than
or equal to 6 cfm (169.9 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of
conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g.
(25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler
enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the
test.
2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal
to 5 cfm (141.5 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned
floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa)
across the system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All
register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air
handler is not installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less
than or equal to 5 cfm (141.5 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2)
of conditioned floor area.
Exception: The total leakage test is not required for ducts
and air handlers located entirely within the building thermal envelope.
When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by
approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and
results shall be as prescribed in Section R403.2.2 and approved recognized
industry standards.
16. Add Section R403.2.2.2 to read:
R403.2.2.2 R403.3.5 Visual inspection option. In
addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise required by this code, when the
air handler and all ducts are not within conditioned space and this option is
chosen to verify duct tightness, duct tightness shall be considered acceptable
when the requirements of Section R403.2.2 R403.3.5 are field
verified.
17. 12. Add Section R403.2.2.3 R403.3.6
to read:
R403.2.2.3 Sealed air handler. Air handlers shall have a
manufacturer's designation for an air leakage of no more than 2.0% of the
design air flow rate when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 193.
R403.3.6 Building cavities (Mandatory). Building framing
cavities shall not be used as ducts or plenums.
18. Change Section R403.4.2 to read:
R403.4.2 Hot water pipe insulation (Prescriptive).
Insulation for hot water pipe with a minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of
R-3 shall be applied to the following:
1. Piping larger than 3/4 inch nominal diameter.
2. Piping serving more than one dwelling unit.
3. Piping located outside the conditioned space.
4. Piping from the water heater to a distribution manifold.
5. Piping located under a floor slab.
6. Buried piping.
7. Supply and return piping in recirculation systems other
than demand recirculation systems.
19. Delete Table R403.4.2.
20. 13. Change
Section R403.6 R403.7 to read:
R403.6 R403.7 Equipment and appliance sizing.
Heating and cooling equipment and appliances shall be sized in accordance with
ACCA Manual S or other approved sizing methodologies based on building loads
calculated in accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and
cooling calculation methodologies.
Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance sizing
shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with Manual S
or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following conditions
apply:
1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes multi-stage
technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads calculated in
accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall within the
range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment or
appliance.
2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's
published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains
calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology and
the next larger standard size unit is specified.
3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest capacity
unit available from the specified manufacturer.
21. Change Section R404.1 to read:
R404.1 Lighting equipment (Mandatory). A minimum of 50% of
the lamps in permanently installed luminaires shall be high-efficacy lamps or a
minimum of 50% of the permanently installed luminaires shall contain only
high-efficacy lamps.
Exception: Low-voltage lighting shall not be required to
utilize high-efficiency lamps.
22. 14. Change the "Glazing" "Vertical
fenestration other than opaque doors" and "Air exchange
rate" categories of Table R405.5.2(1) to read:
Building Component |
Standard Reference Design |
Proposed Design |
|
Total areab is 15%
of the conditioned floor area. |
As proposed |
|
Orientation: equally
distributed to four cardinal compass orientations |
As proposed |
|
U-factor: from Table |
As proposed |
|
SHGC: From Table |
As proposed |
|
Interior
shade fraction: |
0.92-(0.21
x SHGC as proposed) |
|
External shading: none. |
As proposed |
Air exchange rate |
Air leakage rate of 5 air
changes per hour at a pressure of 0.2 inches w.g (50 Pa). The mechanical
ventilation rate shall be in addition to the air leakage rate and the same as
in the proposed design, but no greater than 0.01 Ã CFA + 7.5 Ã (Nbr
+ 1) where: CFA = conditioned floor area |
For residences that are not
tested, the same air leakage rate as the standard reference design. For
tested residences, the measured air exchange |
a. Where required by the code official, testing shall be conducted by
an approved party. Hourly calculations as specified in the ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals, or the equivalent shall be used to determine the energy loads
resulting from infiltration. b. The combined air exchange rate for infiltration and mechanical
ventilation shall be determined in accordance with Equation 43 of 2001 ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals, page 26.24 and the "Whole-house
Ventilation" provisions of 2001 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, page
26.19 for intermittent mechanical ventilation. |
15. Delete Section R503.1.1.1.
13VAC5-63-268. Chapter 15 Roof assemblies and rooftop
structures.
A. Change the title of IBC Section 1511 to read:
Roofing and Roofing Repair.
B. Change Section 1511.1 of
the IBC to read as follows and delete the remainder of Section 1511 of the IBC:
1511.1 General. Materials and methods of application used
for reroofing and roof repair shall comply with the applicable requirements of
Chapter 15 and the requirements of Section 303 of the VEBC.
13VAC5-63-270. Chapter 16 Structural design.
A. Change Section 1609.3 of the IBC to read:
1609.3 Basic wind speed. The ultimate design wind speed, Vult,
in miles per hour (mph), for the determination of the wind loads shall be
determined by Figures 1609A 1609.3(1), 1609B 1609.3(2),
and 1609C 1609.3(3). The ultimate design wind speed, Vult,
for use in the design of Risk Category II buildings and structures shall be
obtained from Figure 1609A 1609.3(1). The ultimate design wind
speed, Vult, for use in the design of Risk Categories III and IV
buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figure 1609B 1609.3(2).
The ultimate design wind speed, Vult, for use in the design of Risk
Category I buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figure 1609C 1609.3(3).
The ultimate design wind speeds for localities in special wind regions, near mountainous
terrains, and near gorges shall be based on elevation. Areas at 4,000 feet in
elevation or higher shall use 142 V mph (62.5 m/s) and areas under 4,000 feet
in elevation shall use 116 V mph (51 m/s). Gorge areas shall be based on the
highest recorded speed per locality or in accordance with local jurisdiction
requirements determined in accordance with Section 26.5.1 of ASCE 7.
In nonhurricane-prone regions, when the ultimate design wind
speed, Vult, is estimated from regional climatic data, the ultimate
design wind speed, Vult, shall be determined in accordance with
Section 26.5.3 of ASCE 7.
B. Add Section 1612.1.1 to the IBC to read:
1612.1.1 Elevation of manufactured homes. New or replacement
manufactured homes to be located in any flood hazard zone shall be placed in
accordance with the applicable elevation requirements of this code.
Exception: Manufactured homes installed on sites in an
existing manufactured home park or subdivision shall be permitted to be placed
so that the manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other
foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are no less than 36
inches (914 mm) above grade in lieu of being elevated at or above the base
flood elevation provided no manufactured home at the same site has sustained
flood damage exceeding 50% of the market value of the home before the damage
occurred.
13VAC5-63-280. Chapter 17 Special inspections and tests.
A. Change Section 1703.1 of the IBC to read:
1703.1 Approved agency. An approved agency responsible for
laboratory testing or special inspections, or both, must comply with the
qualification, certification and experience requirements of ASTM E329 or the
alternatives listed herein.
B. Change Section 1703.1.1 of the IBC to read:
1703.1.1 Independence. An approved agency shall be objective
and competent. The agency shall also disclose possible conflicts of interest so
that objectivity can be confirmed. The special inspector and their agents shall
be independent from the person, persons or contractor responsible for the
physical construction of the project requiring special inspections.
C. Change Section 1703.1.3 of the IBC to read:
1703.1.3 Personnel. An approved agency shall employ
experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating tests
or inspections, or both. Upon request by the building official, documentation
shall be provided demonstrating the applicable agency's accreditation as noted
in ASTM E329 and individuals' resumes indicating pertinent training,
certifications and other qualifications for special inspection personnel
associated with the proposed construction requiring special inspections. The
building official may prescribe the manner of qualification documentation and
frequency of updating information regarding agency or individual inspector
approval.
Firms providing special inspection services or individual
inspectors seeking approval of alternative certifications or qualifications, or
both, listed in ASTM E329 may submit documentation demonstrating equivalency.
This documentation may include evidence of meeting other recognized standards
or alternative certifications to demonstrate that the minimum qualifications,
certification and experience intended by ASTM E329 have been met. The building
official may, if satisfied that equivalency has been demonstrated, approve the
credentials of the firm or individual.
D. Change Section 1704.2 of
the IBC to read:
1704.2 Special inspections. Where application is made for
construction as described in this section, the owner shall employ one or more
special inspectors to provide inspections and tests during construction
on the types of work listed under Section 1704 1705. All
individuals or agents performing special inspection functions shall operate
under the direct supervision of an RDP in responsible charge of special
inspection activities, also known as the "special inspector." The
special inspector shall ensure that the individuals under their charge are
performing only those special inspections or laboratory testing that are
consistent with their knowledge, training and certification for the specified
inspection or laboratory testing.
Exceptions:
1. Special inspections and tests are not required for work
construction of a minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the
jurisdiction as approved by the building official.
2. Special inspections are not required for building
components unless the design involves the practice of professional engineering
or architecture as defined by the laws of this Commonwealth and regulations
governing the professional registration and certification of engineers and
architects.
3. Unless otherwise required by the building official, special
inspections are not required for occupancies in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 and
occupancies in Group U that are accessory to a residential occupancy including,
but not limited to, those listed in Section 312.1.
4. Special inspections and
tests are not required for portions of structures designed and constructed in
accordance with the cold-formed steel light-frame construction provisions of
Section 2211.7 or the conventional light-frame construction provisions of
Section 2308.
5. The contractor is
permitted to employ the approved agencies where the contractor is also the
owner.
E. Change Section 1704.2.3 of the IBC to read:
1704.2.3 Statement of special inspections. The permit
applicant shall submit a statement of special inspections prepared by the RDP
in responsible charge in accordance with Section 111.1. This statement shall be
in accordance with Section 1704.3.
Exceptions Exception:
1. A statement of special inspections is not required for
structures designed and constructed in accordance with the conventional
construction provisions of Section 2308.
2. The statement of special inspections is permitted to
be prepared by a qualified person approved by the building official for
construction not designed by a registered design professional.
F. Change category "12" of Table 1705.3 of the IBC
to read:
|
Contin-uous Special Inspec-tion |
Periodic Special Inspection |
Referenced Standarda |
IBC Reference |
12. Inspect formwork for
shape, location and dimen-sions of the concrete member being formed, shoring
and reshoring. |
-- |
X |
ACI 318: |
-- |
G. Delete Sections 1705.16 1705.17, 1705.16.1
1705.17.1, and 1705.16.2 1705.17.2 of the IBC.
13VAC5-63-290. Chapter 18 Soils and foundations.
A. Change the exception to Section 1804.5 1804.6
of the IBC to read:
Exception: Compacted fill material less than 12 inches (305
mm) in depth need not comply with an approved report, provided it is a natural
non-organic material that is not susceptible to swelling when exposed to
moisture and it has been compacted to a minimum of 90% Modified Proctor in
accordance with ASTM D1557. The compaction shall be verified by a qualified
inspector approved by the building official. Material other than natural
material may be used as fill material when accompanied by a certification from
an RDP and approved by the building official.
B. Add an exception to Section 1808.1 of the IBC to read:
Exception: One-story detached accessory structures not
exceeding 256 square feet (23.78m2) of building area, provided all
of the following conditions are met:
1. The building eave height is 10 feet (3048 mm) or less.
2. The maximum height from the finished floor level to grade
does not exceed 18 inches (457.2 mm).
3. The supporting structural elements in direct contact with
the ground shall be placed level on firm soil and when such elements are wood
they shall be approved pressure preservative treated suitable for ground
contact use.
4. The structure is anchored to withstand wind loads as
required by this code.
5. The structure shall be of light-frame construction with walls
and roof of light weight material, not slate, tile, brick or masonry.
13VAC5-63-295. Chapter 23 Wood.
A. Change Item 3.2 2 of Section 2308.2 2308.2.3
of the IBC to read:
3.2. 2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf (1916
N/m2) for floors.
Exception: Concrete slab-on-grade live load limited only by
allowable soil bearing pressure.
B. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.8(1) of the IBC
to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Change the indicated
rows of Table 2308.8(2) of the IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table
2308.9.5 of the IBC to read:
Table 2308.9.5
Header and Girder Spansa,b for Exterior Bearing
Walls
(Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern
Pine, and Spruce-Pine-Fir and Required Number of Jack Studs)
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or
better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine.
E. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table
2308.9.6 of the IBC to read:
Table 2308.9.6
Header and Girder Spansa,b for Interior Bearing
Walls
(Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern
Pine, and Spruce-Pine-Fir and Required Number of Jack Studs)
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2
Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or
better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine.
F. Change the indicated
rows of Table 2308.10.2(1) of the IBC to read:
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.2(2) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(1) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
I. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(2) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(3) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(4) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(5) of the
IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M. Change the indicated
rows of Table 2308.10.3(6) of the IBC to read:
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Change
Table 2308.4.1.1(1) of the IBC to read:
C. Change Table 2308.4.1.1(2)
of the IBC to read:
Table 2308.4.1.1(2) Header and Girder Spansa, b for Interior Bearing Walls (Maximum spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern Pine, and
Spruce-Pine-Firb and required number of jack studs) |
|||||||
Headers and Girders Supporting |
Size |
Building Widthc(feet) |
|||||
12 |
24 |
36 |
|||||
Spane |
NJd |
Spane |
NJd |
Spane |
NJd |
||
One floor only |
2-2 x 4 |
4-1 |
1 |
2-10 |
1 |
2-4 |
1 |
2-2 x 6 |
6-1 |
1 |
4-4 |
1 |
3-6 |
1 |
|
2-2 x 8 |
7-9 |
1 |
5-5 |
1 |
4-5 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 10 |
9-2 |
1 |
6-6 |
2 |
5-3 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 12 |
10-9 |
1 |
7-7 |
2 |
6-3 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 8 |
9-8 |
1 |
6-10 |
1 |
5-7 |
1 |
|
3-2 x 10 |
11-5 |
1 |
8-1 |
1 |
6-7 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 12 |
13-6 |
1 |
9-6 |
2 |
7-9 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 8 |
11-2 |
1 |
7-11 |
1 |
6-5 |
1 |
|
4-2 x 10 |
13-3 |
1 |
9-4 |
1 |
7-8 |
1 |
|
4-2 x 12 |
15-7 |
1 |
11-0 |
1 |
9-0 |
2 |
|
Two floors |
2-2 x 4 |
2-7 |
1 |
1-11 |
1 |
1-7 |
1 |
2-2 x 6 |
3-11 |
1 |
2-11 |
2 |
2-5 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 8 |
5-0 |
1 |
3-8 |
2 |
3-1 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 10 |
5-11 |
2 |
4-4 |
2 |
3-7 |
2 |
|
2-2 x 12 |
6-11 |
2 |
5-2 |
2 |
4-3 |
3 |
|
3-2 x 8 |
6-3 |
1 |
4-7 |
2 |
3-10 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 10 |
7-5 |
1 |
5-6 |
2 |
4-6 |
2 |
|
3-2 x 12 |
8-8 |
2 |
6-5 |
2 |
5-4 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 8 |
7-2 |
1 |
5-4 |
1 |
4-5 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 10 |
8-6 |
1 |
6-4 |
2 |
5-3 |
2 |
|
4-2 x 12 |
10-1 |
1 |
7-5 |
2 |
6-2 |
2 |
|
a. Spans are given in feet
and inches. b. Spans are based on the
minimum design properties for No. 2 grade lumber of Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir,
Southern Pine, and Spruce-Pine Fir. c. Building width is
measured perpendicular to the ridge. For widths between those shown, spans are
permitted to be interpolated. d. NJ - Number of jack
studs required to support each end. Where the number of required jack studs
equals one, the header is permitted to be supported by an approved framing
anchor attached to the full-height wall stud and to the header. e. Spans are calculated
assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular
framing. Where the top of the header or girder is not laterally braced (e.g.,
cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting
of 2x8, 2x10, or 2x12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0.70 or the header shall
be designed. |
13VAC5-63-298. Chapter 26 Plastic.
Change Section 2603.5.5 of the IBC to read:
2603.5.5 Vertical and lateral fire propagation. Exterior wall
assemblies shall be tested in accordance with, and comply with, acceptance
criteria of NFPA 285. Where noncombustible materials or combustible materials
permitted by Sections 603, 803, 806 or 1406 differ from assembly to assembly or
within an assembly, multiple tests shall not be required.
Exception Exceptions: Exterior wall
assemblies are not required to be tested in accordance with, and comply with,
acceptance criteria of NFPA 285 where any of the following conditions are met:
1. One-story buildings complying with Section 2603.4.1.4.
2. Wall assemblies where the foam plastic insulation is
covered on each face by a minimum of not less than 1-inch (25 mm)
thickness of masonry or concrete complying with either and meeting
one of the following:
2.1. There is no air space between the insulation and the
concrete or masonry; or.
2.2. The insulation has a flame spread index of not more than
25 as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 and the maximum air
space between the insulation and the concrete or masonry is not more than 1
inch (25 mm).
3. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
13VAC5-63-300. Chapter 27 Electrical.
A. Change Section 2701.1 of the IBC to read:
2701.1 Scope. This chapter governs the electrical components,
equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code.
Electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed
in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 70.
B. Add Section 2701.1.1 to the IBC to read:
2701.1.1 Changes to NFPA 70. The following change shall be
made to NFPA 70:
1. Change Sections 334.10(2) and 334.10(3) of NFPA 70 to read:
(2) Multifamily dwellings not exceeding four floors above
grade and multifamily dwellings of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV
and V construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12.
(3) Other structures not exceeding four floors above grade and
other structures of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV and V
construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12. In structures
exceeding four floors above grade, cables shall be concealed within walls,
floors or ceilings that provide a thermal barrier of material that has at least
a 15-minute finish rating as identified in listings of fire-rated assemblies.
For the purpose of Items 2 and 3 above, the first floor of a
building shall be that floor that has 50% or more of the exterior wall surface
area level with or above finished grade. One additional level that is the first
level and not designed for human habitation and used only for vehicle parking,
storage or similar use shall be permitted.
2. Change Exception 2 to Section 700.12(F) 700.12(F)(2)(6)
of NFPA 70 to read:
Exception No. 2 (6) Where the normal power
branch circuits that supply luminaires providing illumination immediately on
the inside and outside of exit doors are supplied by the same service or
feeder, the remote heads providing emergency illumination for the exterior of
an exit door shall be permitted to be supplied by the unit equipment serving
the area immediately inside the exit door.
C. Add Section 2701.1.2 to the IBC to read:
2701.1.2 Temporary connection to dwelling units. The building
official shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of
a one-family or two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements
have been approved:
1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter
socket enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated.
2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and
terminated.
3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected
circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated.
4. Service equipment covers shall be installed.
5. The building roof covering shall be installed.
6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable
for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather.
D. Add Section 2701.1.3 to the IBC to read:
2701.1.3 Assisted living facility generator requirements.
Generators installed to comply with regulations for assisted living facilities
licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be permitted to be
optional standby systems.
E. Change Section 2702.2.17 of the IBC to read:
2702.2.17 Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies. Emergency power shall
be provided in accordance with Section 407.11 407.10 for Group
I-2 occupancies licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital,
nursing or hospice facility. Emergency power shall be provided for doors in
Group I-3 occupancies in accordance with Section 408.4.2.
13VAC5-63-310. Chapter 28 Mechanical systems.
A. Change Section 2801.1 of the IBC to read:
2801.1 Scope. Mechanical appliances, equipment and systems
shall be constructed and installed in accordance with this chapter, the IMC and
the IFGC. Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the IMC
and Chapter 21 of this code.
Exception: This code shall not govern the construction of
water heaters, boilers and pressure vessels to the extent which they are regulated
by the Virginia Boiler and Pressure Vessel Regulations (16VAC25-50). However,
the building official may require the owner of a structure to submit
documentation to substantiate compliance with those regulations.
B. Add Section 2801.1.1 to the IBC to read:
2801.1.1 Required heating in dwelling units. Heating
facilities shall be required in every dwelling unit or portion thereof which is
to be rented, leased or let on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish
heat to the occupants thereof. The heating facilities shall be capable of
maintaining the room temperature at 65°F (18°C) during the period from October
15 to May 1 during the hours between 6:30 a.m. and 10:30 p.m. of each day and
not less than 60°F (16°C) during other hours when measured at a point three
feet (914 mm) above the floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls.
The capability of the heating system shall be based on the outside design
temperature required for the locality by this code.
C. Add Section 2801.1.2 to the IBC to read:
2801.1.2 Required heating in nonresidential structures.
Heating facilities shall be required in every enclosed occupied space in
nonresidential structures. The heating facilities shall be capable of producing
sufficient heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to maintain a
temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during all working hours. The required
room temperature shall be measured at a point three feet (914 mm) above the
floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls.
Processing, storage and operation areas that require cooling
or special temperature conditions and areas in which persons are primarily
engaged in vigorous physical activities are exempt from these requirements.
D. Add Section 2801.1.3 to the IBC to read:
2801.1.3 Changes to the IMC. The following changes shall be
made to the IMC:
1. Add the following definition to Section 202 of the IMC
to read:
Pollution control unit. Manufactured equipment that is
installed in a grease exhaust duct system for the purpose of extracting smoke,
grease particles, and odors from the exhaust flow by means of a series of
filters.
2. Change Section 403.3
403.3.1.1 of the IMC to read:
403.3 403.3.1.1 Outdoor airflow rate.
Ventilation systems shall be designed to have the capacity to supply the
minimum outdoor airflow rate determined in accordance with this section. In
each occupiable space, the ventilation system shall be designed to deliver the
required rate of outdoor airflow to the breathing zone. The occupant load
utilized for design of the ventilation system shall not be less than the number
determined from the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3
403.3.1.1. Ventilation rates for occupancies not represented in Table 403.3
403.3.1.1 shall be those for a listed occupancy classification that is
most similar in terms of occupant density, activities and building
construction; or shall be determined by an approved engineering analysis. The
ventilation system shall be designed to supply the required rate of ventilation
air continuously during the period the building is occupied, except as
otherwise stated in other provisions of the code.
With the exception of smoking lounges and other designated
areas where smoking is permitted, the ventilation rates in Table 403.3 403.3.1.1
are based on the absence of smoking in occupiable spaces.
Exception: The occupant load is not required to be determined
based on the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3
403.3.1.1 where approved statistical data document the accuracy of an
alternate anticipated occupant density.
2. 3. Add the following areas to Table 403.3
403.3.1.1 of the IMC in the occupancy classifications shown:
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICA-TION |
Occupant Density #/1000 ft2
a |
People Outdoor Airflow Rate in
Breathing Zone, Rp cfm/person |
Area Outdoor Airflow Rate in
Breathing Zone, Ra cfm/ft2a |
Exhaust Airflow Rate Cfm/ft2a |
Food and beverage service |
|
|
|
|
Bars or cocktail lounges
designated as an area where smoking is permittedb |
100 |
30 |
-- |
-- |
Cafeteria or fast food
designated as an area where smoking is permittedb |
100 |
20 |
-- |
-- |
Dining rooms designated as an
area where smoking is permittedb |
70 |
20 |
-- |
-- |
Public spaces |
|
|
|
|
Lounges designated as an area
where smoking is permittedb |
100 |
30 |
-- |
|
4. Change Section 504.8.2 of the IMC to read:
504.8.2 Duct installation. Exhaust ducts shall be supported
at 4-foot (1219 mm) intervals and secured in place. The insert end of the duct
shall extend into the adjoining duct or fitting in the direction of airflow.
Ducts shall not be joined with screws or similar fasteners that protrude into
the inside of the duct.
3. 5. Change Section 505.1 of the IMC to read:
505.1 Domestic systems. Where domestic range hoods and
domestic appliances equipped with downdraft exhaust are provided, such hoods
and appliances shall discharge to the outdoors through sheet metal ducts
constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, or copper. Such
ducts shall have smooth inner walls, shall be air tight, shall be equipped with
a backdraft damper, and shall be independent of all other exhaust systems.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R buildings, where installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions and where mechanical or natural
ventilation is otherwise provided in accordance with Chapter 4, listed and
labeled ductless range hoods shall not be required to discharge to the
outdoors.
2. Ducts for domestic kitchen cooking appliances equipped with
downdraft exhaust systems shall be permitted to be constructed of Schedule 40
PVC pipe and fittings provided that the installation complies with all of the
following:
2.1. The PVC duct shall be installed under a concrete slab
poured on grade.
2.2. The underfloor trench in which the PVC duct is installed
shall be completely backfilled with sand or gravel.
2.3. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm)
above the indoor concrete floor surface.
2.4. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm)
above grade outside of the building.
2.5. The PVC duct shall be solvent cemented.
4. Add 6. Change Section 505.3 505.4
to the IMC to read:
505.3 505.4 Other than Group R. In other than
Group R occupancies, where electric domestic cooking appliances are utilized
for domestic purposes, such appliances shall be provided with domestic range
hoods. Hoods and exhaust systems for such electric domestic cooking appliances
shall be in accordance with Sections 505.1 and 505.2. In other than Group R
occupancies, where fuel-fired domestic cooking appliances are utilized for
domestic purposes, a Type I or Type II hood shall be provided as required for
the type of appliances and processes in accordance with Section 507.2 507.1.
5. Change Section 507.2.3 of the IMC to read:
507.2.3 Domestic cooking appliances used for commercial
purposes. Domestic cooking appliances utilized for commercial purposes shall be
provided with a Type I or Type II hood as required for the type of appliances
and processes in accordance with Sections 507.2, 507.2.1, and 507.2.2. Domestic
cooking appliances utilized for domestic purposes shall comply with Section
505.
6. Change Section 908.5 of the IMC to read:
908.5 Water supply. Cooling towers, evaporative coolers,
and fluid coolers shall be provided with an approved water supply and sized for
peak demand. The quality of the water shall be provided in accordance the
equipment manufacturer's recommendations. The piping system and protection of
the potable water supply shall be installed as required by the IPC.
7. Change Item 4 of Section 928.1 of the IMC to read:
4. Be provided with an approved water supply and sized for
peak demand. The quality of the water shall be provided in accordance the
equipment manufacturer's recommendations. The piping system and protection of
the potable water supply shall be installed as required by the IPC.
7. Change Section 506.5 of the IMC to read:
506.5 Exhaust equipment. Exhaust equipment, including fans
and grease reservoirs, shall comply with Sections 506.5.1 through 506.5.6 and
shall be of an approved design or shall be listed for the application.
8. Add Section 506.5.6 to the IMC to read:
505.5.6 Pollution control units. The installation of
pollution control units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and all of the following:
1. Pollution control units shall be listed and labeled in
accordance with UL 1978.
2. Fans serving pollution control units shall be listed and
labeled in accordance with UL 762.
3. Pollution control units shall be mounted and secured in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the
International Building Code.
4. Pollution control units located indoors shall be listed
and labeled for such use. Where enclosed duct systems, as required by Section
506.3.11, are connected to a pollution control unit, such unit shall be located
in a room or space having the same fire-resistance rating as the duct
enclosure. Access shall be provided for serving and cleaning of the unit. The
space or enclosure shall be ventilated in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.
5. A clearance of not less than 18 inches (457 mm) shall be
maintained between the pollution control unit and combustible material.
6. Roof mounted pollution control units shall be listed for
exterior installation and shall be mounted not less than 18 inches (457 mm)
above the roof.
7. Exhaust outlets for pollution control units shall be in
accordance with Section 506.3.13.
8. An airflow differential pressure control shall be
provided to monitor the pressure drop across the filter sections of a pollution
control unit. When the airflow is reduced below the design velocity, the
airflow differential pressure control shall activate a visual alarm located in
the area where cooking operations occur.
9. Pollution control units shall be provided with a factory
installed fire suppression system.
10. Service space shall be provided in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions for the pollution control unit and the requirements
of Section 306.
11. Wash down drains shall discharge through a grease
interceptor and shall be sized for the flow. Drains shall be sealed with a trap
or other approved means to prevent air bypass. Where a trap is utilized it
shall have a seal depth that accounts for the system pressurization and
evaporation between cleanings.
12. Protection from freezing shall be provided for the
water supply and fire suppression systems where such systems are subject to
freezing.
13. Duct connections to pollution control units shall be in
accordance with Section 506.3.2.3. Where water splash or carryover can occur in
the transition duct as a result of a washing operation, the transition duct
shall slope downward toward the cabinet drain pan for a length not less than 18
inches (457 mm). Ducts shall transition to the full size of the unit inlet and
outlet openings.
14. Extra heavy duty appliance exhaust systems shall not be
connected to pollution control units except where such units are specifically
designed and listed for use with solid fuels.
15. Pollution control units shall be maintained in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
9. Change Section 607.5.5 of the IMC to read:
607.5.5 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are
permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be
protected with approved fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with
their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where steel
exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust
shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside.
2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are
tested in accordance with ASTM E119 as part of the fire-resistance-rated
assembly.
3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are
used as part of an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909
of the International Building Code.
4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the
penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than two-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.
5. Smoke dampers are not required where the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 of the International Building Code.
10. Add Section 607.6.2.2 to the IMC to read:
607.6.2.2 Equipment shutdown. Where ceiling radiation
dampers are listed as static dampers, the HVAC equipment shall be effectively
shut down to stop the airflow prior to the damper closing using one of the
following methods:
1. A duct detector installed in the return duct.
2. An area smoke detector interlocked with the HVAC
equipment.
3. A listed heat sensor installed in the return duct.
E. Add Section 2801.1.4 to the IBC to read:
2801.1.4 Changes to the IFGC. The following changes shall be
made to the IFGC:
1. Change Section 301.1 of the IFGC to read:
301.1 Scope. This code shall apply to the installation of fuel
gas piping systems, fuel gas utilization equipment, and related accessories as
follows:
1. Coverage of piping systems shall extend from the point of
delivery to the connections with gas utilization equipment. (See "point of
delivery.")
2. Systems with an operating pressure of 125 psig (862 kPa
gauge) or less.
Piping systems for gas-air mixtures within the flammable range
with an operating pressure of 10 psig (69 kPa gauge) or less.
LP-Gas piping systems with an operating pressure of 20 psig
(140 kPa gauge) or less.
3. Piping systems requirements shall include design,
materials, components, fabrication, assembly, installation, testing and
inspection.
4. Requirements for gas utilization equipment and related
accessories shall include installation, combustion and ventilation air and
venting.
This code shall not apply to the following:
1. Portable LP-Gas equipment of all types that are not
connected to a fixed fuel piping system.
2. Installation of farm equipment such as brooders,
dehydrators, dryers, and irrigation equipment.
3. Raw material (feedstock) applications except for piping to
special atmosphere generators.
4. Oxygen-fuel gas cutting and welding systems.
5. Industrial gas applications using gases such as acetylene
and acetylenic compounds, hydrogen, ammonia, carbon monoxide, oxygen, and
nitrogen.
6. Petroleum refineries, pipeline compressor or pumping
stations, loading terminals, compounding plants, refinery tank farms, and
natural gas processing plants.
7. Integrated chemical plants or portions of such plants where
flammable or combustible liquids or gases are produced by chemical reactions or
used in chemical reactions.
8. LP-Gas installations at utility gas plants.
9. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) installations.
10. Fuel gas piping in power and atomic energy plants.
11. Proprietary items of equipment, apparatus, or instruments
such as gas generating sets, compressors, and calorimeters.
12. LP-Gas equipment for vaporization, gas mixing, and gas
manufacturing.
13. Temporary LP-Gas piping for buildings under construction
or renovation that is not to become part of the permanent piping system.
14. Installation of LP-Gas systems for railroad switch
heating.
15. Installation of LP-Gas and compressed natural gas (CNG)
systems on vehicles.
16. Except as provided in Section 401.1.1, gas piping, meters,
gas pressure regulators, and other appurtenances used by the serving gas
supplier in the distribution of gas, other than undiluted LP-Gas.
17. Building design and construction, except as specified
herein.
2. Change Sections 310.1 and 310.1.1 of the IFGC to read:
310.1 Pipe and tubing. Each above-group portion of a gas
piping system that is likely to become energized shall be electrically
continuous and bonded to an effective ground-fault current path. Gas piping
shall be considered to be bonded where it is connected to appliances that are
connected to the equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying that
appliance. Corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) piping systems listed with
an arc resistant jacket or coating system in accordance with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26
shall comply with this section. Where any CSST segments of a piping system are
not listed with an arc resistant jacket or coating system in accordance with
ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26, Section 310.1.1 shall apply.
310.1.1 CSST without arc resistant jacket or coating
system. CSST gas piping systems and piping systems containing one or more
segments of CSST not listed with an arc resistant jacket or coating system in
accordance with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26 shall be bonded to the electrical service
grounding electrode system or, where provided, the lightning protection
electrode system and shall comply with Sections 310.1.1.1 through 310.1.1.5.
3. Add Section 404.11.3 to the IFGC to read:
404.11.3 Coating application. Joints in gas piping systems
shall not be coated prior to testing and approval.
4. Change Section 614.8.2 of the IFGC to read:
614.8.2 Duct installation. Exhaust ducts shall be supported
at 4-foot (1219 mm) intervals and secured in place. The insert end of the duct
shall extend into the adjoining duct or fitting in the direction of airflow.
Ducts shall not be joined with screws or similar fasteners that protrude into
the inside of the duct.
5. Change the following referenced standard in Chapter 8 of
the IFGC:
Standard Reference Number |
Title |
Referenced in Code Section Number |
ANSI LC1/CSA 6.26-14 |
Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using Corrugated Stainless Steel
Tubing (CSST) |
310.1, 310.1.1, 403.5.4 |
13VAC5-63-320. Chapter 29 Plumbing systems.
A. Change Section 2901.1 of the IBC to read:
2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the IPC shall
govern the design and installation of all plumbing systems and equipment,
except that as provided for in Section 103.10 for functional design, water
supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the
Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental
Quality. The approval of pumping and electrical equipment associated with such
water supply sources and sewage disposal systems shall, however, be the
responsibility of the building official.
Note: See also the Memorandum of Agreement in the
"Related Laws Package," which is available from DHCD.
B. Add Section 2901.1.1 to the
IBC to read:
2901.1.1 Changes to the IPC.
The following changes shall be made to the IPC:
1. Add the following
definitions to the IPC to read:
Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Fixtures and outlets that are
not dependent on potable water for the safe operation to perform their intended
use. Such fixtures and outlets may include, but are not limited to water
closets, urinals, irrigation, mechanical equipment, and hose connections to
perform operations, such as vehicle washing and lawn maintenance.
Nonpotable water systems. Water systems for the collection,
treatment, storage, distribution, and use or reuse of nonpotable water.
Nonpotable systems include reclaimed water, rainwater, and gray water systems.
Rainwater. Natural precipitation, including snow melt, from
roof surfaces only.
Reclaimed water. Reclaimed water means water resulting from
the treatment of domestic, municipal, or industrial wastewater that is suitable
for a water reuse that would not otherwise occur. Specifically excluded from
this definition is "gray water."
Stormwater. Precipitation that is discharged across the land
surface or through conveyances to one or more waterways and that may include
stormwater runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage.
2. Change the following definition definitions
in the IPC to read:
Gray water. Water discharged from lavatories, bathtubs,
showers, clothes washers, and laundry trays.
Rainwater. Natural precipitation, including snow melt, from
roof surfaces only.
Reclaimed water. Reclaimed water means water resulting from
the treatment of domestic, municipal, or industrial wastewater that is suitable
for a water reuse that would not otherwise occur. Specifically excluded from
this definition is "gray water."
3. Change the exception to Section 301.3 of the IPC to read:
Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and
laundry trays shall not be required to discharge to the sanitary drainage
system where such fixtures discharge to an approved nonpotable gray water
system in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 13.
4. Delete Sections 311 and 311.1 of the IPC.
5. Modify the Group A-5 "Description" category of
Table 403.1 of the IPC to read:
Stadiums, amusement parks, pools, bleachers, and grandstands
for outdoor sporting events and activitiesh |
6. Add footnote "h" "f" to
Table 403.1 of the IPC to read:
h. f. The occupant load for pools shall be in
accordance with the "Skating rinks, swimming pools" category of Table
1004.1.2 of the IBC.
7. Add Section 403.1.3 and Table 403.1.3 to the IPC to read:
403.1.3 Marina fixtures. Notwithstanding any provision to the
contrary, plumbing fixtures shall be provided for marinas in the minimum number
shown in Table 403.1.3. Fixtures shall be located within 500 feet walking
distance from the shore end of any dock they serve. Separate facilities shall
be provided for each sex with an equal number of fixtures of each type in each
facility, except that separate facilities are not required where the number of
slips is less than 25. Urinals may be substituted for up to 50% of water
closets.
Table 403.1.3 |
|||
Number of Slips |
Plumbing Fixtures |
||
Water Closets |
Lavatories |
Showers |
|
1 - 24 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
25 - 49 |
4 |
4 |
2 |
50 - 99 |
6 |
4 |
2 |
100 - 149 |
8 |
6 |
4 |
150 - 199 |
10 |
8 |
4 |
200 - 249 |
12 |
10 |
6 |
250 or greater |
Two additional fixtures of each type for each 100 additional
slips. |
8. Change Section 403.3.3 of the IPC to read:
403.3.3 Location of toilet facilities in occupancies other
than malls. In occupancies other than covered and open mall buildings, the
required public and employee toilet facilities shall be located not more than
one story above or below the space required to be provided with toilet
facilities, and the path of travel to such facilities shall not exceed a
distance of 500 feet (152 m).
Exceptions:
1. The location and maximum travel distances of
travel to required employee facilities in factory and industrial
occupancies are permitted to exceed that required by this section, provided
that the location and maximum travel distance are approved.
2. The location and maximum travel distances of
travel to the required public facilities located on cemetery property are
permitted to exceed that required by this section, provided that the location
and maximum travel distance are located on the same property and approved.
9. Change Section 405.3.2 of
the IPC to read:
405.3.2 Public lavatories. In employee and public toilet
rooms, the required lavatory shall be located in the same room as the required
water closet.
Exception: In educational use occupancies, the required
lavatory shall be permitted to be located adjacent to the room or space
containing the water closet provided that not more than one operational door is
between the water closet and the lavatory.
10. Add Section 602.2.1 to the IPC to read:
602.2.1 Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Nonpotable water
shall be permitted to serve nonpotable type fixtures and outlets in accordance
with Chapter 13.
11. Add Section 603.3 to the IPC to read:
603.3 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic water service piping that
connects to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer wire,
18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent product,
shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as the water
service piping and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed
to within five feet (1524 mm) of the building wall to the point where the
building water service pipe intersects with the public water supply. At a
minimum, one end of the wire shall terminate above grade to provide access to
the wire in a location that is resistant to physical damage, such as with a
meter vault or at the building wall.
12. Change Section 608.16.10 of the IPC to read:
608.16.10 Coffee machines and noncarbonated beverage
dispensers. The water supply connection to coffee machines and noncarbonated
beverage dispensers shall be protected against backflow by a backflow preventer
conforming to ASSE 1022 or 1024, or by an air gap.
12. 13. Delete Section 701.9 701.8
of the IPC.
13. 14. Add Section 703.6 to 703.7 of
the IPC to read:
703.6 703.7 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary
sewer piping that discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated
copper tracer wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an
equivalent product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same
trench as the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be
installed to within five feet (1524 mm) of the building wall to the point where
the building sewer intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of
the wire shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is
resistant to physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall.
14. 15. Add an
exception to Section 1101.2 of the IPC to read:
Exception. Rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be
permitted in accordance with Chapter 13.
15. Change the title of Chapter 13 of the IPC to
"Nonpotable Water Systems."
16. Change Sections 1301.1 through 1301.12 and add Sections
1301.13 through 1301.18, including subsections, to the IPC to read:
1301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 13 shall govern the
materials, design, construction, and installation of nonpotable water systems
subject to this code. In addition to the applicable provision of this section,
reclaimed water shall comply with the requirements of Section 1304.
1301.1.1 Design of nonpotable water systems. All portions of
nonpotable water systems subject to this code shall be constructed using the
same standards and requirements for the potable water systems or drainage
systems as provided for in this code unless otherwise specified in this
chapter.
1301.2 Makeup water. Makeup water shall be provided for all
nonpotable water supply systems. The makeup water system shall be designed and
installed to provide supply of water in the amounts and at the pressures
specified in this code. The makeup water supply shall be potable and be
protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable requirements of
Section 608.
1301.2.1 Makeup water sources. Potable water shall be provided
as makeup water for reclaimed water systems. Nonpotable water shall be
permitted to serve as makeup water for gray water and rainwater systems.
1301.2.2 Makeup water supply valve. A full-open valve shall be
provided on the makeup water supply line.
1301.2.3 Control valve alarm. Makeup water systems shall be
fitted with a warning mechanism that alerts the user to a failure of the inlet
control valve to close correctly. The alarm shall activate before the water
within the storage tank begins to discharge into the overflow system.
1301.3 Sizing. Nonpotable water distribution systems shall be
designed and sized for peak demand in accordance with approved engineering
practice methods that comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 6.
1301.4 Signage required. All nonpotable water outlets, other
than water closets and urinals, such as hose connections, open-ended pipes, and
faucets shall be identified at the point of use for each outlet with signage
that reads as follows: "Nonpotable water is utilized for (insert
application name). Caution: nonpotable water. DO NOT DRINK." The words
shall be legibly and indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed of
corrosion-resistant waterproof material or shall be indelibly printed on the
fixture. The letters of the words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm)
in height and in colors in contrast to the background on which they are
applied. The pictograph shown in Figure 1301.4 shall appear on the signage
required by this section.
|
1301.5 Potable water supply system connections. Where a
potable water supply system is connected to a nonpotable water system, the
potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Section 608.
1301.6 Nonpotable water system connections. Where a nonpotable
water system is connected and supplies water to another nonpotable water
system, the nonpotable water system that supplies water shall be protected
against backflow in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 608.
1301.7 Approved components and materials. Piping, plumbing
components, and materials used in the nonpotable water drainage and
distribution systems shall be approved for the intended application and
compatible with the water and any disinfection or treatment systems used.
1301.8 Insect and vermin control. Nonpotable water systems
shall be protected to prevent the entrance of insects and vermin into storage
and piping systems. Screen materials shall be compatible with system material
and shall not promote corrosion of system components.
1301.9 Freeze protection. Nonpotable water systems shall be
protected from freezing in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter
3.
1301.10 Nonpotable water storage tanks. Nonpotable water
storage tanks shall be approved for the intended application and comply with
Sections 1301.10.1 through 1301.10.12.
1301.10.1 Sizing. The holding capacity of storage tanks shall
be sized for the intended use.
1301.10.2 Inlets. Storage tank inlets shall be designed to
introduce water into the tank and avoid agitating the contents of the storage
tank. The water supply to storage tanks shall be controlled by fill valves or
other automatic supply valves designed to stop the flow of incoming water
before the tank contents reach the overflow pipes.
1301.10.3 Outlets. Outlets shall be located at least 4 inches
(102 mm) above the bottom of the storage tank and shall not skim water from the
surface.
1301.10.4 Materials and location. Storage tanks shall be
constructed of material compatible with treatment systems used to treat water.
Above grade storage vessels shall be constructed using opaque, UV-resistant
materials such as tinted plastic, lined metal, concrete, or wood or painted to
prevent algae growth. Above grade storage tanks shall be protected from direct sunlight
unless their design specifically incorporates the use of the sunlight heat
transfer. Wooden storage tanks shall be provided with a flexible liner. Storage
tanks and their manholes shall not be located directly under soil or waste
piping or sources of contamination.
1301.10.5 Foundation and supports. Storage tanks shall be
supported on a firm base capable of withstanding the storage tank's weight when
filled to capacity. Storage tanks shall be supported in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the IBC.
1301.10.5.1 Ballast. Where the soil can become saturated, an
underground storage tank shall be ballasted, or otherwise secured, to prevent
the effects of buoyancy. The combined weight of the tank and hold down ballast
shall meet or exceed the buoyancy force of the tank. Where the installation
requires a foundation, the foundation shall be flat and shall be designed to
support the storage tank weight when full, consistent with the bearing
capability of adjacent soil.
1301.10.5.2 Structural support. Where installed below grade,
storage tank installations shall be designed to withstand earth and surface
structural loads without damage.
1301.10.6 Overflow. The storage tank shall be equipped with an
overflow pipe having a diameter not less than that shown in Table 606.5.4. The
overflow outlet shall discharge at a point not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
above the roof or roof drain, floor or floor drain, or over an open
water-supplied fixture. The overflow outlet shall terminate through a check
valve. Overflow pipes shall not be directed on walkways. The overflow drain
shall not be equipped with a shutoff valve. A minimum of one cleanout shall be
provided on each overflow pipe in accordance with the applicable provisions of
Section 708.
1301.10.7 Access. A minimum of one access opening shall be
provided to allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. Access openings
shall have an approved locking device or other approved method of securing
access. Below grade storage tanks, located outside of the building, shall be
provided with either a manhole not less than 24 inches (610 mm) square or a
manhole with an inside diameter not less than 24 inches (610 mm). The design
and installation of access openings shall prohibit surface water from entering
the tank. Each manhole cover shall have an approved locking device or other
approved method of securing access.
Exception: Storage tanks under 800 gallons (3028 L) in volume
installed below grade shall not be required to be equipped with a manhole, but
shall have an access opening not less than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter to
allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior.
1301.10.8 Venting. Storage tanks shall be vented. Vents shall
not be connected to sanitary drainage system. Vents shall be at least equal in
size to the internal diameter of the drainage inlet pipe or pipes connected to
the tank. Where installed at grade, vents shall be protected from contamination
by means of a U-bend installed with the opening directed downward. Vent outlets
shall extend a minimum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) above grade, or as necessary to
prevent surface water from entering the storage tank. Vent openings shall be
protected against the entrance of vermin and insects. Vents serving gray water
tanks shall terminate in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections
903 and 1301.8.
1301.10.9 Drain. Where drains are provided they shall be
located at the lowest point of the storage tank. The tank drain pipe shall
discharge as required for overflow pipes and shall not be smaller in size than
specified in Table 606.5.7. A minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on each
drain pipe in accordance with Section 708.
1301.10.10 Labeling and signage. Each nonpotable water storage
tank shall be labeled with its rated capacity and the location of the upstream
bypass valve. Underground and otherwise concealed storage tanks shall be
labeled at all access points. The label shall read: "CAUTION: NONPOTABLE
WATER â" DO NOT DRINK." Where an opening is provided that could allow the
entry of personnel, the opening shall be marked with the words: "DANGER â"
CONFINED SPACE." Markings shall be indelibly printed on a tag or sign
constructed of corrosion-resistant waterproof material mounted on the tank or
shall be indelibly printed on the tank. The letters of the words shall be not
less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm) in height and shall be of a color in contrast
with the background on which they are applied.
1301.10.11 Storage tank tests. Storage tanks shall be tested
in accordance with the following:
1. Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow
line prior to and during inspection. All seams and joints shall be left exposed
and the tank shall remain watertight without leakage for a period of 24 hours.
2. After 24 hours, supplemental water shall be introduced for
a period of 15 minutes to verify proper drainage of the overflow system and
verify that there are no leaks.
3. Following a successful test of the overflow, the water
level in the tank shall be reduced to a level that is at 2 inches (50.8 mm)
below the makeup water offset point. The tank drain shall be observed for
proper operation. The makeup water system shall be observed for proper
operation, and successful automatic shutoff of the system at the refill
threshold shall be verified. Water shall not be drained from the overflow at
any time during the refill test.
4. Air tests shall be permitted in lieu of water testing as
recommended by the tank manufacturer or the tank standard.
1301.10.12 Structural strength. Storage tanks shall meet the
applicable structural strength requirements of the IBC.
1301.11 Trenching requirements for nonpotable water system
piping. Underground nonpotable water system piping shall be horizontally
separated from the building sewer and potable water piping by 5 feet (1524 m)
of undisturbed or compacted earth. Nonpotable water system piping shall not be
located in, under, or above sewage systems cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank
drainage fields, or seepage pits. Buried nonpotable system piping shall comply
with the requirements of this code for the piping material installed.
Exceptions:
1. The required separation distance shall not apply where the
bottom of the nonpotable water pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the sewer is
equal to or greater than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the highest point
of the sewer and the pipe materials conforms to Table 702.3.
2. The required separation distance shall not apply where the
bottom of the potable water service pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
nonpotable water pipe is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the
highest point of the nonpotable water pipe and the pipe materials comply with
the requirements of Table 605.4.
3. Nonpotable water pipe is permitted to be located in the
same trench with building sewer piping, provided that such sewer piping is
constructed of materials that comply with the requirements of Table 702.2.
4. The required separation distance shall not apply where a
nonpotable water pipe crosses a sewer pipe, provided that the pipe is sleeved
to at least 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from the sewer pipe centerline on
both sides of such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table 702.2.
5. The required separation distance shall not apply where a
potable water service pipe crosses a nonpotable water pipe provided that the
potable water service pipe is sleeved for a distance of at least 5 feet (1524
mm) horizontally from the centerline of the nonpotable pipe on both sides of
such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table 702.2.
1301.12 Outdoor outlet access. Sillcocks, hose bibs, wall
hydrants, yard hydrants, and other outdoor outlets that are supplied by
nonpotable water shall be located in a locked vault or shall be operable only
by means of a removable key.
1301.13 Drainage and vent piping and fittings. Nonpotable
drainage and vent pipe and fittings shall comply with the applicable material
standards and installation requirements in accordance with provisions of
Chapter 7.
1301.13.1. Labeling and marking. Identification of nonpotable
drainage and vent piping shall not be required.
1301.14 Pumping and control system. Mechanical equipment,
including pumps, valves, and filters, shall be accessible and removable in
order to perform repair, maintenance, and cleaning. The minimum flow rate and
flow pressure delivered by the pumping system shall be designed for the
intended application in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section
604.
1301.15 Water-pressure reducing valve or regulator. Where the
water pressure supplied by the pumping system exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa) static,
a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to reduce the pressure in the
nonpotable water distribution system piping to 80 psi (552 kPa) static or less.
Pressure-reducing valves shall be specified and installed in accordance with
the applicable provisions of Section 604.8.
1301.16 Distribution pipe. Distribution piping utilized in
nonpotable water stems shall comply with Sections 1301.16.1 through 1301.16.4.
1301.16.1 Materials, joints, and connections. Distribution
piping and fittings shall comply with the applicable material standards and
installation requirements in accordance with applicable provisions of Chapter
6.
1301.16.2 Design. Distribution piping shall be designed and
sized in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 6.
1301.16.3 Labeling and marking. Distribution piping labeling
and marking shall comply with Section 608.8.
1301.16.4 Backflow prevention. Backflow preventers shall be
installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 608.
1301.17 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall be
performed in accordance with Sections 1301.17.1 through 1301.17.5.
1301.17.1 Drainage and vent pipe test. Drain, waste, and vent
piping used for gray water and rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be
tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 312.
1301.17.2 Storage tank test. Storage tanks shall be tested in
accordance with the Section 1301.10.11.
1301.17.3 Water supply system test. Nonpotable distribution
piping shall be tested in accordance with Section 312.5.
1301.17.4 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention
assemblies. The testing of backflow preventers and backwater valves shall be
conducted in accordance with Section 312.10.
1301.17.5 Inspection of vermin and insect protection. Inlets
and vent terminations shall be visually inspected to verify that each
termination is installed in accordance with Section 1301.10.8.
1301.18 Operation and maintenance manuals. Operations and maintenance
materials for nonpotable water systems shall be provided as prescribed by the
system component manufacturers and supplied to the owner to be kept in a
readily accessible location.
17. Change the title of Section 1302 of the IPC to "Gray
Water Nonpotable Water Systems."
18. Change Sections 1302.1 through 1302.6, including
subsections, of the IPC to read as follows and delete Sections 1302.7
through 1302.13:
1302.1 Gray water nonpotable water systems. This code is
applicable to the plumbing fixtures, piping or piping systems, storage tanks,
drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of the distribution system
for gray water within buildings and to storage tanks and associated piping that
are part of the distribution system for gray water outside of buildings. This
code does not regulate equipment used for, or the methods of, processing,
filtering, or treating gray water, that may be regulated by the Virginia
Department of Health or the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality.
1302.1.1 Separate systems. Gray water nonpotable water
systems, unless approved otherwise under the permit from the Virginia
Department of Health, shall be separate from the potable water system of a
building with no cross connections between the two systems except as permitted
by the Virginia Department of Health.
1302.2 Water quality. Each application of gray water reuse
shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections
1302.2.1 through 1302.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies.
1302.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse
application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or
both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water
quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse.
1302.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used for
disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per
million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine. Where
ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts
per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use.
1302.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be
filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for
inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other
approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.
Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter
shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance.
1302.2.4 Filtration required. Gray water utilized for water
closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron or
finer filter.
1302.3 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in gray water
nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section 1301.10.
1302.4 Retention time limits. Untreated gray water shall be
retained in storage tanks for a maximum of 24 hours.
1302.5 Tank Location. Storage tanks shall be located with a
minimum horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table
1302.5.1.
Table 1302.5.1 |
|
Element |
Minimum Horizontal Distance |
Lot line adjoining private lots |
|
Sewage systems |
5 |
Septic tanks |
5 |
Water wells |
50 |
Streams and lakes |
50 |
Water service |
5 |
Public water main |
10 |
1302.6 Valves. Valves shall be supplied on gray water
nonpotable water drainage systems in accordance with Sections 1302.6.1 and
1302.6.2.
1302.6.1 Bypass valve. One three-way diverter valve certified
to NSF 50 or other approved device shall be installed on collection piping
upstream of each storage tank, or drainfield, as applicable, to divert
untreated gray water to the sanitary sewer to allow servicing and inspection of
the system. Bypass valves shall be installed downstream of fixture traps and
vent connections. Bypass valves shall be labeled to indicate the direction of
flow, connection, and storage tank or drainfield connection. Bypass valves
shall be provided with access for operation and maintenance. Two shutoff valves
shall not be installed to serve as a bypass valve.
1302.6.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be installed
on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from draining
back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping arrangement is
installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the tank, such as in
the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be required. Backwater
valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance with Section 715.
19. Change the title of Section 1303 of the IPC to
"Rainwater Nonpotable Water Systems."
20. Change Sections 1303.1 through 1303.10, including
subsections, of the IPC to read as follows and delete Sections 1303.11 through
1303.16:
1303.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern
the design, construction, installation, alteration, and repair of rainwater
nonpotable water systems for the collection, storage, treatment, and
distribution of rainwater for nonpotable applications.
1303.2 Water quality. Each application of rainwater reuse
shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections
1303.2.1 through 1303.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies.
1303.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse
application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or
both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water
quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse.
1303.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used for
disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per
million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine. Where
ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts
per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use.
1303.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be
filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for
inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other
approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.
Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter
shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance.
1303.2.4 Filtration required. Rainwater utilized for water
closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron or
finer filter.
1303.3 Collection surface. Rainwater shall be collected only
from aboveground impervious roofing surfaces constructed from approved materials.
Overflow or discharge piping from appliances or equipment, or both, including
but not limited to evaporative coolers, water heaters, and solar water heaters
shall not discharge onto rainwater collection surfaces.
1303.4 Collection surface diversion. At a minimum, the first
0.04 inches (1.016 mm) of each rain event of 25 gallons (94.6 L) per 1000
square feet (92.9 m2) shall be diverted from the storage tank by
automatic means and not require the operation of manually operated valves or
devices. Diverted water shall not drain onto other collection surfaces that are
discharging to the rainwater system or to the sanitary sewer. Such water shall
be diverted from the storage tank and discharged in an approved location.
1303.5 Pre-tank filtration. Downspouts, conductors, and
leaders shall be connected to a pre-tank filtration device. The filtration
device shall not permit materials larger than 0.015 inches (0.4 mm).
1303.6 Roof gutters and downspouts. Gutters and downspouts
shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the collection
surface and the rainwater quality for the desired end use. Joints shall be made
watertight.
1303.6.1 Slope. Roof gutters, leaders, and rainwater
collection piping shall slope continuously toward collection inlets. Gutters
and downspouts shall have a slope of not less than 1 unit in 96 units along
their entire length and shall not permit the collection or pooling of water at
any point.
Exception: Siphonic roof drainage systems installed in
accordance with Chapter 11 shall not be required to have slope.
1303.6.2 Size. Gutters and downspouts shall be installed and
sized in accordance with Section 1106.6 and local rainfall rates.
1303.6.3 Cleanouts. Cleanouts or other approved openings shall
be provided to permit access to all filters, flushes, pipes, and downspouts.
1303.7 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in rainwater
nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section 1301.10.
1303.8 Location. Storage tanks shall be located with a minimum
horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table 1303.8.1.
Table 1303.8.1 |
|
Element |
Minimum Horizontal Distance |
Lot line adjoining private
lots |
|
Sewage systems |
5 |
Septic tanks |
5 |
1303.9 Valves. Valves shall be installed in collection and
conveyance drainage piping of rainwater nonpotable water systems in accordance
with Sections 1303.9.1 and 1303.9.2.
1303.9.1 Influent diversion. A means shall be provided to
divert storage tank influent to allow maintenance and repair of the storage
tank system.
1303.9.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be installed
on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from draining
back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping arrangement is
installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the tank, such as in
the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be required. Backwater
valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance with Section 715.
1303.10 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall be
performed in accordance with Sections 1303.10.1 through 1303.10.2.
1303.10.1 Roof gutter inspection and test. Roof gutters shall
be inspected to verify that the installation and slope is in accordance with
Section 1303.6.1. Gutters shall be tested by pouring a minimum of one gallon of
water into the end of the gutter opposite the collection point. The gutter
being tested shall not leak and shall not retain standing water.
1303.10.2 Collection surface diversion test. A collection
surface diversion test shall be performed by introducing water into the gutters
or onto the collection surface area. Diversion of the first quantity of water
in accordance with the requirements of Section 1303.4 shall be verified.
21. Add Section 1304 entitled "Reclaimed Water
Systems" to the IPC.
22. Add Change Sections 1304.1 and 1304.2 to the
IPC to read as follows and delete Sections 1304.3 and 1304.4:
1304.1 General. Reclaimed water, water reclamation systems,
reclaimed water distribution systems, and allowable nonpotable reuses of
reclaimed water are as defined or specified in and governed by the Virginia
Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740). Permits from the Virginia
State Water Control Board are required for such systems and reuses. The
provisions of Section 1304 shall govern the design, construction, installation,
alterations, and repair of plumbing fixtures, piping or piping systems, storage
tanks, drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of the distribution
system for reclaimed water within buildings and to storage tanks for reclaimed
water as defined in the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation
(9VAC25-740) and associated piping outside of buildings that deliver reclaimed water
into buildings. Where conflicts occur between this code and the Virginia Water
Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), the provisions of the Virginia
Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740) shall apply unless
determined otherwise by the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality and
DHCD through a memorandum of agreement.
1304.2 Design of reclaimed water systems. The design of
reclaimed water systems shall conform to applicable requirements of Section
1301.
Exception: The design of reclaimed water systems shall conform
to applicable requirements of the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse
Regulation (9VAC25-740) for the following:
1. Identification, labeling, and posting of signage for
reclaimed water systems in lieu of signage requirements described in Section
1301.4.
2. Sizing of system storage as defined in the Virginia Water
Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), in addition to storage sizing
requirements described in Section 1301.10.1.
3. Signage and labeling for reclaimed water storage in
addition to labeling and signage requirements described in Section 1301.10.10.
4. Minimum separation distances and configurations for
in-ground reclaimed water distribution piping in lieu of trenching requirements
for nonpotable water systems described in Section 1301.11.
23. Add the following referenced standard to Chapter 14 of
the IPC:
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Modify the Group A-5 "Description" category of
Table 2902.1 of the IBC to read:
Stadiums, amusement parks, pools, bleachers, and grandstands
for outdoor sporting events and activitiesh |
D. Add footnote "h" to Table 2902.1 of the IBC to
read:
h. The occupant load for pools shall be in accordance with the
"Skating rinks, swimming pools" category of Table 1004.1.2.
13VAC5-63-330. Chapter 30 Elevators and conveying systems.
A. Change Section 3002.4 of the IBC to read:
3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. Where
elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more
stories below, grade plane, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire
department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a
size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24 inches by 84
inches (610 mm by 2134 mm) with not less than five-inch (127 mm) radius
corners, in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the
international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol
shall not be less than three inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on
both sides of the hoistway door frame on the designated and alternate landing
floors required to be established by ASME A17.1.
Exception: Elevators in multistory dwelling units or guest
rooms.
B. Change Section 3003.3 of the IBC to read:
3003.3 Fire service elevator keys. All elevators shall be
equipped to operate with either a standardized or non-standardized fire service
elevator key in accordance with the IFC.
C. Change Section 3006.4 3005.4 of the IBC to
read:
3006.4 3005.4 Machine and control rooms, control
spaces, and machinery spaces. Elevator machine rooms, rooms and spaces housing
elevator controllers, and machinery spaces shall be enclosed with fire barriers
constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed
in accordance with Section 711, or both. The fire-resistance rating shall not
be less than the required rating of the hoistway enclosure. Openings in the
fire barriers shall be protected with assemblies having a fire protection
rating not less than that required for the hoistway enclosure doors.
Exception: In buildings four stories or less above grade plane
when elevator machine rooms, rooms and spaces housing elevator controllers, and
machinery spaces do not abut and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure
they serve, the elevator machine rooms, rooms and spaces housing elevator
controllers, and machinery spaces are not required to be fire-resistance rated.
D. Add Section 3006.7 3005.7 to the IBC to
read:
3006.7 3005.7 Machine-room-less designs. Where
machine-room-less designs are utilized they shall comply with the provisions of
ASME A17.1 and incorporate the following:
1. Where the elevator car-top will be used as a work platform,
it shall be equipped with permanently installed guards on all open sides.
Guards shall be permitted to be of collapsible design, but otherwise must
conform to all applicable requirements of this code for guards.
2. Where the equipment manufacturer's procedures for machinery
removal and replacement depend on overhead structural support or lifting
points, such supports or lifting points shall be permanently installed at the
time of initial equipment installation.
3. Where the structure that the elevator will be located in is
required to be fully sprinklered by this code, the hoistway that the elevator
machine is located in shall be equipped with a fire suppression system as a
machine room in accordance with NFPA 13. Smoke detectors for the automatic
initiation of Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, and heat detectors or other
approved devices that automatically disconnect the main line power supply to
the elevators, shall be installed within the hoistway.
E. Delete Section 3006 of the IBC in its entirety.
F. Change Section 3008.1 of the IBC to read:
3008.1 General. Where elevators in buildings greater than 420
feet (128 016 mm) in building height are to be used for occupant
self-evacuation during fires, all passenger elevators for general public use
shall comply with this section.
13VAC5-63-350. Chapter 34 Existing structures. (Repealed.)
Delete Chapter 34 of the IBC in its entirety.
13VAC5-63-360. Chapter 35 Referenced standards.
Change the referenced standards in Chapter 35 of the IBC as
follows (standards not shown remain the same):
Standard reference number |
Title |
Referenced in code section number |
ASTM E329-02 |
Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction |
1703.1, 1703.1.3 |
API 650-09 |
Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage |
|
API 653-09 |
Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration and Reconstruction |
|
|
|
|
ASME A18.1-2011 |
Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts |
1109.8 |
NFPA 91-15 |
Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors,
Mists and Particulate Solids |
430.3.6 |
|
International Swimming Pool and Spa Code |
202, 3109.1, 3109.1.1 |
TFI RMIP-09 |
Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid Fertilizer,
Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices |
|
|
|
|
UL 2075-13 |
Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors |
|
13VAC5-63-370. Appendix F Rodent proofing.
The following provisions of Appendix F of the IBC are part of
this code:
F101.2 Foundation wall ventilation openings.
F101.6 Pier and wood construction. (Includes all provisions.)
Part II
Rehabilitation Existing Buildings
13VAC5-63-400. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.
A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide
Building Code, Part II, Rehabilitation Existing Buildings, may be
cited as the "Virginia Rehabilitation Code," "Virginia
Existing Building Code" or as the "VRC." "VEBC."
B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 16
of the 2012 2015 International Existing Building Code, published
by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by
reference to be an enforceable part of the VRC VEBC. The term
"IEBC" means the 2012 2015 International Existing
Building Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc. Any codes and
standards referenced in the IEBC are also considered to be part of the
incorporation by reference, except that such codes and standards are used only
to the prescribed extent of each such reference.
C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is
used in the VRC VEBC to correlate the numbering system of the
Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IEBC. IEBC
numbering system designations are provided in the catchlines of the Virginia
Administrative Code sections and cross references between sections or chapters
of the VRC VEBC use only the IEBC numbering system designations.
The term "chapter" is used in the context of the numbering system of
the IEBC and may mean a chapter in the VRC VEBC, a chapter in the
IEBC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the context of
the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to designate a
chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly indicated.
D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The VRC
VEBC is comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1,
Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC,
which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to
the text of the incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically
identified, including any new chapters added. The terminology "changes to
the text of the incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically identified,
including any new chapters added" shall also be referred to as the
"state amendments to the IEBC." Such state amendments to the IEBC are
set out using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IEBC numbering
system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IEBC is not incorporated as part of
the VRC VEBC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of the
IEBC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC is generally invalid.
However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a
provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed
to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision.
E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The
provisions of this code shall be used as follows:
1. The term "this code," or "the
code," where used in the provisions of Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 16 of
the IEBC, or in the state amendments to the IEBC, means the VRC VEBC,
unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
2. The term "this code," or "the
code," where used in a code or standard referenced in the IEBC VEBC,
means that code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
3. The term "USBC" where used in this code,
means the VCC, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition,
where the phrase "of the International Building Code under which the
building was constructed" is used in the IEBC, it shall be construed to
mean the USBC or other code that was in effect when the building was built.
Further, the
4. The use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide
information only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code
provision.
5. Notes in the IEBC, in the codes and standards
referenced in the IEBC and in the state amendments to the IEBC, may modify the
content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of
the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
6. References to International Codes and standards, where
used in this code, include state amendments made to those International Codes
and standards in the VCC.
Note: See Section 101.2 of the VCC for a list of major
codes and standards referenced in the VCC.
F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of this
code shall be used as follows:
1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC that address the same subject matter
and impose differing requirements.
2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
3. The state amendments to the IEBC supersede any provisions
of Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC that address the same subject matter and impose
differing requirements.
4. The state amendments to the IEBC supersede any provisions
of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address the same subject
matter and impose differing requirements.
5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of
Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not
limited to provisions relating to the scope and enforcement of the code. Any
provisions of Chapters 2 - 16 of the IEBC or any provisions of the codes and
standards referenced in the IEBC that address the same subject matter to a
lesser or greater extent are deleted and replaced by the provisions of Chapter
1. Further, any administrative requirements contained in the state amendments
to the IEBC shall be given the same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1.
Notwithstanding the above, where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 16
of the IEBC or of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC are
specifically identified as valid administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of
this code or in the state amendments to the IEBC, then such requirements are
not deleted and replaced.
Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,
conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,
procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.
H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used
in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions
addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or
provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.
13VAC5-63-410. Section 102 Purpose and scope.
A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-99.01 of
the Code of Virginia, the General Assembly of Virginia has declared that (i)
there is an urgent need to improve the housing conditions of low and moderate
income individuals and families, many of whom live in substandard housing,
particularly in the older cities of the Commonwealth; (ii) there are large
numbers of older residential buildings in the Commonwealth, both occupied and
vacant, which are in urgent need of rehabilitation and must be rehabilitated if
the state's citizens are to be housed in decent, sound, and sanitary
conditions; and (iii) the application of those building code requirements
currently in force to housing rehabilitation has sometimes led to the imposition
of costly and time-consuming requirements that result in a significant
reduction in the amount of rehabilitation activity taking place.
The General Assembly further declares that (i) there is an
urgent need to improve the existing condition of many of the Commonwealth's
stock of commercial properties, particularly in older cities; (ii) there are
large numbers of older commercial buildings in the Commonwealth, both occupied
and vacant, that are in urgent need of rehabilitation and that must be rehabilitated
if the citizens of the Commonwealth are to be provided with decent, sound and
sanitary work spaces; and (iii) the application of the existing building code
to such rehabilitation has sometimes led to the imposition of costly and
time-consuming requirements that result in a significant reduction in the
amount of rehabilitation activity taking place.
B. Section 102.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall
control the:
1. The rehabilitation, reconstruction, alteration, and
repair, and change of occupancy of existing buildings and structures in
occupancies other than Group R-5 and shall be permitted to be used as an
alternative to compliance with the VCC for additions or portions
thereof.
Exception: The use of the VCC for occupancies classified as
Group R-5.
2. Additions to existing buildings in any
occupancy classification and for reconstruction, alteration or repair in Group
R-5 occupancies and structures or portions thereof.
Exception: The use of this code the VCC shall not
be permitted for.
3. The change of occupancy involving to other
than occupancies classified as Group I-2 or I-3.
Exception: The use of the VCC for change of occupancy to
occupancies classified as Group R-5 shall be permitted.
4. Retrofit provisions provided in Chapter 17.
13VAC5-63-430. Chapter 2 Definitions.
A. Change Section 201.3 of the
IEBC to read:
201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the other International Codes, such
terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in those codes, except that
terms that are not defined in this code and that are defined in the VCC shall
take precedence over other definitions.
B. Change the following definition definitions
in Section 202 of the IEBC to read:
Alteration. Any construction or renovation to an existing
structure other than a repair or addition.
Change of occupancy. A change in the use or occupancy of
any building or structure that would place the building or structure in a
different division of the same group of occupancies or in a different group of
occupancies or a change in the purpose or level of activity within a building
or structure that involves a change in application of the requirements of this
code.
Existing building. A building for which a legal certificate of
occupancy has been issued under any edition of the USBC or approved by the
building official when no legal certificate of occupancy exists, and that
has been occupied for its intended use; or, a building built prior to the
initial edition of the USBC.
Substantial improvement. For the purpose of determining
compliance with the flood provisions of this code, any improvement, including
repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, or addition, or other
improvement of a building or structure or a portion thereof, the cost of which
equals or exceeds 50% of the market value of the building or structure before
the improvement or repair is started. If the building or structure or portion
thereof has sustained substantial damage, any improvements are considered
substantial improvement regardless of the actual improvement performed. The
term does not, however, include either:
1. Any project for improvement of a building or structure
or portion thereof required to correct existing health, sanitary, or safety
code violations identified by the building official and that is the minimum
necessary to assure safe living conditions; or
2. Any alteration of a historic structure, provided that
the alteration will not preclude the building or structure's continued designation
as a historic building or structure.
Work area. That intended room, space, or portion of a
building or structure where a wall or walls are added, relocated, or removed.
Work area excludes (i) the addition or elimination of any door or window; (ii) the
reconfiguration or extension of any system; (iii) the installation of any
additional equipment; (iv) the removal of finished flooring or ceiling
materials; (v) adjacent rooms or other rooms, spaces, or portions of the
building or structure where incidental work entailed by the intended work must
be performed; and (vi) portions of the building or structure where work not
initially intended is specifically required by this code.
C. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the
IEBC to read:
Existing structure. A structure (i) for which a legal
building permit has been issued under any edition of the USBC, (ii) which has
been previously approved, or (iii) which was built prior to the initial edition
of the USBC. For application of provisions in flood hazard areas, an existing
structure is any building or structure for which the start of construction
commenced before the effective date of the community's first flood plain
management code, ordinance, or standard.
D. Delete the following definitions from Section 202 of
the IEBC:
Approved
Dangerous
Deferred submittal
Facility
Flood hazard area
Registered design professional in responsible charge
Relocatable building
Unsafe
13VAC5-63-431. Chapter 3 Provisions for all compliance
methods.
A. Change Section 301.1 of the IEBC to read:
301.1 General. The repair, alteration, change of occupancy,
or addition of all existing buildings shall comply with one of the methods
listed in Section 301.1.05, 301.1.1, 301.1.2, or 301.1.3, as selected by the
applicant. Sections 301.1.05, 301.1.1, 301.1.2, and 301.1.3 shall not be
applied in combination with each other. Moved buildings and structures shall
comply with Chapter 13 of this code. Where this code requires consideration of
the seismic force-resisting system of an existing building subject to repair,
alteration, change of occupancy, addition, or relocation of existing buildings,
the seismic evaluation and design shall be based on Section 301.1.4 regardless
of which compliance method is used.
B. Add Section 301.1.05 to the IEBC to read:
301.1.05 Previous code compliance method. Alterations and
repairs complying with the requirements of the building code under which the
building or structure or the affected portions thereof was built, or as
previously approved by the building official, shall be considered in compliance
with the provisions of this code, unless the building or structure or the
affected portions thereof is undergoing a substantial structural alteration as
described in Section 907.4.2. New structural members added as part of the
alteration or repairs shall comply with the IBC. Alterations and repairs of
existing buildings in flood hazard areas shall comply with Section 601.3 for
repairs or Section 701.3 for alterations.
C. Change Sections 301.1.1 through 301.1.3 of the IEBC to
read:
301.1.1 Prescriptive compliance method. Repairs,
alterations, addition, and changes of occupancy complying with Chapter 4 of
this code shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of this code.
301.1.2 Proportional compliance method. Repairs,
alterations, additions, and changes of occupancy complying with the applicable
requirements of Chapters 5 through 12 of this code shall be considered in
compliance with the provisions of this code.
301.1.3 Performance compliance method. Repairs,
alterations, additions, and changes of occupancy complying with Chapter 14 of
this code shall be considered in compliance with the provisions of this code.
D. Add Section 302.6, including subsections and tables, to
the IEBC to read:
302.6 Change of occupancy in existing Group B teaching and
research laboratories. Where the use of new or different hazardous materials or
a change in the amount of hazardous materials in existing Group B testing and
research laboratories in educational occupancies above the 12th grade would
constitute a change of occupancy, this section shall be permitted to be used as
an acceptable alternative to compliance with change of occupancy requirements
to permit the increased amounts of hazardous materials stipulated without the
laboratories being classified as Group H. In addition, as set out in Section
5001.7 of the SFPC, approval under this section is contingent upon operational
requirements in the SFPC being complied with and maintained.
302.6.1 Hazardous materials in existing Group B teaching
and research laboratories. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of
hazardous materials per control area and the number of control areas permitted
at each floor level within an existing building shall be permitted to comply with
Table 302.6.1(1) in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the VCC or shall be permitted to
comply with Table 302.6.1(2) in buildings not equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the VCC.
Table 302.6.1(1) Design and Number of
Control Areas in Existing Buildings Equipped Throughout with an Automatic
Sprinkler System in Accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the VCC with Group B
Teaching and Research Laboratories in Educational Occupancies above the 12th
Grade |
||||
Floor Level |
Percentage of the Maximum
Allowable Quantity per Control Areaa |
Number of Control Areas per
Floor |
Fire-Resistance Rating for
Fire Barriers and Horizontal Assemblies in Hoursb |
|
Above Grade Plane |
Higher than 20 |
5 |
1 |
2 |
10-20 |
10 |
1 |
2 |
|
7-9 |
25 |
2 |
2 |
|
4-6 |
50 |
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
75 |
2 |
1 |
|
2 |
100 |
3 |
1 |
|
1 |
100 |
4 |
1 |
|
Below Grade Plane |
1 |
75 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
50 |
2 |
1 |
|
Lower than 2 |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
|
a. Percentage shall be of the maximum allowable quantity
per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) of the VCC, with all
increases allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal
assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the
building. |
Table 302.6.1(2) Design and Number of
Control Areas in Existing Buildings Not Equipped Throughout with an Automatic
Sprinkler System in Accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the VCC with Group B
Teaching and Research Laboratories in Educational Occupancies above the 12th
Grade |
||||
Floor Level |
Percentage of the Maximum Allowable Quantity per Control Areaa |
Number of Control Areas per Floor |
Fire-Resistance Rating for Fire Barriers and Horizontal Assemblies in
Hoursb |
|
Above Grade Plane |
Higher than 9 |
5 |
1 |
2 |
7-9 |
10 |
2 |
2 |
|
4-6 |
25 |
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
75 |
2 |
1 |
|
2 |
100 |
3 |
1 |
|
1 |
100 |
4 |
1 |
|
Below Grade Plane |
1 |
75 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
50 |
2 |
1 |
|
Lower than 2 |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
Not Allowed |
|
a. Percentage shall be of the maximum allowable quantity
per control area shown in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) of the VCC, with all
increases allowed in the notes to those tables. b. Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal
assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the
building. |
302.6.1.1 Automatic fire alarm and detection systems. An
automatic fire alarm system shall be provided throughout the building in
accordance with Section 907 of the VCC. An automatic fire detection system
shall be provided in the control area in accordance with Section 907 of the VCC
where pyrophics or Class 4 oxidizers are used and the building is not equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 of the VCC.
302.6.1.2 System supervision and monitoring. Automatic fire
detection systems shall be electronically supervised and monitored by an
approved supervising station or, where approved, shall initiate an audible and
visual signal at a constantly attended onsite location.
E. Add IEBC Section 303
Reroofing and roof repair.
F. Add Sections 303.1 through 303.7, including
subsections, to the IEBC to read:
303.1 Reroofing. Materials and methods of application used
for recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall comply with this
section and the applicable requirements of Chapter 15 of the IBC.
Exceptions:
1. Roof replacement or roof recover of existing low-slope
roof coverings shall not be required to meet the minimum design slope
requirement of one-quarter unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2% slope) in Section
1507 of the IBC for roofs that provide positive roof drainage.
2. Recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall
not be required to meet the requirement for secondary (emergency overflow)
drains or scuppers in Section 1503.4 of the IBC for roofs that provide for
positive roof drainage.
For the purposes of this exception, existing secondary
drainage or scupper systems required in accordance with the IBC shall not be
removed unless they are replaced by secondary drains or scuppers designed and
installed in accordance with Section 1503.4 of the IBC.
303.2 Structural and construction loads. Structural roof
components shall be capable of supporting the roof-covering system and the
material and equipment loads that will be encountered during installation of
the system.
303.3 Roof replacement. Roof replacement shall include the
removal of all existing layers of roof coverings down to the roof deck.
Exception: Where the existing roof assembly includes an ice
barrier membrane that is adhered to the roof deck, the existing ice barrier
membrane shall be permitted to remain in place and covered with an additional
layer of ice barrier membrane in accordance with Section 1507 of the IBC.
303.3.1 Roof recover. The installation of a new roof
covering over an existing roof covering shall be permitted where any of the
following conditions occur:
1. Complete and separate roofing systems, such as
standing-seam metal roof systems, which are designed to transmit the roof loads
directly to the building's structural system and do not rely on existing roofs
and roof coverings for support, shall not require the removal of existing roof
coverings.
2. Metal panel, metal shingle, and concrete and clay tile
roof coverings shall be permitted to be installed over existing wood shake
roofs when applied in accordance with Section 706.4.
3. The application of a new protective coating over an
existing spray polyurethane foam roofing system shall be permitted without
tear-off of existing roof coverings.
4. Where the new roof covering is installed in accordance
with the roof covering manufacturer's approved instructions.
Exceptions. A roof recover shall not be permitted where any
of the following conditions occur:
1. Where the existing roof or roof covering is water soaked
or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or roof covering is not
adequate as a base for additional roofing.
2. Where the existing roof covering is slate, clay, cement,
or asbestos-cement tile.
3. Where the existing roof has two or more applications of any
type of roof covering.
303.4 Roof recovering. Where the application of a new roof
covering over wood shingle or shake roofs creates a combustible concealed
space, the entire existing surface shall be covered with gypsum board, mineral
fiber, glass fiber or other approved materials securely fastened in place.
303.5 Reinstallation of materials. Existing slate, clay, or
cement tile shall be permitted for reinstallation, except that damaged,
cracked, or broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled. Existing vent
flashing, metal edgings, drain outlets, collars, and metal counterflashings
shall not be reinstalled where rusted, damaged, or deteriorated. Aggregate
surfacing materials shall not be reinstalled.
303.6 Flashings. Flashings shall be reconstructed in
accordance with approved manufacturer's installation instructions. Metal
flashing to which bituminous materials are to be adhered shall be primed prior
to installation.
303.7 Roof repair. Roof repairs shall comply with this
section. Work on nondamaged components that is necessary for the required
repair of damaged components shall be considered part of the roof repair and
shall not be subject to the requirements of other parts of this code.
Exception: Routine maintenance required by this section,
ordinary repairs exempt from permit in accordance with Section 108.2 of the
VCC, and abatement of wear due to normal service conditions shall not be
subject to the requirements for roof repairs in this section.
303.7.1 Building materials and systems. Building materials
and systems shall comply with the requirements of Sections 303.7.1.1 and
303.7.1.2.
303.7.1.1 Existing materials. Materials already in use in a
building in compliance with requirements or approvals in effect at the time of
its erection or installation shall be permitted to remain in use unless
determined by the building official to be unsafe.
303.7.1.2 New and replacement materials. Except as
otherwise required or permitted by this code, materials permitted by the
applicable code for new construction shall be used. Like materials shall be
permitted for repairs, provided no hazard to life, health, or property is
created. Hazardous materials shall not be used where the code for new
construction would not permit their use in buildings of similar occupancy,
purpose and location.
13VAC5-63-432.5. Chapter 4 Prescriptive compliance method.
Delete Section 409 of the IEBC in its entirety.
13VAC5-63-433. Chapter 5 Classification of work.
A. Change Section 501.1 of the IEBC to read:
501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall be used
in conjunction with Chapters 6 through 12 and shall apply to the alteration,
repair, addition and change of occupancy of existing structures, including
historic structures, as referenced in Section 301.1.2. The work performed on an
existing building shall be classified in accordance with this chapter.
B. Change Section 504.1 of the IEBC to read:
504.1 Scope. Level 2 alterations include the addition or
elimination of any door or window, the reconfiguration or extension of any
system, or the installation of any additional equipment and shall apply where
the work area is less than 50% of the building area.
C. Add Section 505.1.1 to the IEBC to read:
505.1.1 Special provisions. A building separated
horizontally in compliance with VCC Section 510.2 shall be considered as
separate and distinct buildings for the purpose of determining building area
used for application of this section.
D. Delete Section 509 of the IEBC in its entirety.
13VAC5-63-433.5. Chapter 7 Alterations -- Level 1.
A. Delete IEBC Section 706 Reroofing in its entirety.
B. Delete IEBC Sections 707.3, 707.3.1, and 707.3.2.
13VAC5-63-434. Chapter 8 Alterations -- Level 2.
A. Change the exception in Section 801.1 of the IEBC to
read:
Exception: Buildings in which the alteration is exclusively
the result of compliance with the accessibility requirements of Section 705.2
shall be permitted to comply with Chapter 7.
B. Change Exception 2 of Section 805.2 of the IEBC
to read:
2. Means of egress conforming to the requirements of the
building code under which the building was constructed shall be considered
compliant means of egress.
B. C. Change Item 7 of Section 805.3.1.1 of the
IEBC to read:
7. In Groups R-2, H-4, H-5 and I occupancies and in rooming
houses and childcare centers, a single exit is permitted in a one-story
building with a maximum occupant load of 10 and the exit access travel distance
does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). In dwelling units within Group R-2 buildings,
an occupant load of 12 shall be permitted to be substituted for the occupant
load established above and, in addition, staff of such family day homes shall
not be counted for the purposes of establishing occupant loads.
D. Change Section 805.3.2 of the IEBC to read:
805.3.2 Mezzanines. Mezzanines in the work area and with an
occupant load of more than 50 or in which the common path of egress travel
distance to an exit or exit access doorway exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall
have access to at least two independent means of egress.
Exception: Two independent means of egress are not required
where the travel distance to an exit does not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm) and
the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system.
E. Delete Section 805.3.3 of the IEBC.
F. Change Section 805.4.1.1 of the IEBC to read:
805.4.1.1 Occupant load and travel distance. In any work
area, all rooms and spaces having an occupant load greater than 50 or in which
the common path of egress travel distance to an exit or exit access doorway
exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have a minimum of two egress doorways.
Exceptions:
1. Storage rooms having a maximum occupant load of 10.
2. Where the work area is served by a single exit in
accordance with Section 805.3.1.1.
G. Change Section 808.3 of the IEBC to read:
808.3 Residential occupancies. In Groups R-2, R-3, R-4, and
R-5 occupancies and buildings regulated by the IRC, the requirements of
Sections 808.3.1 through 808.3.7 shall be applicable only to work areas located
within a dwelling unit.
H. Change Section 809.1 of the IEBC to read:
809.1 Work areas or converted spaces. All work areas
intended for occupancy and all spaces converted to habitable or occupiable
space in any work area shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation
in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
Exception: Existing mechanical ventilation systems shall
comply with the requirements of Section 809.2.
13VAC5-63-434.5. Chapter 9 Alterations -- Level 3.
A. Change Section 901.2 of the IEBC to read:
901.2 Compliance. In addition to the provisions of this
chapter, work shall comply with all of the requirements of Chapters 7 and 8.
The requirements of Sections 803, 804, and 805 shall apply within all work
areas whether or not they include exits and corridors shared by more than one
tenant and regardless of the occupant load.
Exception: Buildings in which the alteration affecting
exits or shared egress access is exclusively the result of compliance with the
accessibility requirements of Section 705.2 shall not be required to comply
with this chapter.
B. Change Section 903.1 of the IEBC to read:
903.1 Existing stairways. Existing stairways that are part
of the means of egress shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 803.2.1,
and its exceptions if applicable, from the highest work area floor to and
including the level of exit discharge and all floors below.
C. Change Section 904.2 of the IEBC to read:
904.2 Fire alarm and detection systems. Fire alarm and
detection shall be provided throughout the work area in accordance with Section
907 of the IBC as required for new construction.
13VAC5-63-435. Chapter 10 Change of occupancy.
Add Group R-5 to the occupancy classifications listed
under the fourth relative hazard level in Tables 1012.4 and 1012.5.
13VAC5-63-439. Chapter 13 Relocated or moved buildings.
A. Change the title of Chapter 13 of the IEBC to
"Moved Buildings and Structures."
B. Change Section 1301.1 of the IEBC to read:
1301.1 Scope. This chapter provides requirements for moved
buildings and structures.
13VAC5-63-440. Chapter 14 Performance compliance methods.
A. Change Section 1401.1 of the IEBC to read:
1401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to
the alteration, repair, addition, and change of occupancy of existing
structures, including historic and moved structures, as referenced in Section
301.1.3. The provisions of this chapter are intended to maintain or increase
the current degree of public safety, health, and general welfare in existing
buildings while permitting repair, alteration, addition, and change of
occupancy without requiring full compliance with Chapters 5 through 12, except
where compliance with other provisions of this code is specifically required in
this chapter.
B. Change Section 1401.2 of the IEBC to read:
1401.2 Applicability. Work involving rehabilitation,
additions, alterations, or changes of occupancy shall be made to conform
to the requirements of this chapter or the provisions of Chapters 5 through 13.
The provisions in Sections 1401.2.1 through 1401.2.5 shall apply to existing
occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E,
F, I-2, M, R, S, and U. These provisions shall not apply to
buildings with occupancies in Group H or I I-1, I-3, or I-4.
Exception: The provisions of this chapter shall not apply
to changes of occupancy involving Group I-2.
B. C. Add an exception to Section 1401.2.1 of
the IEBC to read:
Exception: Plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems in
buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be subject to any applicable
requirements of Chapter 10.
C. Change Section 1401.2.5 of the IEBC to read:
1401.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the
buildings proposed for change of occupancy and all alterations to existing
buildings shall conform to the applicable accessibility provisions of Section
410.
Part III
Maintenance
13VAC5-63-450. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General.
A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide
Building Code, Part III, Maintenance, may be cited as the "Virginia
Maintenance Code," or as the "VMC."
B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 8
of the 2012 2015 International Property Maintenance Code,
published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated
by reference to be an enforceable part of the VMC. The term "IPMC"
means the 2012 2015 International Property Maintenance Code,
published by the International Code Council, Inc. Any codes and standards
referenced in the IPMC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by
reference, except that such codes and standards are used only to the prescribed
extent of each such reference.
C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is
used in the VMC to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia
Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IPMC. IPMC numbering
system designations are provided in the catchlines of the Virginia
Administrative Code sections and cross references between sections or chapters
of the Virginia Maintenance Code use only the IPMC numbering system
designations. The term "chapter" is used in the context of the
numbering system of the IPMC and may mean a chapter in the VMC, a chapter in
the IPMC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the
context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to
designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly
indicated.
D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The VMC is
comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1,
Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC,
which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to
the text of the incorporated chapters of the IPMC which are specifically
identified. The terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated
chapters of the IPMC which are specifically identified" shall also be
referred to as the "state amendments to the IPMC." Such state
amendments to the IPMC are set out using corresponding chapter and section
numbers of the IPMC numbering system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the
IPMC is not incorporated as part of the VMC, any reference to a provision of
Chapter 1 of the IPMC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC is
generally invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly
correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference
may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1
provision.
E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term
"this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of
Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC, or in the state amendments to the
IPMC, means the VMC, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term
"this code," or "the code," where used in a code or
standard referenced in the IPMC, means that code or standard, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "USBC" where used in
this code means the VCC unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In
addition, the use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and
shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in
the IPMC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC, and in the state
amendments to the IPMC, may modify the content of a related provision and shall
be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.
F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of this
code shall be used as follows:
1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC that address the same subject matter
and impose differing requirements.
2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
3. The state amendments to the IPMC supersede any provisions
of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC that address the same subject matter and impose
differing requirements.
4. The state amendments to the IPMC supersede any provisions
of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC that address the same subject
matter and impose differing requirements.
5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC supersede any
provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC that address the
same subject matter and impose differing requirements.
G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions
of Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not
limited to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees,
permits, inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC
or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC which
address the same subject matter to a lesser or greater extent are deleted and
replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements
contained in the state amendments to the IPMC shall be given the same
precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where
administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC or of the codes and
standards referenced in the IPMC are specifically identified as valid
administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state
amendments to the IPMC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced.
Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,
conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,
procedural and enforcement requirements of this code.
H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms
used in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions
addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or
provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid.
Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6
may be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IPMC
and in the referenced codes and standards.
13VAC5-63-470. Section 103 Application of code.
A. Section 103.1 General. This code prescribes regulations
for the maintenance of all existing buildings and structures and associated equipment,
including regulations for unsafe buildings and structures.
B. Section 103.2 Maintenance requirements. Buildings and,
structures and systems shall be maintained and kept in good repair in
accordance with the requirements of this code and when applicable in accordance
with the USBC under which such building or structure was constructed. No
provision of this code shall require alterations to be made to an existing
building or structure or to equipment unless conditions are present which meet
the definition of an unsafe structure or a structure unfit for human occupancy.
C. 103.2.1 Maintenance of nonrequired components and
systems. Nonrequired components and systems may be discontinued in use provided
that no hazard results from such discontinuance of use.
C. D. 103.2.1 Maintenance of nonrequired fire
protection systems. Nonrequired fire protection systems shall be maintained to
function as originally installed. If any such systems are to be reduced in
function or discontinued, approval shall be obtained from the building official
in accordance with Section 103.8.1 of the VCC.
D. E. Section 103.3 Continued approval.
Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary, alterations shall
not be required to be made to existing buildings or structures which are
occupied in accordance with a certificate of occupancy issued under any edition
of the USBC.
E. F. Section 103.4 Rental Inspections. In
accordance with § 36-105.1:1 of the Code of Virginia, these provisions are
applicable to rental inspection programs. For purposes of this section:
"Dwelling unit" means a building or structure or
part thereof that is used for a home or residence by one or more persons who
maintain a household.
"Owner" means the person shown on the current real
estate assessment books or current real estate assessment records.
"Residential rental dwelling unit" means a dwelling
unit that is leased or rented to one or more tenants. However, a dwelling unit
occupied in part by the owner thereof shall not be construed to be a
residential rental dwelling unit unless a tenant occupies a part of the
dwelling unit that has its own cooking and sleeping areas, and a bathroom,
unless otherwise provided in the zoning ordinance by the local governing body.
The local governing body may adopt an ordinance to inspect
residential rental dwelling units for compliance with this code and to promote
safe, decent and sanitary housing for its citizens, in accordance with the
following:
1. Except as provided for in subdivision 3 of this subsection,
the dwelling units shall be located in a rental inspection district established
by the local governing body in accordance with this section; and
2. The rental inspection district is based upon a finding by
the local governing body that (i) there is a need to protect the public health,
safety and welfare of the occupants of dwelling units inside the designated
rental inspection district; (ii) the residential rental dwelling units within
the designated rental inspection district are either (a) blighted or in the process
of deteriorating or (b) the residential rental dwelling units are in the need
of inspection by the building department to prevent deterioration, taking into
account the number, age and condition of residential dwelling rental units
inside the proposed rental inspection district; and (iii) the inspection of
residential rental dwelling units inside the proposed rental inspection
district is necessary to maintain safe, decent and sanitary living conditions
for tenants and other residents living in the proposed rental inspection
district. Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize one or more
locality-wide rental inspection districts and a local governing body shall
limit the boundaries of the proposed rental inspection districts to such areas of
the locality that meet the criteria set out in this subsection; or
3. An individual residential rental dwelling unit outside of a
designated rental inspection district is made subject to the rental inspection
ordinance based upon a separate finding for each individual dwelling unit by
the local governing body that (i) there is a need to protect the public health,
welfare and safety of the occupants of that individual dwelling unit; (ii) the
individual dwelling unit is either (a) blighted or (b) in the process of
deteriorating; or (iii) there is evidence of violations of this code that
affect the safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for tenants living in
such individual dwelling unit.
For purposes of this section, the local governing body may
designate a local government agency other than the building department to
perform all or part of the duties contained in the enforcement authority
granted to the building department by this section.
Before adopting a rental inspection ordinance and
establishing a rental inspection district or an amendment to either, the
governing body of the locality shall hold a public hearing on the proposed
ordinance. Notice of the hearing shall be published once a week for two
successive weeks in a newspaper published or having general circulation in the
locality.
Upon adoption by the local governing body of a rental
inspection ordinance, the building department shall make reasonable efforts to
notify owners of residential rental dwelling units in the designated rental
inspection district, or their designated managing agents, and to any individual
dwelling units subject to the rental inspection ordinance, not located in a
rental inspection district, of the adoption of such ordinance, and provide
information and an explanation of the rental inspection ordinance and the
responsibilities of the owner thereunder.
The rental inspection ordinance may include a provision that
requires the owners of dwelling units in a rental inspection district to notify
the building department in writing if the dwelling unit of the owner is used
for residential rental purposes. The building department may develop a form for
such purposes. The rental inspection ordinance shall not include a registration
requirement or a fee of any kind associated with the written notification
pursuant to this subdivision. A rental inspection ordinance may not require
that the written notification from the owner of a dwelling unit subject to a
rental inspection ordinance be provided to the building department in less than
60 days after the adoption of a rental inspection ordinance. However, there
shall be no penalty for the failure of an owner of a residential rental
dwelling unit to comply with the provisions of this subsection, unless and
until the building department provides personal or written notice to the
property owner, as provided in this section. In any event, the sole penalty for
the willful failure of an owner of a dwelling unit who is using the dwelling
unit for residential rental purposes to comply with the written notification
requirement shall be a civil penalty of up to $50. For purposes of this
subsection, notice sent by regular first-class mail to the last known address
of the owner as shown on the current real estate tax assessment books or
current real estate tax assessment records shall be deemed compliance with this
requirement.
Upon establishment of a rental inspection district in
accordance with this section, the building department may, in conjunction with
the written notifications as provided for above, proceed to inspect dwelling
units in the designated rental inspection district to determine if the dwelling
units are being used as a residential rental property and for compliance with
the provisions of this code that affect the safe, decent and sanitary living
conditions for the tenants of such property.
If a multifamily development has more than 10 dwelling units,
in the initial and periodic inspections, the building department shall inspect
only a sampling of dwelling units, of not less than two and not more than 10%
of the dwelling units, of a multifamily development, that includes all of the
multifamily buildings that are part of that multifamily development. In no
event, however, shall the building department charge a fee authorized by this section
for inspection of more than 10 dwelling units. If the building department
determines upon inspection of the sampling of dwelling units that there are
violations of this code that affect the safe, decent and sanitary living
conditions for the tenants of such multifamily development, the building
department may inspect as many dwelling units as necessary to enforce these
provisions, in which case, the fee shall be based upon a charge per dwelling
unit inspected, as otherwise provided in the fee schedule established pursuant
to this section.
Upon the initial or periodic inspection of a residential
rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection ordinance, the building
department has the authority under these provisions to require the owner of the
dwelling unit to submit to such follow-up inspections of the dwelling unit as
the building department deems necessary, until such time as the dwelling unit
is brought into compliance with the provisions of this code that affect the
safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for the tenants.
Except as provided for above, following the initial
inspection of a residential rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection
ordinance, the building department may inspect any residential rental dwelling
unit in a rental inspection district, that is not otherwise exempted in
accordance with this section, no more than once each calendar year.
Upon the initial or periodic inspection of a residential
rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection ordinance for compliance
with these provisions, provided that there are no violations of this code that
affect the safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for the tenants of such
residential rental dwelling unit, the building department shall provide, to the
owner of such residential rental dwelling unit, an exemption from the rental
inspection ordinance for a minimum of four years. Upon the sale of a
residential rental dwelling unit, the building department may perform a
periodic inspection as provided above, subsequent to such sale. If a
residential rental dwelling unit has been issued a certificate of occupancy
within the last four years, an exemption shall be granted for a minimum period
of four years from the date of the issuance of the certificate of occupancy by
the building department. If the residential rental dwelling unit becomes in
violation of this code during the exemption period, the building department may
revoke the exemption previously granted under this section.
A local governing body may establish a fee schedule for
enforcement of these provisions, which includes a per dwelling unit fee for the
initial inspections, follow-up inspections and periodic inspections under this
section.
The provisions of this section shall not in any way alter the
rights and obligations of landlords and tenants pursuant to the applicable
provisions of Chapter 13 (§ 55-217 et seq.) or Chapter 13.2 (§ 55-248.2 et
seq.) of Title 55 of the Code of Virginia.
The provisions of this section shall not alter the duties or
responsibilities of the local building department under § 36-105 of the Code of
Virginia to enforce the USBC.
Unless otherwise provided for in § 36-105.1:1 of the Code of
Virginia, penalties for violation of this section shall be the same as the
penalties provided for violations of other sections of the USBC.
13VAC5-63-480. Section 104 Enforcement, generally.
A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. This section
establishes the requirements for enforcement of this code in accordance with subdivision
C 1 of § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia. The local governing body may also
inspect and enforce the provisions of the USBC for existing buildings and
structures, whether occupied or not. Such inspection and enforcement shall be
carried out by an agency or department designated by the local governing body.
If In accordance with subdivision C 3 of § 36-105
of the Code of Virginia, if the local building department receives a
complaint that a violation of this code exists that is an immediate and
imminent threat to the health or safety of the owner, tenant, or occupants of
any building or structure, or the owner, occupant, or tenant of any nearby
building or structure, and the owner, occupant, or tenant of the building or
structure that is the subject of the complaint has refused to allow the code
official or his agent to have access to the subject building or structure, the
code official or his agent may present sworn testimony to make an
affidavit under oath before a magistrate or a court of competent
jurisdiction and request that the magistrate or court grant the code official
or his agent an inspection warrant to enable the code official or his agent to
enter the subject building or structure for the purpose of determining whether
violations of this code exist. After issuing a warrant under this section,
the magistrate or judge shall file the affidavit in a manner prescribed by § 19.2-54
of the Code of Virginia. After executing the warrant, the code official or his
agents shall return the warrant to the clerk of the circuit court of the city
or county wherein the inspection was made. The code official or his agent
shall make a reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner, occupant, or
tenant of the subject building or structure prior to seeking the issuance of an
inspection warrant under this section.
Note: Generally, official action must be taken by the local
government to enforce the VMC. Consultation with the legal counsel of the
jurisdiction when initiating or changing such action is advised.
B. Section 104.1.1 Transfer of ownership. In accordance with subdivision
C 4 of § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, if the local building department
has initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building or
structure and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the building
or structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership interest
greater than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be enforced
against the owner.
C. Section 104.2 Fees. In accordance with subdivision C 7
of § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local
governing body in order to defray the cost of enforcement and appeals. For
the purposes of this section, "defray the cost" may include the fair
and reasonable costs incurred for such enforcement during normal business
hours, but shall not include overtime costs unless conducted outside of the
normal working hours established by the locality. A schedule of such costs
shall be adopted by the local governing body in a local ordinance. A locality
shall not charge overtime rate for inspections conducted during the normal
business hours established by the locality. Nothing in this provision shall be
construed to prohibit a private entity from conducting such inspections,
provided the private entity has been approved to perform such inspections in
accordance with the written policy of the code official for the locality.
D. Section 104.3 State buildings. In accordance with §
36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia, this code shall be applicable to state-owned
buildings and structures. Acting through the Division of Engineering and
Buildings, the Department of General Services shall function as the building
official for state-owned buildings.
E. Section 104.3.1 Certification of state enforcement
personnel. State enforcement personnel shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Sections 104.4.2 through 104.4.4 and 104.4.3 for
certification, periodic maintenance training, and continuing education.
Note: Continuing education and periodic training
requirements for DHCD certifications are set out in the VCS.
F. Section 104.4 Local enforcing agency. In jurisdictions
enforcing this code, the local governing body shall designate the agency within
the local government responsible for such enforcement and appoint a code
official. The local governing body may also utilize technical assistants to
assist the code official in the enforcement of this code. A permanently
appointed code official shall not be removed from office except for cause after
having been afforded a full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant
charges by and before the appointing authority. DHCD shall be notified by the
appointing authority within 30 days of the appointment or release of a
permanent or acting code official and within 60 days after retaining or
terminating a technical assistant.
Note: Code officials and technical assistants are subject to
sanctions in accordance with the VCS.
G. Section 104.4.1 Qualifications of code official and
technical assistants. The code official shall have at least five years of
building experience as a licensed professional engineer or architect, building,
fire or trade inspector, contractor, housing inspector or superintendent of
building, fire or trade construction or at least five years of building
experience after obtaining a degree in architecture or engineering, with at
least three years in responsible charge of work. Any combination of education
and experience that would confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be
deemed to satisfy this requirement. The code official shall have general
knowledge of sound engineering practice in respect to the design and
construction of structures, the basic principles of fire prevention, the accepted
requirements for means of egress and the installation of elevators and other
service equipment necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of the
occupants and the public. The local governing body may establish additional
qualification requirements.
A technical assistant shall have at least three years of
experience and general knowledge in at least one of the following areas:
building construction, building, fire or housing inspections, plumbing,
electrical or mechanical trades, fire protection, elevators or property
maintenance work. Any combination of education and experience which would
confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this
requirement. The locality may establish additional certification requirements.
H. Section 104.4.2 Certification of code official and
technical assistants. An acting or permanent code official shall be certified
as a code official in accordance with the VCS within one year after being
appointed as acting or permanent code official. A technical assistant shall be
certified in the appropriate subject area within 18 months after becoming a
technical assistant. When required by a locality to have two or more
certifications, a technical assistant shall obtain the additional
certifications within three years from the date of such requirement.
Exception: A code official or technical assistant in place
prior to April 1, 1995, shall not be required to meet the certification
requirements in this section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in
the same locality.
I. Section 104.4.3 Noncertified code official. Except for a
code official exempt from certification under the exception to Section 104.4.2,
any acting or permanent code official who is not certified as a code official
in accordance with the VCS shall attend the core module of the Virginia
Building Code Academy or an equivalent course in an individual or regional code
academy accredited by DHCD within 180 days of appointment. This requirement is
in addition to meeting the certification requirement in Section 104.4.2.
Note: Continuing education and periodic training
requirements for DHCD certifications are set out in the VCS.
J. Section 104.4.4 Requirements for periodic maintenance
training and education. Code officials and technical assistants shall attend
periodic maintenance training as designated by DHCD. In addition to the
periodic maintenance training required above, code officials and technical
assistants shall attend 16 hours of continuing education every two years as
approved by DHCD. If a code official or technical assistant possesses more than
one BHCD certificate, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing education
requirement for all BHCD certificates.
K. Section 104.4.5 Conflict of interest. The standards
of conduct for code officials and technical assistants shall be in accordance
with the provisions of the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests
Act, Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia.
L. K. Section 104.4.6 Records. The local enforcing
agency shall retain a record of applications received, permits, certificates,
notices and orders issued, fees collected and reports of inspections in
accordance with The Library of Virginia's General Schedule Number Six.
M. L. Section 104.5 Powers and duties,
generally. The code official shall enforce this code as set out herein and as
interpreted by the State Review Board and shall issue all necessary notices or
orders to ensure compliance with the code.
N. M. Section 104.5.1 Delegation of authority.
The code official may delegate powers and duties except where such authority is
limited by the local government. When such delegations are made, the code
official shall be responsible for assuring that they are carried out in
accordance with the provisions of this code.
O. N. Section 104.5.2 Issuance of
modifications. Upon written application by an owner or an owner's agent, the
code official may approve a modification of any provision of this code provided
the spirit and intent of the code are observed and public health, welfare and
safety are assured. The decision of the code official concerning a modification
shall be made in writing and the application for a modification and the
decision of the code official concerning such modification shall be retained in
the permanent records of the local enforcing agency.
P. O. Section 104.5.2.1 Substantiation of
modification. The code official may require or may consider a statement from a
professional engineer, architect or other person competent in the subject area
of the application as to the equivalency of the proposed modification.
Q. P. Section 104.5.3 Inspections. The code
official may inspect buildings or structures to determine compliance with this
code and shall carry proper credentials when performing such inspections. The
code official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary
to report upon unusual, detailed, or complex technical issues in accordance
with local policies.
R. Q. Section 104.5.3.1 Observations. When,
during an inspection, the code official or authorized representative observes
an apparent or actual violation of another law, ordinance, or code not within
the official's authority to enforce, such official shall report the findings to
the official having jurisdiction in order that such official may institute the
necessary measures.
S. R. Section 104.5.3.2 Approved inspection
agencies and individuals. The code official may accept reports of inspections
or tests from individuals or inspection agencies approved in accordance with
the code official's written policy required by Section 104.5.3.3. The
individual or inspection agency shall meet the qualifications and reliability
requirements established by the written policy. Reports of inspections by
approved individuals or agencies shall be in writing, shall indicate if
compliance with the applicable provisions of this code have been met, and shall
be certified by the individual inspector or by the responsible officer when the
report is from an agency. The code official shall review and approve the report
unless there is cause to reject it. Failure to approve a report shall be in
writing within five working days of receiving it, stating the reasons for
rejection.
T. S. Section 104.5.3.3 Third-party inspectors.
Each code official charged with the enforcement of this code and who accepts
third-party reports shall have a written policy establishing the minimum
acceptable qualifications for third-party inspectors. The policy shall include
the format and time frame required for submission of reports, any
prequalification or preapproval requirements before conducting a third-party
inspection, and any other requirements and procedures established by the code
official.
U. T. Section 104.5.3.4 Qualifications. In
determining third-party qualifications, the code official may consider such
items as DHCD inspector certification, other state or national certifications,
state professional registrations, related experience, education, and any other
factors that would demonstrate competency and reliability to conduct
inspections.
V. U. Section 104.5.4 Notices, reports and
orders. Upon findings by the code official that violations of this code exist,
the code official shall issue a correction notice or notice of violation to the
owner or the person responsible for the maintenance of the structure. Work done
to correct violations of this code subject to the permit, inspection and
approval provisions of the VCC shall not be construed as authorization to
extend the time limits established for compliance with this code.
W. V. Section 104.5.4.1 Correction notice. The
correction notice shall be a written notice of the defective conditions. The
correction notice shall require correction of the violation or violations
within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under
the unsafe building provisions of Section 105. Upon request, the correction
notice shall reference the code section that serves as the basis for the
defects and shall state that such defects shall be corrected and reinspected in
a reasonable time designated by the code official.
X. W. Section 104.5.4.2 Notice of violation. If
the code official determines there are violations of this code other than those
for unsafe structures, unsafe equipment or structures unfit for human occupancy
under Section 105, the code official may issue a notice of violation to be
communicated promptly in writing to the owner or the person responsible for the
maintenance or use of the building or structure in lieu of a correction notice
as provided for in Section 104.5.4.1. In addition, the code official shall
issue a notice of violation for any uncorrected violation remaining from a
correction notice established in Section 104.5.4.1. A notice of violation shall
be issued by the code official before initiating legal proceedings unless the
conditions violate the unsafe building conditions of Section 105 and the
provisions established therein are followed. The code official shall provide
the section numbers to the owner for any code provision cited in the notice of
violation. The notice shall require correction of the violation or violations
within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under
the building provisions of Section 105. The owner or person to whom the notice
of violation has been issued shall be responsible for contacting the code
official within the time frame established for any reinspections to assure the
violations have been corrected. The code official will be responsible for
making such inspection and verifying the violations have been corrected. In
addition, the notice of violation shall indicate the right of appeal by
referencing the appeals section of this code.
Y. X. Section 104.5.5 Coordination of
inspections. The code official shall coordinate inspections and administrative
orders with any other state or local agencies having related inspection
authority and shall coordinate those inspections required by the Virginia
Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51) for maintenance of fire protection
devices, equipment and assemblies so that the owners and occupants will not be
subjected to numerous inspections or conflicting orders.
Note: The Fire Prevention Code requires the fire official to
coordinate such inspections with the code official.
Z. Y. Section 104.5.6 Further action when
violation not corrected. If the responsible party has not complied with the
notice of violation, the code official shall submit a written request to the
legal counsel of the locality to institute the appropriate legal proceedings to
restrain, correct or abate the violation or to require the removal or
termination of the use of the building or structure involved. In cases where
the locality so authorizes, the code official may issue or obtain a summons or
warrant.
AA. Z. Section 104.5.7 Penalties and abatement.
Penalties for violations of this code shall be as set out in § 36-106 of the
Code of Virginia. The successful prosecution of a violation of the code shall
not preclude the institution of appropriate legal action to require correction
or abatement of a violation.
13VAC5-63-490. Section 105 Unsafe structures or
structures unfit for human occupancy.
A. Section 105.1 General. This section shall apply to
existing structures which are classified as unsafe or unfit for human
occupancy. All conditions causing such structures to be classified as unsafe or
unfit for human occupancy shall be remedied or as an alternative to correcting
such conditions, the structure may be vacated and secured against public entry
or razed and removed. Vacant and secured structures shall still be subject to
other applicable requirements of this code. Notwithstanding the above, when the
code official determines that an unsafe structure or a structure unfit for
human occupancy constitutes such a hazard that it should be razed or removed, then
the code official shall be permitted to order the demolition of such structures
in accordance with applicable requirements of this code.
Note: Structures which become unsafe during construction are
regulated under the VCC.
B. Section 105.2 Inspection of unsafe or unfit structures.
The code official shall inspect any structure reported or discovered as unsafe
or unfit for human habitation and shall prepare a report to be filed in the
records of the local enforcing agency and a copy issued to the owner. The
report shall include the use of the structure and a description of the nature
and extent of any conditions found.
C. Section 105.3 Unsafe conditions not related to
maintenance. When the code official finds a condition that constitutes a
serious and dangerous hazard to life or health in a structure constructed prior
to the initial edition of the USBC and when that condition is of a cause other
than improper maintenance or failure to comply with state or local building
codes that were in effect when the structure was constructed, then the code
official shall be permitted to order those minimum changes to the design or
construction of the structure to remedy the condition.
D. Section 105.3.1 Limitation to requirements for
retrofitting. In accordance with Section 103.2, this code does not generally
provide for requiring the retrofitting of any structure. However, conditions
may exist in structures constructed prior to the initial edition of the USBC
because of faulty design or equipment that constitute a danger to life or
health or a serious hazard. Any changes to the design or construction required
by the code official under this section shall be only to remedy the serious
hazard or danger to life or health and such changes shall not be required to
fully comply with the requirements of the VCC applicable to newly constructed
buildings or structures.
E. Section 105.4 Notice of unsafe structure or structure
unfit for human occupancy. When a structure is determined to be unsafe or unfit
for human occupancy by the code official, a written notice of unsafe structure
or structure unfit for human occupancy shall be issued by personal service to
the owner, the owner's agent or the person in control of such structure. The
notice shall specify the corrections necessary to comply with this code, or if
the structure is required to be demolished, the notice shall specify the time
period within which the demolition must occur. Requirements in Section 104.5.4
for notices of violation are also applicable to notices issued under this
section to the extent that any such requirements are not in conflict with the
requirements of this section.
Note: Whenever possible, the notice should also be given to
any tenants of the affected structure.
F. Section 105.4.1 Vacating unsafe structure. If the code
official determines there is actual and immediate danger to the occupants or
public, or when life is endangered by the occupancy of an unsafe structure, the
code official shall be authorized to order the occupants to immediately vacate
the unsafe structure. When an unsafe structure is ordered to be vacated, the
code official shall post a notice with the following wording at each entrance:
"THIS STRUCTURE IS UNSAFE AND ITS OCCUPANCY (OR USE) IS PROHIBITED BY THE
CODE OFFICIAL." After posting, occupancy or use of the unsafe structure
shall be prohibited except when authorized to enter to conduct inspections,
make required repairs or as necessary to demolish the structure.
G. Section 105.5 Posting of notice. If the notice is unable
to be issued by personal service as required by Section 105.4, then the notice
shall be sent by registered or certified mail to the last known address of the
responsible party and a copy of the notice shall be posted in a conspicuous
place on the premises.
H. Section 105.6 Posting of placard. In the case of a
structure unfit for human habitation, at the time the notice is issued, a
placard with the following wording shall be posted at the entrance to the
structure: "THIS STRUCTURE IS UNFIT FOR HABITATION AND ITS USE OR
OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN PROHIBITED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL." In the case of an
unsafe structure, if the notice is not complied with, a placard with the above
wording shall be posted at the entrance to the structure. After a structure is
placarded, entering the structure shall be prohibited except as authorized by
the code official to make inspections, to perform required repairs or to
demolish the structure. In addition, the placard shall not be removed until the
structure is determined by the code official to be safe to occupy, nor shall
the placard be defaced.
I. Section 105.7 Revocation of certificate of occupancy. If a
notice of unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation is not
complied with within the time period stipulated on the notice, the code
official shall be permitted to request the local building department to revoke
the certificate of occupancy issued under the VCC.
J. Section 105.8 Vacant and open structures. When an unsafe
structure or a structure unfit for human habitation is open for public entry at
the time a placard is issued under Section 105.6, the code official shall be
permitted to authorize the necessary work to make such structure secure against
public entry whether or not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted.
K. Section 105.9 Emergency repairs and demolition. To the
extent permitted by the locality, the code official may authorize emergency
repairs to unsafe structures or structures unfit for human habitation when it
is determined that there is an immediate danger of any portion of the unsafe
structure or structure unfit for human habitation collapsing or falling and
when life is endangered. Emergency repairs may also be authorized where there
is a code violation resulting in the immediate serious and imminent threat to
the life and safety of the occupants. The code official shall be permitted to
authorize the necessary work to make the structure temporarily safe whether or
not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted. In addition, whenever
an owner of an unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation fails
to comply with a notice to demolish issued under Section 105.4 in the time
period stipulated, the code official shall be permitted to cause the structure
to be demolished. In accordance with §§ 15.2-906 and 15.2-1115 of the Code of
Virginia, the legal counsel of the locality may be requested to institute
appropriate action against the property owner to recover the costs associated
with any such emergency repairs or demolition and every such charge that
remains unpaid shall constitute a lien against the property on which the
emergency repairs or demolition were made and shall be enforceable in the same
manner as provided in Articles 3 (§ 58.1-3490 et seq.) (§ 58.1-3940
et seq.) and 4 (§ 58.1-3965 et seq.) of Chapter 39 of Title 58.1 of
the Code of Virginia.
Note: Code officials and local governing bodies should be
aware that other statutes and court decisions may impact on matters relating to
demolition, in particular whether newspaper publication is required if the
owner cannot be located and whether the demolition order must be delayed until
the owner has been given the opportunity for a hearing. In addition, historic
building demolition may be prevented by authority granted to local historic
review boards in accordance with § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia unless
determined necessary by the code official.
L. Section 105.10 Closing of streets. When necessary for
public safety, the code official shall be permitted to order the temporary
closing of sidewalks, streets, public ways or premises adjacent to unsafe or
unfit structures and prohibit the use of such spaces.
13VAC5-63-510. Chapter 2 Definitions.
A. Change Section 201.3 of the IPMC to read:
201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code and are defined in the IBC, IFC, IFGC, IPC, IMC,
International Existing Building Code, IRC, International Zoning Code or NFPA
70, such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as stated in those
codes, except that terms defined in the VCC shall be used for this code and
shall take precedence over other definitions.
B. Change Section 201.5 of the IPMC to read:
201.5 Parts. Whenever the words "dwelling unit,"
"dwelling," "premises," "building," "rooming
unit," "housekeeping unit," or "story" are stated in
this code, they shall be construed as though they were followed by the words
"or part thereof."
B. C. Add the following definitions to Section
202 of the IPMC to read:
Structure unfit for human occupancy. An existing structure
determined by the code official to be dangerous to the health, safety and
welfare of the occupants of the structure or the public because (i) of the
degree to which the structure is in disrepair or lacks maintenance,
ventilation, illumination, sanitary or heating facilities or other essential
equipment, or (ii) the required plumbing and sanitary facilities are
inoperable.
Unsafe equipment. Unsafe equipment includes any boiler,
heating equipment, elevator, moving stairway, electrical wiring or device,
flammable liquid containers or other equipment that is in such disrepair or
condition that such equipment is determined by the code official to be
dangerous to the health, safety and welfare of the occupants of a structure or
the public.
Unsafe structure. An existing structure (i) determined by the
code official to be dangerous to the health, safety and welfare of the
occupants of the structure or the public, (ii) that contains unsafe equipment,
or (iii) that is so damaged, decayed, dilapidated, structurally unsafe or of
such faulty construction or unstable foundation that partial or complete
collapse is likely. A vacant existing structure unsecured or open shall be
deemed to be an unsafe structure.
D. Delete the following definitions from Section 202 of
the IEBC:
Condemn
Cost of such demolition of emergency repairs
Equipment support
Imminent danger
Inoperable motor vehicle
Labeled
Neglect
Openable area
Pest elimination
Strict liability offense
Ultimate deformation
Workmanlike
13VAC5-63-520. Chapter 3 General requirements.
A. Delete Section 302.1 of the IPMC.
B. Change Section 302.2 of
the IPMC to read:
302.2 Grading and drainage. All premises shall be graded
and maintained to protect the foundation walls or slab of the structure from
the accumulation and drainage of surface or stagnant water in accordance with
the VCC.
C. Change Section 302.3 of the IPMC to read:
302.3 Sidewalks and driveways. All sidewalks, walkways,
stairs, driveways, parking spaces and similar spaces regulated under the VCC
shall be kept in a proper state of repair, and maintained free from hazardous
conditions. Stairs shall comply with the requirements of Sections 305 and 702.
D. Delete Section 302.4 of the IPMC.
E. Change Section 302.5 of the IPMC to read:
302.5 Rodent harborage. All structures and adjacent
premises shall be kept free from rodent harborage and infestation where such
harborage or infestation adversely affects the structures.
F. Delete Sections 302.8 and 302.9 of the IPMC.
G. Delete Section 304.1.1 of the IPMC.
H. Change Section 304.7 of the IPMC to read:
304.7 Roofs and drainage. The roof and flashing shall be
sound, tight and not have defects that admit rain. Roof drainage shall be
adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in the walls or interior portion
of the structure. Roof drains, gutters and downspouts shall be maintained in
good repair and free from obstructions. Roof water shall be discharged in a
manner to protect the foundation or slab of buildings and structures from the
accumulation of roof drainage.
I. Change Section 304.14 of the IPMC to read:
304.14 Insect screens. During the period from April 1 to
December 1, every door, window and other outside opening required for ventilation
of habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas or any areas
where products to be included or utilized in food for human consumption are
processed, manufactured, packaged or stored, shall be supplied with approved
tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm)
and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device
in good working condition.
Exception: Screens shall not be required where other
approved means, such as mechanical ventilation, air curtains or insect
repellant fans, are used.
J. Delete Sections 304.18, 304.18.1, 304.18.2 and 304.18.3
of the IPMC.
K. Delete Section 305.1.1 of the IPMC.
L. Add Section 305.7 to the IPMC to read:
305.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall
be maintained as approved.
M. Delete Section 306 of the IPMC in its entirety.
N. Change Section 308.1 of the IPMC to read as follows and
delete the remaining provisions of Section 308:
308.1 Accumulation of rubbish and garbage. The interior of
every structure shall be free from excessive accumulation of rubbish or
garbage.
O. Change Section 309.1 of the IPMC to read:
309.1 Infestation. This section shall apply to the extent
that insect and rodent infestation adversely affects a structure. All
structures shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation. All
structures in which insects or rodents are found shall be promptly exterminated
by approved processes that will not be injurious to human health. After
extermination, proper precautions shall be taken to prevent reinfestation.
P. Add IPMC Section 310 Lead-Based Paint.
Q. Add Section 310.1 to the IPMC to read:
310.1 General. Interior and exterior painted surfaces of
dwellings and child care facilities, including fences and outbuildings, that
contain lead levels equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram per square
centimeter or in excess of 0.50% lead by weight shall be maintained in a
condition free from peeling, chipping and flaking paint or removed or covered
in an approved manner. Any surface to be covered shall first be identified by
an approved warning as to the lead content of such surface.
R. Add IPMC Section 311 Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer
Storage Tanks (ALFSTs).
S. Add Section 311.1 to the IPMC to read:
311.1 General. ALFSTs shall be maintained in accordance
with the requirements of Section 1701.16 of the VRC and the requirements of the
VCC applicable to such ALFSTs when newly constructed and the requirements of
the VRC when undergoing a change of occupancy to an ALFST and when repaired,
altered or reconstructed, including the requirements for inspections and for a
secondary containment system.
A. Delete the following sections from Chapter 3 of the
IPMC:
1. Section 301.2 Responsibility.
2. Section 302.1 Sanitation.
3. Section 302.4 Weeds.
4. Section 302.6 Exhaust vents.
5. Section 302.8 Motor vehicles.
6. Section 302.9 Defacement of property.
7. Section 303.2 Enclosures.
8. Section 304.1.1 Unsafe conditions.
9. Section 304.18.1 Doors.
10. Section 304.18.2 Windows.
11. Section 304.18.3 Basement hatchways.
12. Section 305.1.1 Unsafe conditions.
13. Section 306 Component serviceability (all provisions).
14. Section 308.2 Disposal of rubbish.
15. Section 308.2.1 Rubbish storage facilities.
16. Section 308.2.2 Refrigerators.
17. Section 308.3 Disposal of garbage.
18. Section 308.3.1 Garbage facilities.
19. Section 308.3.2 Containers.
20. Section 309.2 Owner.
21. Section 309.3 Single occupant.
22. Section 309.4 Multiple occupancy.
23. Section 309.5 Occupant.
B. Change the following sections in Chapter 3 of the IPMC
to read:
1. Section 301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter
shall govern the minimum conditions for the maintenance of structures and
equipment and for the maintenance of exterior property to the extent that this
code is applicable.
2. Section 301.3 Vacant structures. Vacant structures shall
be maintained in a clean, safe, secure, and sanitary condition as provided for
in this code.
3. Section 302.2 Grading and drainage. All premises shall
be graded and maintained to protect the foundation walls or slab of the
structure from the accumulation and drainage of surface or stagnant water in
accordance with the VCC.
4. Section 302.3 Sidewalks and driveways. All sidewalks,
walkways, stairs, driveways, parking spaces, and similar spaces regulated under
the VCC shall be kept in a proper state of repair and maintained free from
hazardous conditions.
5. Section 302.5 Rodent harborage. All structures and
adjacent premises shall be kept free from rodent harborage and infestation
where such harborage or infestation adversely affects the structures.
6. Section 303.2 Enclosures. Swimming pool, hot tub, and
spa barriers shall be maintained as required by the code or ordinance under
which such barriers were constructed.
7. Section 304.1 General. The exterior of a structure shall
be maintained in good repair, structurally sound, and sanitary so as not to
pose a threat to the health, safety, or welfare.
8. Section 304.3 Premises identification. Address numbers
of buildings shall be maintained when required by the code under which such
buildings were constructed or when required by ordinance.
9. Section 304.7 Roofs and drainage. The roof and flashing
shall be sound, tight, and not have defects that admit rain. Roof drainage
shall be adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in the walls or interior
portion of the structure. Roof water shall be discharged in a manner to protect
the foundation or slab of buildings and structures from the accumulation of
roof drainage.
10. Section 304.14 Insect screens. During the period from
April 1 to December 1, every door, window, and other outside opening required
for ventilation of habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas,
or any areas where products to be included or utilized in food for human
consumption are processed, manufactured, packaged, or stored shall be supplied
with an approved tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16
mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a
self-closing device in good working condition.
Exception: Screens shall not be required where other
approved means, such as mechanical ventilation, air curtains, or insect
repellant fans, are used.
11. Section 304.18 Building security. Devices designed to
provide security for the occupants and property within, when required by the
code under which a building was constructed, or when provided, shall be
maintained unless their removal is approved by the building official under the
VCC.
12. Section 304.19 Gates. To the extent required by the
code under which constructed or to the extent provided when constructed,
exterior gates, gate assemblies, operator systems if provided, and hardware
shall be maintained in good condition. Latches at all entrances shall tightly
secure the gates.
13. Section 305.1 General. The interior of a structure and
equipment therein shall be maintained in good repair, structurally sound, and
in a sanitary condition.
14. Section 307.1 General. Handrails and guards required by
the code under which a building was constructed or which were provided when a
building was constructed shall be maintained.
15. Section 308.1 Accumulation of rubbish or garbage. The
interior of every structure shall be free from excessive accumulation of
rubbish or garbage.
16. Section 309 Pest Infestation and extermination.
17. Section 309.1 Infestation. This section shall apply to
the extent that insect and rodent infestation adversely affects a structure.
All structures shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation.
Structures in which insects or rodents are found shall be promptly exterminated
by approved processes that will not be injurious to human health. After
extermination, proper precautions shall be taken to prevent reinfestation.
C. Add the following sections to Chapter 3 of the IPMC:
1. Section 305.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide
alarms shall be maintained as approved.
2. Section 310 Lead-based paint.
3. Section 310.1 General. Interior and exterior painted
surfaces of dwellings and child care facilities, including fences and
outbuildings, that contain lead levels equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram
per square centimeter or in excess of 0.50% lead by weight shall be maintained
in a condition free from peeling, chipping, and flaking paint or removed or
covered in an approved manner. Any surface to be covered shall first be
identified by an approved warning as to the lead content of such surface.
4. Section 311 Aboveground liquid fertilizer storage tanks
(ALFST).
5. Section 311.1 General. ALFSTs shall be maintained in
accordance with the requirements of Section 1701.16 of the VEBC and the
requirements of the VCC applicable to such ALFSTs when newly constructed and
the requirements of the VEBC when undergoing a change of occupancy to an ALFST
and when repaired, altered, or reconstructed, including the requirements for
inspections and for a secondary containment system.
13VAC5-63-524. Chapter 4 Light, ventilation, and occupancy
limitations.
A. Delete the following sections from Chapter 4 of the
IPMC:
1. Section 401.2 Responsibility.
2. Section 401.3 Alternative devices.
3. Section 402.2 Common halls and stairways.
4. Section 402.3 Other spaces.
5. Section 403.2 Bathrooms and toilet rooms.
6. Section 403.5 Clothes dryer exhaust.
B. Change the following sections in Chapter 4 of the IPMC
to read:
1. Section 401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter
shall govern the maintenance of structures for light, ventilation, and space
for occupancy.
2. Section 402.1 Natural or artificial light. Every
habitable space, hallway, stairway, bathroom, and other spaces shall be
maintained to provide natural or artificial light to the extent required by the
code under which a building was constructed or to the extent provided when such
building was constructed.
3. Section 403.1 Natural or mechanical ventilation. Every
habitable space, hallway, stairway, bathroom, and other spaces shall be
maintained to provide natural or mechanical ventilation to the extent required
by the code under which a building was constructed or to the extent provided
when such building was constructed.
4. Section 403.4 Process ventilation. Local exhaust systems
required by the code under which a building was constructed, or which are
provided, that exhaust injurious, toxic, irritating, or noxious fumes, gases,
dusts, or mists to the exterior of a building shall be maintained to prevent
compromising the required ventilation system.
C. Add the following section to Chapter 4 of the IPMC:
Section 404.05 Limitation of application of section. The
provisions of Section 404 that address construction aspects of occupancy
limitations shall apply on the extent that such requirements were part of the
code under which a building was constructed. Operational requirements such as
the use of rooms or minimum areas per occupant are part of this code to the
extent that they do not require alterations to be made to a building.
13VAC5-63-530. Chapter 5 Plumbing facilities and fixture
requirements.
A. Add Section 505.5 to the IPMC to read:
505.5 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention
assemblies. Inspection and testing shall comply with Sections 505.5.1 and
505.5.2.
B. Add Section 505.5.1 to the IPMC to read:
505.5.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of all backflow
prevention assemblies and air gaps to determine whether they are operable.
C. Add Section 505.5.2 to the IMPC to read:
505.5.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle backflow
preventer assemblies, double check-valve assemblies, double-detector check valve
assemblies and pressure vacuum breaker assemblies shall be tested at the time
of installation, immediately after repairs or relocation and at least annually.
The testing procedure shall be performed in accordance with one of the
following standards: ASSE 5010-1013-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-1,
Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-2; ASSE 5010-1015-3, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE
5010-1015-4, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1020-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE
5010-1047-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4;
ASSE 5010-1048-2; ASSE 5010-1048-3, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-4,
Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; or CAN/CSA B64.10.
D. Change Section 507.1 of the IPMC to read:
507.1 General. Drainage of roofs and paved areas, yards and
courts, and other open areas on the premises shall be discharged in a manner to
protect the buildings and structures from the accumulation of overland water
runoff.
A. Change the title of Chapter 5 of the IPMC to
"Plumbing Requirements."
B. Delete the following sections from Chapter 5 of the
IPMC:
1. Section 501.2 Responsibility.
2. Section 502 Required facilities (all provisions).
3. Section 503 Toilet rooms (all provisions).
4. Section 505.3 Supply.
C. Change the following
sections in Chapter 5 of the IPMC to read:
1. Section 501.1 General. The provisions of this chapter
shall govern the maintenance of structures for plumbing systems, facilities,
and fixtures.
2. Section 504.1 General. Required or provided plumbing
systems and facilities shall be maintained in compliance with the code under
which constructed.
3. Section 504.2 Plumbing fixtures. All plumbing fixtures
shall be maintained in a safe, sanitary, and working condition. A kitchen sink
shall not be used as a substitute for a required lavatory.
4. Section 504.3 Plumbing system hazards. Where it is found
that a plumbing system in a structure constitutes a hazard to the public, the
occupants, or the structure, the code official shall require the defects to be
corrected to eliminate the hazard.
5. Section 505.1 Supply. Required or provided water supply
systems shall be maintained in compliance with the code under which the systems
were constructed. All water supply systems shall be free from obstructions,
defects, and leaks.
6. Section 505.2 Protection of water supply systems.
Protection of water supply systems shall be provided to the extent required by
the code under which a building was constructed and shall be maintained.
7. Section 505.3 Inspection and testing of backflow
prevention systems. Inspection and testing shall comply with Sections 505.3.1
and 505.3.2.
8. Section 505.4 Water heating facilities. Water heating
facilities shall be maintained. Combination temperature and pressure-relief
valves and relief valve discharge pipes shall be maintained on water heaters.
9. Section 506.1 Drainage and venting. Required or provided
sanitary drainage and venting systems shall be maintained in compliance with
the code under which the system was constructed.
10. Section 506.2 Maintenance. Every building drainage and
sewer system shall function properly and be kept free from obstructions, leaks,
and defects.
11. Section 507.1 General. Drainage of roofs and paved
areas, yards and courts, and other open areas on the premises shall be
discharged in a manner to protect the buildings and structures from the
accumulation of overland water runoff.
D. Add the following sections to Chapter 5 of the IPMC:
1. Section 504.1.1 Public and employee facilities. Except
for periodic maintenance or cleaning, access and use shall be provided to
facilities at all times during occupancy of the premises in accordance with the
code under which constructed.
2. Section 504.2.1 Fixture clearances. Adequate clearances
for usage and cleaning of plumbing fixtures shall be maintained as approved when
installed.
3. Section 505.1.1 Tempered water. Tempered water shall be
supplied to fixtures and facilities when required by the code under which
constructed.
4. Section 505.2.1 Attached hoses. Shampoo basin faucets,
janitor sink faucets, and other hose bibs or faucets to which hoses are
attached and left in place shall be protected by an approved atmospheric-type
vacuum breaker or an approved permanently attached hose connection vacuum
breaker.
5. Section 505.3.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of
all backflow assemblies and air gaps to determine whether they are operable.
6. Section 505.3.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle
backflow preventer assemblies, double check-valve assemblies, double-detector
check valve assemblies, and pressure vacuum breaker assemblies shall be tested
at the time of installation, immediately after repairs or relocation and at
least annually. The testing procedure shall be performed in accordance with one
of the following standards: ASSE 5010-1013-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE
5010-1015-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-2; ASSE 5010-1015-3, Sections 1
and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-4, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1020-1, Sections 1 and 2;
ASSE 5010-1047-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-1, Sections 1, 2, 3
and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-2; ASSE 5010-1048-3, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE
5010-1048-4, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; or CAN/CSA B64.10.
13VAC5-63-540. Chapter 6 Mechanical and electrical
requirements.
A. Change Section 602 of the IPMC to read:
Section 602 Heating and Cooling Facilities.
B. Change Section 602.1 of the IPMC to read:
602.1 Facilities required. Heating and cooling facilities
shall be maintained and operated in structures as required by this section.
C. Change Section 602.2 of the IPMC to read:
602.2 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of a Group R-2
apartment building or other residential dwelling who rents, leases or lets one
or more dwelling unit, rooming unit, dormitory or guestroom on terms, either
expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall supply
heat during the period from October 15 to May 1 to maintain a temperature of
not less than 65°F (18°C) in all habitable rooms, bathrooms, and toilet rooms.
The code official may also consider modifications as provided in Section
104.5.2 when requested for unusual circumstances or may issue notice approving
building owners to convert shared heating and cooling piping HVAC systems 14
calendar days before or after the established dates when extended periods of
unusual temperatures merit modifying these dates.
Exception: When the outdoor temperature is below the winter
outdoor design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the minimum room
temperature shall not be required provided that the heating system is operating
at its full design capacity. The winter outdoor design temperature for the
locality shall be as indicated in Appendix D of the IPC.
D. Add Section 602.2.1 to the IPMC to read:
602.2.1 Prohibited use. In dwelling units subject to
Section 602.2, one or more unvented room heaters shall not be used as the sole
source of comfort heat in a dwelling unit.
E. Change Section 602.3 of the IPMC to read:
602.3 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable work spaces
shall be supplied with heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to maintain
a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during the period the spaces are
occupied.
Exceptions:
1. Processing, storage and operation areas that require
cooling or special temperature conditions.
2. Areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous
physical activities.
F. Change Section 602.4 of the IPMC to read:
602.4 Cooling supply. Every owner and operator of a Group
R-2 apartment building who rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling units,
rooming units or guestrooms on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish
cooling to the occupants thereof shall supply cooling during the period from
May 15 to October 1 to maintain a temperature of not more than 80°F (27°C) in
all habitable rooms. The code official may also consider modifications as
provided in Section 104.5.2 when requested for unusual circumstances or may
issue notice approving building owners to convert shared heating and cooling
piping HVAC systems 14 calendar days before or after the established dates when
extended periods of unusual temperatures merit modifying these dates.
Exception: When the outdoor temperature is higher than the
summer design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the room temperature
shall not be required provided that the cooling system is operating at its full
design capacity. The summer outdoor design temperature for the locality shall
be as indicated in the IECC.
G. Change the exception to Section 604.3.1.1 of the IPMC
to read:
Exception: The following equipment shall be allowed to be
repaired or reused where an inspection report from the equipment manufacturer,
an approved representative of the equipment manufacturer, a third party
licensed or certified electrician, or an electrical engineer indicates that the
exposed equipment has not sustained damage that requires replacement:
1. Enclosed switches, rated 600 volts or less;
2. Busway, rated 600 volts or less;
3. Panelboards, rated 600 volts or less;
4. Switchboards, rated 600 volts or less;
5. Fire pump controllers, rated 600 volts or less;
6. Manual and magnetic motor controllers;
7. Motor control centers;
8. Alternating current high-voltage circuit breakers;
9. Low-voltage power circuit breakers;
10. Protective relays, meters and current transformers;
11. Low-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear;
12. Liquid-filled transformers;
13. Cast-resin transformers;
14. Wire or cable that is suitable for wet locations and
whose ends have not been exposed to water;
15. Wire or cable, not containing fillers, that is suitable
for wet locations and whose ends have not been exposed to water;
16. Luminaires that are listed as submersible;
17. Motors;
18. Electronic control, signaling and communication
equipment.
H. Change Section 606.1 to the IPMC to read:
606.1 General. Elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators shall
be maintained in compliance with ASME A17.1. The most current certificate of
inspection shall be on display at all times within the elevator or attached to
the escalator or dumbwaiter, be available for public inspection in the office
of the building operator or be posted in a publicly conspicuous location
approved by the code official. An annual periodic inspection and test is
required of elevators and escalators. A locality shall be permitted to require
a six-month periodic inspection and test. All periodic inspections shall be
performed in accordance with Section 8.11 of ASME A17.1. The code official may
also provide for such inspection by an approved agency or through agreement
with other local certified elevator inspectors. An approved agency includes any
individual, partnership or corporation who has met the certification
requirements established by the VCS.
A. Delete the following sections from Chapter 6 of the
IPMC:
1. Section 601.2 Responsibility.
2. Section 603.6 Energy conservation devices.
3. Section 604.2 Service.
4. Section 604.3.2 Abatement of electrical hazards
associated with fire exposure.
5. Section 604.3.2.1 Electrical equipment.
B. Change the following sections in Chapter 6 of the IPMC
to read:
1. Section 601.1 General. The provisions of this chapter
shall govern the maintenance of mechanical and electrical facilities and
equipment.
2. Section 602 Heating and cooling facilities.
3. Section 602.2 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of a
Group R-2 apartment building or other residential building who rents, leases,
or lets one or more dwelling unit, rooming unit, dormitory, or guestroom on
terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof
shall supply heat during the period from October 15 to May 1 to maintain a
temperature of not less than 68°F (20°C) in all habitable rooms, bathrooms, and
toilet rooms. The code official may also consider modifications as provided in
Section 104.5.2 when requested for unusual circumstances or may issue notice
approving building owners to convert shared heating and cooling piping HVAC
systems 14 calendar days before or after the established dates when extended
periods of unusual temperatures merit modifying these dates.
Exception: When the outdoor temperature is below the winter
outdoor design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the minimum room
temperature shall not be required provided that the heating system is operating
at its full design capacity. The winter outdoor design temperature for the
locality shall be as indicated in Appendix D of the IPC.
4. Section 602.3 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable
work spaces shall be supplied with heat during the period from October 1 to May
15 to maintain a minimum temperature of 65°F (18°C) during the period the
spaces are occupied.
Exceptions:
1. Processing, storage, and operation areas that require
cooling or special temperature conditions.
2. Areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous
physical activities.
5. Section 602.4 Cooling supply. Every owner and operator
of a Group R-2 apartment building who rents, leases, or lets one or more
dwelling units, rooming units, or guestrooms on terms, either expressed or
implied, to furnish cooling to the occupants thereof shall supply cooling
during the period from May 15 to October 1 to maintain a temperature of not
more than 80°F (27°C) in all habitable rooms. The code official may also
consider modifications as provided in Section 104.5.2 when requested for unusual
circumstances or may issue notice approving building owners to convert shared
heating and cooling piping HVAC systems 14 calendar days before or after the
established dates when extended periods of unusual temperatures merit modifying
these dates.
Exception: When the outdoor temperature is higher than the
summer design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the room temperature
shall not be required provided that the cooling system is operating at its full
design capacity. The summer outdoor design temperature for the locality shall
be as indicated in the IECC.
6. Section 603.1 Mechanical appliances. Required or
provided mechanical appliances, fireplaces, solid fuel-burning appliances,
cooking appliances, chimneys, vents, and water heating appliances shall be
maintained in compliance with the code under which the appliances, system, or
equipment was installed, kept in safe working condition, and capable of
performing the intended function.
7. Section 603.2 Removal of combustion products. Where
required by the code under which installed, fuel-burning equipment and
appliances shall be connected to an approved chimney or vent.
8. Section 603.5 Combustion air. Where required by the code
under which installed, a supply of air for complete combustion of the fuel
shall be provided for the fuel-burning equipment.
9. Section 604.1 Electrical system. Required or provided
electrical systems and facilities shall be maintained in compliance with the
code under which the system or facility was constructed.
10. Section 604.3 Electrical system hazards. Where it is
found that the electrical system in a structure constitutes a hazard to the
occupants or the structure by reason of deterioration or damage or for similar
reasons, the code official shall require the defects to be corrected to
eliminate the hazard.
11. Section 604.3.1.1 Electrical equipment. Electrical
distribution equipment, motor circuits, power equipment, transformers, wire,
cable, flexible cords, wiring devices, ground fault circuit interrupters, surge
protectors, molded case circuit breakers, low-voltage fuses, luminaires,
ballasts, motors, and electronic control, signaling, and communication
equipment that have been exposed to water shall be replaced in accordance with
the provisions of the VCC.
Exception: The following equipment shall be allowed to be
repaired or reused where an inspection report from the equipment manufacturer,
an approved representative of the equipment manufacturer, a third party
licensed or certified electrician, or an electrical engineer indicates that the
exposed equipment has not sustained damage that requires replacement:
1. Enclosed switches, rated 600 volts or less;
2. Busway, rated 600 volts or less;
3. Panelboards, rated 600 volts or less;
4. Switchboards, rated 600 volts or less;
5. Fire pump controllers, rated 600 volts or less;
6. Manual and magnetic motor controllers;
7. Motor control centers;
8. Alternating current high-voltage circuit breakers;
9. Low-voltage power circuit breakers;
10. Protective relays, meters, and current transformers;
11. Low-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear;
12. Liquid-filled transformers;
13. Cast-resin transformers;
14. Wire or cable that is suitable for wet locations and
whose ends have not been exposed to water;
15. Wire or cable, not containing fillers, that is suitable
for wet locations and whose ends have not been exposed to water;
16. Luminaires that are listed as submersible;
17. Motors; or
18. Electronic control, signaling, and communication equipment.
12. Section 605.1 Electrical components. Electrical
equipment, wiring, and appliances shall be maintained in compliance with the
code under which constructed and in a safe manner.
13. Section 605.2 Power distribution and receptacles.
Required or provided power circuits and receptacles shall be maintained in
accordance with the code under which constructed and ground fault and arc-fault
circuit interrupter protection shall be provided where required by the code in
effect at the time of construction. All receptacle outlets shall have the
appropriate faceplate cover for the location when required by the code under
which constructed.
14. Section 605.3 Lighting distribution and luminaires.
Required or provided lighting circuits and luminaires shall be maintained in
compliance with the code under which constructed.
15. Section 605.4 Flexible cords. Flexible cords shall not
be run through doors, windows, or cabinets or concealed within walls, floors,
or ceilings.
16. Section 606.1 General. Elevators, dumbwaiters, and
escalators shall be maintained in compliance with ASME A17.1. The most current
certificate of inspection shall be on display at all times within the elevator
or attached to the escalator or dumbwaiter, be available for public inspection
in the office of the building operator, or be posted in a publicly conspicuous
location approved by the code official. An annual periodic inspection and test
is required of elevators and escalators. A locality shall be permitted to
require a six-month periodic inspection and test. All periodic inspections
shall be performed in accordance with Section 8.11 of ASME A17.1. The code
official may also provide for such inspection by an approved agency or through
agreement with other local certified elevator inspectors. An approved agency
includes any individual, partnership, or corporation who has met the
certification requirements established by the VCS.
C. Add the following sections to Chapter 6 of the IPMC:
1. Section 602.2.1 Prohibited use. In dwelling units
subject to Section 602.2, one or more unvented room heaters shall not be used
as the sole source of comfort heat in a dwelling unit.
2. Section 607.2 Clothes dryer exhaust duct. Required or
provided clothes dryer exhaust systems shall be maintained in compliance with
the code under which constructed.
13VAC5-63-545. Chapter 7 Fire safety requirements.
A. Delete the following sections from Chapter 7 of the
IPMC:
1. Section 701.2 Responsibility.
2. Section 704.1.2 Fire department connection.
3. Section 704.2.1 Where required.
4. Section 704.2.1.1 Group R-1.
5. Section 704.2.1.2 Groups R-2, R-3, R-4, and I-1.
6. Section 704.2.1.3 Installation near cooking appliances.
7. Section 704.2.1.4 Installation near bathrooms.
8. Section 704.2.2 Interconnection.
9. Section 704.2.3 Power source.
10. Section 704.2.4 Smoke detection system.
B. Change the following sections in Chapter 7 of the IPMC:
1. Section 701.1 General. The provisions of this chapter
shall govern the maintenance of fire safety facilities and equipment.
2. Section 702.2 Aisles. The required width of aisles shall
be maintained in accordance with the code under which constructed.
3. Section 702.3 Doors. Means of egress doors shall be
maintained and, to the extent required by the code in effect at the time of construction,
shall be readily openable from the side from which egress is to be made without
the need for keys, special knowledge, or effort.
4. Section 702.4 Emergency escape openings. Required
emergency escape openings shall be maintained in accordance with the code in
effect at the time of construction and to the extent required by the code in
effect at the time of construction shall be operational from the inside of the
room without the use of keys or tools. Bars, grilles, grates, or similar
devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings
provided the minimum net clear opening size complies with the code that was in
effect at the time of construction and such devices shall be releasable or
removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool, or force greater than
that which is required for normal operation of the escape and rescue opening.
5. Section 704.1 General. Systems, devices, and equipment
to detect a fire, actuate an alarm, or suppress or control a fire or any combination
thereof shall be maintained in an operable condition at all times.
6. Section 704.1.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Inspection,
testing, and maintenance of automatic sprinkler systems shall be in accordance
with NFPA 25 for the purpose of operation and maintenance.
7. Section 704.2 Single-station and multiple-station smoke
alarms. Required or provided single-station and multiple-station smoke alarms
shall be maintained in compliance with the code under which they were
constructed.
13VAC5-63-549. Chapter 8 Referenced standards.
Change the referenced standards in Chapter 8 of the IPMC
as follows (standards not shown remain the same):
Standard reference number |
Title |
Referenced in code section
number |
ASSE 5010-1013-1 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1015-1 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1015-2 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and
Low-Pressure Hose Method, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1015-3 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High
Pressure Hose Method, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1015-4 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Valve Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1020-1 |
Field Test Procedures for a
Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1047-1 |
Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure Detector Assembly Using a
Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1048-1 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1048-2 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High-
and Low-Pressure Hose Method, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1048-3 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High-Pressure
Hose Method, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
ASSE 5010-1048-4 |
Field Test Procedure for a
Double Check Detector Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991 |
505.3.2 |
CAN/CSA-B64.10-01 |
Manual for the Selection
and Installation of Backflow Prevention Devices/Manual for the Maintenance
and Field Testing of Backflow Prevention Devices |
505.3.2 |
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-63)
International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW,
6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070 (http://www.iccsafe.org/):
International Building Code - 2012 2015 Edition
International Energy Conservation Code - 2012 2015
Edition
International Existing Building Code - 2012 2015
Edition
International Fire Code - 2012 2015 Edition
International Fuel Gas Code - 2012 2015 Edition
International Mechanical Code - 2012 2015
Edition
International Property Maintenance Code - 2012 2015
Edition
International Plumbing Code - 2012 2015 Edition
International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family
Dwellings - 2012 2015 Edition
International Swimming Pool and Spa Code - 2012 2015
Edition
International Zoning Code - 2015 Edition
ICC/ANSI
A117.1‑09, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, Approved
November 26, 2003
Air Conditioning Contractors of America, 2800 Shirlington
Road, Suite 300, Arlington, VA 22206 (https://www.acca.org/):
Manual J-11, Residential Load Calculation, Eighth Edition
Manual S-04 S-13, Residential Equipment
Selection
ACI 318-11 318-14, Building Code Requirements
for Structural Concrete, American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive,
Farmington Hills, MI 48331 (http://www.concrete.org/)
American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington,
DC 20005-4070 (http://www.api.org/):
API 650-09, Welded Tanks for Oil Storage, Eleventh Edition,
June 2007 (Addendum 1, November 2008, Addendum 2, November 2009, effective May
1, 2010)
API 653-09, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and
Reconstruction
ANSI LC1/CSA 6.26-14, Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using
Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing (CSST), American National Standards
Institute, 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor, New York, NY 10036
ASHRAE 193-2010, Method of Test for Determining the
Airtightness of HVAC Equipment, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-2305
(https://www.ashrae.org/)
American Society of Testing Materials International, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshocken, PA 19428-2959 (http://www.astm.org/):
ASTM C199-84(2005) C199-84(2011), Standard Test
Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortar
ASTM C315-07 C315-07(2011), Standard
Specification for Clay Flue Liners and Chimney Pots
ASTM C1261-07 C1261-10, Standard Specification
for Firebox Brick for Residential Fireplaces
ASTM D1557-07 D1557-12, Standard Test Methods
for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000
ft-lbf/ft3(2700 kN-m/m3))
ASTM E84-2013A, Test Methods for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials
ASTM E90-90, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement
of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions
ASTM E283-04, Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of
Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
Pressure Differences Across the Specimen
ASTM E119-2012A, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of
Building Construction and Materials
ASTM E329-02, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in
the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction
ASTM F2006-10, Standard Safety Specification for Window Fall
Prevention Devices for Nonemergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress)
Windows
ASTM F2090-08 F2090-10, Standard Specification
for Window Fall Prevention Devices with Emergency Escape (Egress) Release
Mechanisms
CAN/CSA-B64.10-01, Manual for the Selection and Installation
of Backflow Prevention Devices/Manual for the Maintenance and Field Testing of
Backflow Prevention Devices, June 2003, National Standards of Canada, 5060
Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W5N6 (http://www.csa.ca)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue,
New York, NY 10016-5990 (https://www.asme.org/):
ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2007 Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators
ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2010 A17.1/CSA B44-13, Safety
Code for Elevators and Escalators
ASME A18.1-2011, Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and
Stairway Chairlifts
American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury
Road, Suite A, Westlake, OH 44145 (http://www.asse-plumbing.org/):
ASSE 1010-2004, Performance Requirements for Water Hammer
Arrestors
ASSE 1022-03, Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventer
for Beverage Dispensing Equipment
ASSE 1024-04, Performance Requirements for Dual Check Valve
Type Backflow Preventers (for Residential Supply Service or Individual Outlets)
ASSE 5010-1013-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure
Principle Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991
ASSE 5010-1015-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Valve Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991
ASSE 5010-1015-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure
Hose Method, 1991
ASSE 5010-1015-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High Pressure Hose Method,
1991
ASSE 5010-1015-4, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Valve Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991
ASSE 5010-1020-1, Field Test Procedures for a Pressure Vacuum
Breaker Assembly, 1991
ASSE 5010-1047-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure
Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991
ASSE 5010-1048-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Detector Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991
ASSE 5010-1048-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure
Hose Method, 1991
ASSE 5010-1048-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High-Pressure Hose
Method, 1991
ASSE 5010-1048-4, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check
Detector Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991
ASCE/SEI 7-10, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures, American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering
Institute, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (http://www.asce.org/sei/)
National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park,
Quincy, MA 02169-7471 (http://www.nfpa.org/):
NFPA 13-10 13-13, Installation of Sprinkler
Systems
NFPA 13R-10 13R-13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems
in Residential Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Height
NFPA 13D-10, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes
NFPA 25-14, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems
NFPA 70-11 70-14, National Electrical Code
NFPA 72-10, National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 91-15, Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying
of Vapors, Mists and Particulate Solids
NFPA 105-10 105-13, Standard for the
Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies
NFPA 285-06 285-12, Standard Method of Test for
the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior Nonload-bearing Wall
Assemblies Containing Combustible Components
NFPA 495-01 495-13, Explosive Materials Code
NFPA 701-10, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-propagation
of Textiles and Films
NFPA 704-12, Standard System for the Identification of the
Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response
NFPA 720-09 720-15, Standard for the
Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment
NSF 50-2009a, Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs
and Other Recreational Water Facilities, NSF International, 789 Dixboro Road,
P.O. Box 130140, Ann Arbor, MI 48113 (http://nsf.org)
TFI RMIP-09, Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid
Fertilizer, Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices, December 2009, The
Fertilizer Institute, 820 First Street, NE, Suite 430, Washington, DC 20002
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road,
Northbrook, IL 60062 (http://www.ul.com):
UL 87A-12, Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated
Dispensing Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/ethanol Blends with Nominal
Ethanol Concentrations up to 85 Percent
UL 294-2010, Access Control System Units (Fifth Edition-with
revisions through September 17, 2010)
UL 217-06, Single- and Multiple-station Smoke Alarms-with
revisions through April 2012
UL 723-2008, Standard for Test of Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials-with Revisions through September 2010
UL 762-2010, Outline of Investigation for Power Ventilators
for Restaurant Exhaust Appliances
UL 1784-01, Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies, revised July
2009
UL 1978-2010, Grease Ducts
UL 2034-2008, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon
Monoxide Alarms, revised February 2009